Home

KYOCERA TASKalfa 266ci

1. 952 62 fec 102 161 SLI 661 Le 96 6L 9 t Ie St IIIJ I I l4 ol l 752 gez 222 902 061 951 evt 91 01 v6 94 29 9 06 vt i d zall i ol z u lt ESZ Lee 122 504 681 ust SzI 601 6 LL 19 9 62 t Ae eh 252 922 022 02 881 et 9st vol 801 26 9L 09 vv 82 et 4 niri go I i i 152 See 612 602 181 991 get 101 16 94 68 eV EIE 052 veo 812 202 981 vSl get 221 901 06 vL 85 ev 92 01 6 eez 102 Sgt 691 EST 1 Tet SOT 68 tL 1 It SZ 6 n a 1 6 are eec 912 002 991 291 9t 021 01 88 24 95 07 ve 8 alae o X 8 Lye Tee 912 661 80 191 Ist Set 611 eor 18 55 6 2 1 15x 25 8 5t M 5B M S Llu 972 otc Li 861 281 99T 051 vel BIT 201 98 04 ee ec 9 o sa o b ii 1 3 A 4 9 5 Sv 622 in 161 Tet 91 6vi LT 101 98 69 Le 5 o eo y ri amp 73 822 212 961 OBT vot Bi 21 001 v8 89 25 9 02 2 Hu Qj uo Yl 3 PILI G S Dr Lee TZ 561 61 91 n Tel SIL 66 8 19 16 56 61 t o o lYV ie 3 JZ 8 o sS boD e amp eve 922 072 v6l 8 1 291 91 01 v 96 28 99 05 vt 8t 2 4 oiv oiy s Ijq al a ood 17 522 602 60 Lt 191 621 elt 16 18 99 6v ee rii 1 ulg NONE UE bile
2. 992 682 22 102 161 681 121 56 6L 9 n Si 53 Xo eds 2 792 Bee 222 902 061 v 8st evt 9et 91 6 9 29 06 oT UP dE TES AO epu we lt lt 652 nz 122 502 681 dst Ter Set 601 6 m 19 6 et n T 2 n 11 2 Q 252 952 022 02 881 et 951 vel 801 26 94 09 vr 82 at gt 152 562 612 02 191 ut 661 6 621 LOT 16 SL 6 It 4 5 dy 082 yee 812 202 98t ST ecl 90t 06 86 E 92 or GA eez 10 987 691 161 Tet SOT 68 eL Lg 152 6 AS CEA E 912 002 Yer 291 get oet 88 24 95 ov vo 8 Fe Lose xs X uX H 8 Lye 154 52 661 191 Ist Set 61 01 18 u 86 68 e 1 k o niu MIbBIMIB LI EA 082 vu 861 281 991 0st git 201 98 OL ge e 9 epe 62 622 ele 161 TST 691 eet TOL 58 69 6 18 12 8 i 2 n e ln a s Tho 822 212 961 081 eet 901 v8 89 25 96 04 t boe95sg 3 gt tre 122 561 61 91 Tet Ei 66 t8 19 195 61 g S o sgoet t y 2 2 922 012 961 291 9vt OET Di 96 28 99 0c vt 8t H i1 qi ala Z ou 17 522 602 61 Zt T9T 621 16 18 99 6t T OP B Sy eee bye oO wv Tt i Ove yee 804 261 9 1 091 vil get eu 96 08 v9 9v 9 0 aly Y
3. Instruction Parameters Description OC Output commanded position and pen status OE Output error OF Output factors OH Output hard clip limits OI Output identification OL Output label length Output options OP Output P1 and P2 OS x Output status byte OT Output carousel type OW Output window PA x1 coordinate i sd yl coordinate i sd 2 Plot absolute coordinate i sd y2 coordinate i sd xn coordinate i sd yn coordinate i sd PB Print buffered label PD x1 coordinate i sd y1 coordinate i sd Pen down G xn coordinate i sd yn coordinate i sd PM Polygon mode PR 1 154 Ay1 i sd GAx2 i sd Ay2 i sd Plot relative xn coordinate i sd yn coordinate i sd PS paper size i Select paper size PT pen thickness d Pen thickness PU x1 coordinate 1 54 y1 coordinate i sd Pen up G xn coordinate i sd yn coordinate i sd RA x coordinate i sd y coordinate i sd Fill rectangle absolute RO angle in degrees i Rotate coordinate system RR Ax i sd Ay i sd Fill rectangle relative SA Select alternate character set SC Xmin i Xmax i Ymin i Ymax i Scale SI character width d character height d Absolute character size SL tano d Character slant SM character c Symbol mode SP pen number i Select pen SR character width d character height d Relative charac
4. Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal Desk Floor Desk Floor Value toptype type toptype type B amp W B amp W Color Color Font and Delete all 0 2 63 3046 Yes Yes Yes Yes Character Fonts Control Delete all ESC cIF 2 633146 Yes Yes Yes Yes temporary fonts Delete last ESC c2F 2 633246 Yes Yes Yes Yes font ID specified Delete last ESC c3F 2A 633346 Yes Yes Yes Yes character specified Make font ESC c4F 2 633446 Yes Yes Yes Yes temporary Make font ESC c5F 2 633546 Yes Yes Yes Yes permanent Copy Assign ESC c6F 2 63 3646 Yes the currently invoked font as temporary Soft Symbol Set Management Creation SetSymbolSet ID ESC c R IB 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes 52 DefineSymbol of Bytes ESC f W DAT 1B28664 457 Yes Yes Yes Yes Set A Symbol Set Delete all ESC c0S 2A 63 30 53 Yes Control symbol sets Delete all ESC cIS 2 633153 Yes Yes Yes Yes temporary symbol sets Delete current ESC c2S 1B2A 633253 Yes Yes Yes Yes soft symbol set last ID Make current ESC c4S 2 633453 Yes Yes Yes Yes soft symbol set temporary Make current ESC c5S 1B2A633553 Yes Yes Yes Yes soft symbol set permanent Font Selection by ID number Select font ID primary 1B 28 58 Yes Yes Yes Yes with ID font ID ESC X 1B 29 58 Yes Yes Yes Yes secondary font Soft F
5. 662 682 73 n 161 651 ert Le 96 6L 9 Te L E 141 59 752 862 222 902 061 vii 851 evt 921 ott v6 84 29 9v 0 vl db lt esz LEZ 122 902 681 eI 191 Tet Set 601 6 m T9 ay 62 er e i ta 2 982 022 02 981 21 951 ovt vet BOT 26 91 09 vv 82 1 1 ul Ti NIT gt 1 962 612 02 191 SST 681 get 16 9 68 i JL L 4 tials ga 092 vec 812 202 981 Ber 2 91 06 vL 85 ev 92 OL ordi vw u 672 682 Lu 102 99 691 esT n TZI SOT 68 e 5 i 6 1 L QAN 82 262 912 002 781 891 291 ger 041 vr 99 24 99 07 8 o ie t q b o x ju x H 8 QI Lye 12 in 661 eet 491 Tet Set 611 gor 18 TL 6 6 4 2 144 972 062 vlc 861 281 991 051 vel git 201 98 04 vS Be 22 9 e Ula H e a v al sz A 4 9 9 3 Sve 620 eu 161 18i SOT 691 eer Lt TOT 9 69 br 18 S 1o d4 4 n 6 o GA 822 212 961 087 91 E OI 01 v8 89 29 9 02 Hule g a ef ajaj j eZ Lee 112 S61 6 1 91 Tel SIL 66 8 19 16 61 t 868 2 evo 922 012 Y6l 811 291 OPT oet 96 28 99 0 ve 9r e 1 tl 3 we 74 602 61 Lt TOL ELAS 621 46 6v e
6. 552 682 73 102 161 681 evt Le 56 64 9 t 16 t O 752 BEZ 222 902 061 vil 8st evt 921 v6 9L 29 9v 08 vl lt lt 452 122 902 681 et 191 TI 1 601 6 LL T9 Sy 62 et IT 015 n 5 W l 2 952 022 02 881 ett 961 ovt vel 801 26 9L 09 22 82 21 I Yl n 1 gt 1 sez 612 502 181 1714 61 661 21 101 16 SL 69 ty J elg 3 13 0 vto gre 202 981 eet 901 06 vL 99 ev 92 ot I f mje sgez Zir 62 62 Le 102 81 691 est 121 601 68 L 45 42 6 91 4 67 872 262 912 002 eT 991 291 9et 021 88 24 96 ov vc 9 1141 e e XI UI XIH 8 n lec 516 661 eet 191 191 get 61i gor 18 56 68 Ez 1 9 one 082 Li 861 281 991 OST eT 201 98 0L Be 9 b un 3 Al al ole Soz 622 ete 161 Tet S91 61 10 58 69 es 18 12 8 iyl d e 1o nien Si 2 822 212 961 081 OT eT et 91 001 v8 99 28 9 02 t n9 f x INI PIL a tre 2 pin 561 641 91 Lvl Tel SIL 66 8 19 TS ge 61 t 17 n JAZ 3 Hal sio Sio eve 922 Ore 761 841 291 9vt oet vil 86 28 99 06 ve 8t e L a 1 15 4 H J 9 4 a lye 922 602 561 4 StI 621 16 18 59 6v te it T 0 2 veo 802 261 941 09 vil 921 eit 96 08 9 et 91 0 1 4
7. 2114 9 Od sz 41 0SI 7 13 Chapter 7 Emulation 992 682 73 102 161 SLT 6ST ert ut 6 6L 9 n ST AY I T 0 O i 52 BES E 902 061 891 evt v6 84 29 9v 0t v 5105 JIN lt C 952 n 122 502 681 151 Set 601 6 LL 19 Sv 6c Di Xp H p 29 952 022 02 881 ett 9st ovt vet 801 26 9L 09 17 82 et 152 612 502 181 ut SST eet 101 16 S4 68 ey Le a al cy t 052 vee 812 202 981 st 9et ecl 901 06 vL 8 ev 9c 0t Nn of z Z 62 77 Le 102 GBT 691 est Tet 501 68 L 5 i 6 n IIA a 16 872 eec 912 002 v8l 991 291 9 oet 01 88 9 11 8 9 9 O d x X UXIH 8 Lee lec 54 661 eel 191 IST Set 611 Eor 18 u 8 6 ee 1 5 191 SAUDIL 92 062 861 281 991 OST vel SIL 201 98 OL Be 22 9 bi 9 622 161 181 S91 228 Lt TOT 8 69 6 18 12 9 ol gio yi nx NA TIS 822 212 961 081 91 eel OTT 00 89 25 9 02 v l glo yi la 2 Lee lie 561 611 91 1 Tet SIT 66 19 15 6t 9 O0OV F s f S evo 922 012 61 81 e9t oer Y 96 28 99 0 9r 2 2 Tre 2 602 61 191 Stl 621
8. Symbol set Message display FRPO commands U S A LQUS FRPO U6 0 FRPO U7 0 France LQ France FRPO U6 1 FRPO U7 0 Germany LQ Germany FRPO U6 2 FRPO U7 0 U K LQ U K FRPO U6 3 FRPO U7 0 Denmark 1 LQ Denmark FRPO U6 4 FRPO U7 0 Sweden LQ Sweden FRPO U6 5 FRPO U7 0 Italy LQ Italy FRPO U6 6 FRPO U7 0 Spain 1 LQ Spain FRPO U6 7 U7 0 Japan LQ Japan FRPO U6 8 FRPO U7 0 Norway LQ Norway FRPO U6 14 FRPO U7 0 Denmark II LQ Denmark2 FRPO U6 15 FRPO U7 0 Spain II LQ Spain2 FRPO U6 16 FRPO U7 0 Latin America Latin America FRPO U6 17 FRPO U7 0 The printing system supports the Epson graphics character sets code page tables of PC 437 Epson Extended Graphics PC 850 Multilingual PC 860 Portugal PC 863 Canada French and PC 865 Norway These sets are available only through the use of Epson control codes Another Epson control code also provides the US Legal character set The Korean character set is not supported When power is first switched on or after a reset the printing system always defaults in the Courier font 10 cpi This default font emulates LQ 850 s Draft 10 cpi and cannot be changed for the LQ 850 emulation The printing system also emulates the other four LQ 850 fonts five in all These fonts can be selected by embedded commands in the word processing software or using an Epson LQ 850 printer driver Double wide and double high effe
9. 7 3 General Information on Emulation 7 3 Line Printer Emulation Mode 0 ee ar Eee eter bee EE Ee Pete 7 3 Proprinter X24E Emulation Mode 1 sse nennen emen 7 4 Proprinter X24E Control 1 2 2 2 07 00200 000000000000000000000000000 7 6 Diablo 630 Emulation Mode 2 7 12 Diablo 630 Control Codes certe edere dee RD S de e lettres 7 14 Epson LQ 850 Emulation Mode 5 7 21 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 sss eene enne 7 33 LaserJet Fonts ec EGER A as eT IE 7 35 La serJet SymboL Sets enne Da Wo ivan todd Ote NU 7 37 Resource Protection n galette tet eee ede e dp de e eie pets 7 40 Switching the Print Resolution sees nnne nennen 7 42 HP LasetJet Reset State m ceti vetere eee EE eo ee Cere e ORE ORE des 7 43 LaserJetiPJI e etico ta rete E e HO RU EE ER ee hotter tee SC d acte 7 43 PJE Syntax Comparison need espe ee eee ice Ee RE 7 67 HP 7550A Emulation KC GL Mode 8 essere enne 7 97 M X 7 97 KC GL Environment eene enne nennen nennen nennen nnne 7 98 Plotter Stat
10. No HP LaserJet Font Kyocera Font Style Face Num er 1 Arial Arial Medium Bold Italic BoldItalic 16602 2 TimesNewRoman TimesNewRoman Medium Bold Italic BoldItalic 16901 3 Symbol Symbol Medium 16686 4 Wingdings Wingdings Medium 31402 5 CG Times CG Times Medium Bold Italic BoldItalic 4101 6 Univers Univers Md Medium Bold Italic BoldItalic 4148 7 Univers Cond Univers Cd Medium Condensed Bold Condensed Italic 4148 Condensed BoldItalic Condensed 8 Courier Courier Medium Bold Italic BoldItalic 4099 9 Letter Gothic Letter Gothic Medium Bold Italic 4102 10 Albertus Albertus Md Medium ExtraBold 4362 11 Antique Olive Antique Olive Medium Bold Italic 4168 12 Clarendon Cond Clarendon Cd BoldCondensed 4140 13 Coronet Coronet Italic 4116 14 Garamond Garamond Antiqua Halbfett Kursiv KursivHalbfett 4197 15 Marigold Marigold Medium 4297 16 CG Omega CG Omega Medium Bold Italic BoldItalic 4113 LaserJet Font Selection Font Selection Resolution does not effect the availability of scalable fonts Bitmap fonts generated by LDFC present one limitation If the printing system uses a 300 dpi resolution LDFC generated 600 dpi bitmap fonts may not be used Whether these 600 dpi bitmaps are LDFC fonts or downloaded bitmap fonts by the user they will constantly print unpre dictably if the printing system uses the resolution of 300 dpi Font Priority On the printing systems with the 600 1200 dpi
11. bl Ove 22 904 261 9 1 091 til 921 el 96 08 9 gv 9 0 ora 9 40 o A a a a 6 8 L 9 S 14 0 rzL usoyuroepy 921 48819 8 2d 7 85 Chapter 7 Emulation 952 62 22 102 T6t S11 651 Lat 56 6L 9 t ST Oll 792 86 222 902 061 8S1 evi 921 6 8L 29 9 0e y H H lt vt ESZ LE 122 902 681 191 Tel Sel 601 6 LL 19 62 on PH ely 252 982 022 70 881 21 9 ovi vel 801 26 94 09 TU 92 21 Ti gt 7115 152 See 612 02 181 ul SST 6er EZI LOL 16 SL 66 v IL Fim 5 092 274 Ble 202 981 041 YSI get 221 901 06 vL 85 2v 92 or JL 5 i a alq yH EH z Ozi 6v2 eee rin 102 681 691 est LRT Te SOT 68 L 19 152 74 6 6 11 Al ere 252 912 002 vet 891 291 9er 021 vor 88 98 0 vo 8 8 Lye Tee 512 661 eer 191 IST Set 611 COL 48 4 55 6 1 3 gt a th Fjo 9 2 062 vie 861 28 991 OST vel 201 98 04 gt 22 9 Gre 622 167 Tel 91 6v eel JL TOT 58 69 9 12 Ni xlexalilitinisnia 9 1 800 212 961 081 91 get eel OTL 001 7 89 25
12. Item Description Encodable character set 256 international characters and binary data Code type Continuous Character self checking Yes Bi directional decoding Yes Number of row indicator code 2 words required per row Number of symbol checksum 2 codewords required Minimum number of rows per 3 symbol Maximum number of rows per 90 symbol Minimumnumberofdatacolumns 1 Maximum number of data col 30 umns Numberofsymbollengthdescrip 1 tors required Smallest nominal element width 0 0075 inch or 0 191 mm Smallest nominal element height 0 01 inch or 0 254 mm Maximum data characters per Assuming 928 codewords 1 symbol length descrip symbol tor 2 symbol checksum codewords 925 data code words Binary ASCII plus mode 1108 bytes Extended alphanumeric compaction mode EXC 1850 ASCII characters Numeric compaction mode 2725 digits For Macro PDF417 which transparently distributes information among a number of PDF417 symbols the above storage limits are increased to more than one million bytes in Binary ASCII Plus mode and morethan 2 5 million bytes in EXC mode 5 13 Chapter 5 Barcodes Macro PDF417 Macro PDF417 provides a powerful mechanism for creating a distributed representation of files too large to be presented by a single PDF417 barcode Macro PDF417 barcodes differ from ordinary PDF417 barcodes in that they contain additional control options which are added by modes 1
13. increment FILL WEDGE WG radius start_angle sweep_angle chord_angle EDGE WEDGE EW radius start_angle sweep_angle chord_angle POLYGON MODE PM polygon definition FILL POLYGON FP EDGE POLYGON EP CHARACTER GROUP SELECT STANDARD FONT SS None 7 65 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 66 Table 7 25 HP GL 2 Context Printer Commands Sheet 2 of 2 Command Mnemonic Parameters SELECT ALTERNATE FONT SA None ABSOLUTE DIRECTION DI run rise RELATIVE DIRECTION DR run rise ABSOLUTE CHARACTER SIZE 51 width height RELATIVE CHARACTER SIZE SR width height CHARACTER SLANT SL tangent of angle EXTRA SPACE ES width height STANDARD FONT DEFINITION SD kind value kind value ALTERNATE FONT DEFINITION AD kind value kind value CHARACTER FILL MODE CF fill mode edge pen LABEL ORIGIN LO position LABEL LABEL LB char char Ibterm DEFINE LABEL TERMINATOR DT Ibterm mode CHARACTER PLOT CP spaces lines TRANSPARENT DATA TD mode DEFINE VARIABLE TEXT PATH DV path line LINE AND FILL ATTRIBUTES GROUP LINE TYPE LT line_type pattern_length mode LINE ATTRIBUTES LA kind value kind value PEN WIDTH PW width pen PEN WIDTH UNIT SELECTION WU type SELECT PEN SP pen required 1 for black or O for white SYMBOL MODE SM char FILL TYPE FT fill type
14. 552 662 2 102 161 GIT 6ST Let 6 6L t9 t Te ST Ulm TI 9 0 amp A Xt 752 BEZ 222 902 061 714 861 evt 921 01 v6 BL 29 9v 9 j ES ri S v sf 652 LEZ 122 504 681 eL 151 Wi Set 601 6 m T9 9 62 z 1 2 952 022 02 981 21 9st ovt vol 801 6 94 09 122 92 vt ape amp 152 gee 612 02 181 SST 6er 544 LOT 16 SE 69 tr 052 vec BiZ 202 981 ot vst BET eet 90T 06 vL 895 ev 92 ot 4 2 Uzir ct 62 1 102 581 691 esT po 121 SOT 68 tL 19 Tr 6 oir diklo 4 16 Otio 2 2 92 002 89r 9et 01 OT 88 eL 99 ov v a E 1 xX Hi8 ujn Lye Tee 52 661 eal 191 ISE Set 611 00 18 u 56 68 52 1 i445 3 na 5 2 972 062 vi 861 vel git 201 98 0L ee 22 9 Bl A JlA d Oo BIT Sve 622 i 461 tet 101 98 69 eS 12 1234 14 asi Se Tro 822 212 961 et OTT 001 v8 99 eS 96 t bie Lee Tle 661 Tet STL 66 8 19 1g Se 61 t c 4 evo 922 ote 761 oet v 96 28 99 06 ve gt 2 z Ilic 9 a tie Tre 922 602 61 621 ert 16 18 9 6v 4 9 Ore 22 802 261 821 el 96 08 v9 gu e 91 0 914 1 EX 5814 aalo 4 a a 2 a 6 8 L 9 v t 4 T 0 16 uspuni 2d 662 662 2
15. lt 652 LEZ 122 502 681 et LST 152 621 601 6 LL 19 Sv 62 1 282 982 022 02 981 etu 991 Ov vol 801 26 9 09 82 Hi 1 1 rx sit TIT gt 1 6 192 Sec 612 602 181 561 681 621 LOT 16 94 68 v Le It 9 Bet zo ixi x fe 052 vec giz 202 91 ST get eet 901 06 vL 99 ev 92 0r 42 70 1 Le n 2 ZIP x I 62 102 581 691 est Le 141 SOT 68 19 142 6 J L ee rid l la Tie ere 22 912 002 991 291 9 t 021 01 88 96 0 vo 8 ei cT l Lye 162 97 661 eet 91 IST Set 611 Eor 18 Th 5 1 1141 972 oez v 96t 281 991 OST BIT 20t 98 04 tS Be 22 9 91 alizal 4 9 7 v 622 ei 161 Tet 91 TOL S8 69 6 Le 12 S o 3 t EN s s s e 4 822 212 96i 081 91 zel 911 90 89 eS 9t 02 v v 5 bile D 122 i 561 611 91 124 SIL 66 8 19 Ts Se 6t 111714 11921 6 9 s ole i ale eve 922 012 761 8 1 e9t 91 OET vU 96 28 99 0S ve 2 21 Tee 602 61 19 621 16 18 9 6 ee rii 1 NE ble gt Ove voc 802 261 091 821 eu 96 08 v9 9v e 9t 0 214 o 4 4 a a a 6 8 9 S T t T 0 r6 98 2d
16. Default pattern B8 0 300 dpi 0 resolution PAT FPAT 1 600 dpi 3 1200 dpi Minimum memory B9 0 12 MB or more 16 MB or more 0 1 allocation for resource 1 10MB 14 MB protection in duplex 2 8MB 12MB mode 3 6 10 MB 4 4MB 8MB 5 2MB 6MB Copy count CO Number of copies to print 1 999 1 KPDL font range C9 0 KPDL fonts only 0 1 KPDL and PCL fonts Serial line control DO 0 is sent every 5 seconds during the 0 printing system is ready or waiting Error is ignored 1 is sent every 5 seconds during the printing system is ready or waiting Error is valid 10 XON is not sent Error is ignored 11 XON is not sent Error is valid AA full page bleed DI 0 Off 0 1 On Audio alarm D2 0 Off 1 1 On Paper size error D3 0 Not notified 0 1 Notified 2 Complies with MS certification Print density D4 Number from 1 Light to 5 Dark 3 Service status page D5 Not printed 0 1 Printed 0 End of page 0 Fuser sensor activated 2 Fuser sensor deactivated 3 4 0 Paper jam retry timing D6 Page ejection Same as 0 non engine dependent to 99 in units of 10 0 to 990MB 0 Host buffer size HO Chapter 6 Permanent Parameters Table 6 2 Interface independent Parameters Sheet 2 of 8 Environment Parameter Value Factory setting Serial interface baud 3 300 bps not valid for some models 96 rate 6 600 bps not valid fo
17. Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal Desk Floor Desk Floor Value toptype type toptype type B amp W B amp W Color Color Palette Delete All ESC amp p C 1B 26 703043 No Yes Yes Control Palettes in store Delete ESC p C 1B 26 703143 No No Yes Yes Palettes in stack Delete Palette ESC p C 1B 26 70 32 43 No No Yes Yes last ID Copy Palette ESC p C 1B 26 703643 No No Yes Yes Push Pop Push Palette ESC p P 2 703050 No No Yes Yes Palette Pop Palette ESC p P 2A 703150 No No Yes Yes Render Continuous ESC t J 1B 2 74304A No No Yes Yes Algorithm tone detail Snap to ESC t J 2A 743144 No No Yes Yes primaries Snap ESC t J 2A 743244 No Yes Yes black white colors to black Device best ESC t J 1B 2 74334A No No Yes Yes dither Error ESC t J 1B 2 74344A No No Yes Yes diffusion Monochrome ESC t J 1B 2A 74354A No No Yes Yes device best dither Monochrome ESC t4J 1B 2 74364A No No Yes Yes error diffusion Cluster ESC t J 1B 2A 74374A No No Yes Yes ordered dither Monochrome ESC t4J 1B 2 74384A No No Yes Yes cluster ordered User defined ESC t J 1B 2 74304A No No Yes Yes dither Monochrome ESC t J 1B 2A 743130 No No Yes Yes user defined 4A dither Ordered dither ESC t J 1B 2A 74 31 31 No No Yes Yes 4A Monochrome ESC t J 1B 2A 743132 No No Yes Yes ordered dither 4A Noise ordered ESC t J 2 743133 No No Yes Yes dither 4A Monochrome ESC t J 1B 2 743134 No No Yes Yes noise ordered 4A dit
18. 19 nwi 4 292 952 022 v 9er el 9S1 vet 801 26 94 09 vv 9c ei 1 sid 1101 1 gt 152 Gee 612 02 181 851 eet 16 GL 6S ey It 3 galya 052 vee 812 202 981 YSI get 221 900 06 tL 89 ev 92 0t zi d s 6 eez Sel 691 est Let Tet S0t 68 L 18 li 6 0 t 9 A tl A I 6 2 2 912 991 291 9 1 oet 8 eL 9S ov ve 9 4ov te X UXIH 8 Lyc Tee 912 661 81 191 Tet Set 611 eor 18 it ss 6 62 4 I SADIL 92 082 vu 861 egt 991 OST SIL 201 98 OL 5 22 9 I 2 9 N T FS A J 908 972 622 ele 161 Tet SOT 61 ett ut 101 E 69 Le Z S 5 al S 822 212 961 osr v91 261 OTT 001 78 89 29 9 02 v belgi g olg I P Lia tre nz TZ 661 6 91 Tet Stt 66 9 1g ge 61 qug s So S O eve 922 otc Yv6l 8 1 291 OMT 0er 96 e8 99 05 ve at 2 1 u Tre 522 602 667 Li 191 62i elt 16 18 9 6v a 1 diyi r i 0 2 veo 902 261 091 vel get el 96 08 9 9v 2 91 0 dvY 4 4980 E 2 9 W 6 8 L 9 S v t 0 952 682 EZZ 102 161 9 1 691 56 61 9 t 16 E O 52 882 222 902 061 v 991 evt OIL v6 84 29 9 oe vt FIA go in ESZ 152 Tee 904 681 e 191 Set 601 6 19 Sv 62 et n 2 964 022 02 981 ell 9 vet 801 26 94 09 vY 4
19. I Sl 822 22 961 081 91 eT eet SIL 001 v8 89 E 9 02 0V II I P Lid vi 2 122 Tle 561 6 1 91 at Tel SIL 66 8 19 15 61 2 5 612 510 212 922 ote 761 841 291 9 oet vu 96 28 99 05 8t 2 1qug8c Tre See 602 61 191 621 ett 16 18 99 6v ee 4 i Y BV b ej i Yap 3 0 2 22 802 261 911 091 oT 821 96 08 v9 gv e 9t 0 94 4010 E E a 2 9 V 6 8 L 9 S Y t 4 T 0 9 9 une OSI 7 16 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 992 682 1 161 651 r 6 6L 9 le 1 ST Sak Tc 0 792 882 222 902 061 v 851 evt v6 84 29 9v 0 vi ui EN ES Fl B i5s 8 lt L Tee S02 681 197 Sel 601 6 19 Sv 62 i 0 4 1 252 982 022 02 981 241 9ST Ovi vel 801 26 9L 09 22 82 et 2 1 ple 1 S iW gt 152 9 2 612 02 181 ut 861 cl 01 16 SL 65 ey le It 052 veZ 81 202 981 vst eet 901 06 vL 95 ev 92 Or I dlsi goly 6 2 Eez 4 102 681 691 Est Tet SOT 68 L 15 ly 92 6 lt so 21 872 eto 972 002 891 91 9 amp 021 98 eL 95 0 ve 10 0105108 Lye Tee 92 661 81 491 161 Set 611 cor 18 u 99 68 2
20. tye Lee Tle 861 641 91 StL 66 eg 19 16 S 6t 8 S 5so t t evo 92 072 761 941 291 9 oet 86 28 99 05 vt 9t e 0 9 4 y Te 922 602 61 mi ToT 621 ell 16 18 59 6v t at 1 di v T 9 E x 072 voc 802 261 9 1 091 vl 801 eu 96 08 v9 28 9t 0 ql Ye di d 90 VY ad a Ww 6 8 L 9 S Y t T 0 681 lt 0142101 992 682 EZZ 102 161 91 661 eel tet Hi 56 6L 9 ly Te E amp on s 0 amp 0 750 862 222 902 061 v 861 evi 9et OIL v6 BL e9 9v 0g vl TIG S pex Q IU LIN IS C tSc 162 Tee 902 681 81 Set 601 LL 19 5 6c 8 n euly mw i 982 022 02 9er 21 991 OT vel 901 26 91 09 vv 82 4 4 ag 3 9 R 2 gt 152 gee 612 02 181 ut 851 661 621 LOT 16 SL 68 ty a IL 4 S O 2 3 exzux 052 tez 812 202 981 Ber 221 901 06 vL 99 ev 92 OL EE EL 6 952 rin 102 681 691 est Tet 901 68 eL 15 Ww 6 e Q Et rae ee 6 Dd 87 262 912 002 v8l 891 291 9 01 701 98 21 99 or 2 9 X u X H 8 nz Te 912 661 80 191 197 SeT 61 eor 18 u 56 68 7 1 A Q e Dn U I MA 5IMIOILI 972 oez 712 861 Zi 991 OST vel 81 201 98 0L oS 86 22 9 11 29 9 2 622 tle 161 S91 324 eet LIL TOL 58 69 9 18 12 S I 9 5 nien 3 S 822 ele 961 081 v91 291 SIL 001 78 89 29 9 02 v 9
21. 0 vez ete 202 981 221 901 06 vL 85 ev 92 0t Olt f Z tr ttc ri 102 S81 691 est Tet 501 68 eL 18 Ww 6 Eeo rale 262 912 002 ter 891 est 961 oet 01 98 24 94 ov ve 9 1411910 41 8 Lye 152 512 661 eet 191 161 Ger 611 01 18 u 99 6 c 1 d n 5 3 1 of 2 A 9 L 9 062 Lin 861 281 991 OST vel gt 201 98 0L ae 22 9 4 99 JA dH 97979 92 622 ele 161 181 591 6tT TOT 8 69 es 1 Te 0 titi vin el ojala si bre 842 ete 961 991 zel 91t 001 ve 89 28 98 02 v belgi b tre n 112 661 91 n Tet SIL 66 eg 19 TS 61 t 4 oj eve 922 012 761 291 91 oet Hii 86 28 99 05 ve a 2 gc qjala z te We 73 602 60 T9T 621 iii 16 18 99 6 t 1 919 7 Ove voc 902 261 09t 821 21 96 08 v9 gt e 9T 0 4 324 4 00 4 E a 6 8 L 9 S v t 0 06 098 2d 0 069 2 7 10 IBM Proprinter X24E Emulation Mode 1 552 6 2 102 161 6ST 1 Hut 56 61 9 t T St L A Ul V Q 62 2 222 902 061 8st evt 921 v6 84 29 9v 08 Eg
22. 1 ALI 6 872 2 2 912 00 891 2st 9e1 021 01 88 21 96 Ov ve 8 512 661 ger 91 Ist Set 611 01 18 PE 95 4 X UXIH 8 AIDIL 9 2 062 yu 961 281 991 061 vel Bit 201 98 0L 8e 22 9 4 6 129 Z bii i FIA 4 99 92 622 12 161 187 91 6vl rii 101 58 69 5 Le 12 a 7 RE eli a oe NAAI S 922 212 961 081 91 get ett OIL 001 ve 89 25 9 0c v ee 1 gI LIV lala 1 P LId n Tle 661 6 1 91 Lv SIL 66 8 19 16 St 61 o AJZ Ic 3 J S 9 S O evo 922 02 v6i Jii 291 9vt 061 vu 86 28 99 0s vt 2 5 9 a V 9 A a T 1 Seo 602 61 LLI 191 Set 621 16 18 59 6 ee 4 1 d ojd y F i 0 2 22 802 261 9 1 091 get zu 96 08 9 gr 28 91 0 1e 4 d a a 6 8 L 9 8 T t E 0 552 682 eec 102 161 51 6ST 56 6L t9 i Te SI P gigi zi z z2Zz O 752 Bez 222 902 061 vi 891 ert v6 BL 29 9 0 v lt e i i lI J ZZ U v N esz 152 122 902 681 e 191 1524 921 601 6 tL 19 97 62 et Ai vA J uf a Lb tu 2 92 022 702 881 9st ovt vol 801 26 9 09 vv 82 niaaa 5151 l I gt 152 Gee 612 02 181 ut 861 661 eel LOT 16 SL 69 ey n lt G gt jja A 0 vec 872 202 981 YSI BET 221 901 06 vL 85 e 92 o
23. ila evo 922 072 234 291 OFT oet vlt 96 28 99 06 vt 8t e 1114 4 9 4 a ula tle Tre E77 602 61 191 Srt 621 eu 16 T8 9 6 t ri 1 g T 6 il o Ove vee 802 261 091 vrl get elt 96 08 9 9 9 o e a 919 0 o 4 2 9 v 6 8 L 9 S v t 4 0 NZ 2 199 244 noz 1 098 24 7 93 Chapter 7 Emulation 552 6 2 22 102 161 SL 6st 121 96 6L t9 ly 16 51 U m F A Xt 752 992 222 902 061 vil 861 evt 9et 6 84 9 97 0 vt 4 Ni lt vm T F TN cR tSc n 122 902 681 t LST 1 601 t6 HA 19 St 62 et o je 2 952 022 02 gat ett 951 Ovi vet 801 26 94 09 vv 82 et alo JE RD WELT 182 982 62 goz 181 ut SST 6 eel LOT 16 SL 65 er It 052 yee 912 eel 901 06 vL 89 ev 92 0t old niez 7 1 6v2 eee 691 est 181 Tet SOT 68 L 18 Ww Sc 6 10 24 rA 16 tO 2 2 972 89t 291 9 02 01 88 e 95 Ov ve 216 lee 97 L91 191 Set 611 601 18 85 66 tc 1 st z in 34 8 MI DIL de 92 02 vU 99T OST vtl BIT 01 98 0L vS Be 22 9 nu z zjali 919 1 9 972 622 62 99 61 pri TOL 58 69 eg 1 12 5 e nileinia sj Se 822
24. ELT cot wi Sz 601 56 i 19 Sr 62 W 282 98 022 702 981 E 951 OT vet got 26 91 09 T b ne 1 eiz eU er Ul sot Get amp t 16 SL 68 tr E 2 vee Wiz coe 980 oc vei eet 21 901 16 vl 85 Zr 9 07 z FIZI eve esz toe set est cet tat 901 68 is Tr sz 6 A IJA I 6 ez eee 95 ooz ver edt set 00 wol 88 95 or ve 8 X QIXIH 8 Hz te ste eet at ist Set cor 18 Uu 6 2 1 3A DO 92 oez vie sor cet oot ost vet zot 98 02 78 22 9 A 9 99 amp z ete cor tet sot ert eet zu tor 58 69 6 E 0 A SI vee ete ger vot 21 001 89 25 9 Y eve ge tte ser d mt tet SH 66 8 19 15 5 6t t S l S D 24 ge ore ver ect 1 91 ost vit 96 ze 99 1 ve 8T z 1q AlE sz 6 i tor i ei 16 19 59 6r 3 1 b ej v 1 i Ove yee 902 261 9 1 091 ver 921 Ei 96 08 9 eb et 9t 0 di d 0 0 a a a v 6 8 L 9 S v t T 0 1e687 sn 7 12 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 952 682 22 19 161 GLI 661 Let TIL 86 6L 9 t ST
25. z Zi f x 6vc EEZ ra 102 Sgt 691 est Ler Tet SOT 68 _ 18 Ww 92 6 A t A I 6 eve 252 912 002 991 est 9 t 021 vol 88 21 99 0 ve 8 g 8 nz 152 972 661 eel 191 IST Set 611 01 18 172 86 6 ec 1 I 9MAIDIL 92 02 vie 861 e8t 991 OST eT BIT 201 98 07 96 22 9 1191911 Al A 3 9 92 622 i3 161 181 S91 6v1 ger rans 101 98 69 6 Le 12 J 5 nj la ai 5 4 922 22 961 081 v91 get 281 OTL 001 v8 99 29 96 02 t beo 7255 a the Le 12 661 641 91 n Tet Sil 66 98 19 TS 61 ag 512150 eve 922 otc v6l 291 991 001 86 28 99 06 ve 2 21010 Z We Sec 602 61 LL 191 Stl 621 l 16 18 9 6v t b 1 i ove 22 804 261 91 091 vrl get eit 96 08 v9 8v e 91 0 t _ dedo d a a a M4 6 8 L 9 Y t c T 0 0 uapams OSI 982 6 2 22 1 161 91 6ST Let TIL 96 6L t9 n 1e A i 9 I amp 52 BEZ 222 904 061 861 evi 141 v6 8L 29 oF oe vl 4 14 1 552 122 902 681 e 151 21 601 t6 19 9 62 i A HA 7 tu W 292 982 022 02 881 951 ovt vet 801 26 94 09 vr 82 n Ta I 1 gt 152 Sec 67 02 181 ut 991 681 get LOT 16 SL 65 tv Il a lQ 3 XL 1 tpt 052 vec 812 202 981 HSI Ber 201 901 06 vL 98 ev 92 0t z
26. 0 8 6 8 L 9 S v t 0 554 682 2 102 161 9 1 651 evt ut 96 6L 9 t St U O ale 792 Bez 222 902 061 vil 851 ev 921 v6 BL 29 9v 0 vy RE E Xuoj u N c vt 90 LEZ 122 902 681 LST 621 601 6 19 Sv 62 t 6 55 iw 2 962 022 02 gar ett 951 Ort vel 801 26 9t 09 TV ge 21 J u 1 VaT 7115 152 Sec 612 02 181 Ut SST 61 cl LOL 16 9 6 ey TE IL L a Jia 092 vto 912 202 981 041 YSI Ber 221 901 06 1 85 ev 92 0t Jo sm gt 4 viz OZ cc 9 62 EEZ pira 192 981 691 121 SOT 68 L 18 iv 62 6 d L y 4 I 6 262 92 002 BOT 291 981 021 88 eL 99 or ve g o 9 0 xiy Lye 162 512 661 91 151 Sel 611 01 18 u 86 6t 2 1 GH Tjo 992 02 ve 281 991 091 vel IT 201 98 04 9S 22 9 1014 9 9 Sve 622 ete 161 181 91 61 101 98 69 es Le 12 14 xizin 91 8 9 822 212 961 081 91 grt Zer OIL 001 v 89 29 9 0 t i8 F aio al p Lidl r bie ere 22 S61 611 91 SIL 66 9 15 96 61 t ziumHdili ialvisio s o ila evo 922 012 61 BLT 291 Ol n vit 86 28 99 09 ve 8t 2 zsH idHvrrisauuac tie le 922 602 61 191 Sp 621 16 18 59 6v t
27. Environment Parameter Value Factory setting Monitor simulation W4 0 None 2 Forthe FS 8000C 0 1 SMPTE240M and 2 only 2 HDTV sRGB 3 SONY Trinitron 4 Apple AGB 5 NTSC 6 KCRGB 7 Custom Ink simulation W5 1 None 1 2 SWOP 3 Euroscale 4 TOYO 5 DIC Gloss mode W6 0 Low normal 0 1 High Paper type for the MP Plain 1 tray 2 Transparency 3 Preprinted 4 Label 5 Bond 6 Recycle 7 Vellum 8 Rough 9 Letterhead 10 Color 11 Prepunched 12 Envelope 13 Cardstock 21 Customl 22 Custom2 23 Custom3 24 Custom4 25 CustomS 26 Custom6 27 Custom7 28 Custom8 Paper type for paper X1 X6 1 Plain 1 cassettes 1 to 6 3 Preprinted 5 Bond 6 Recycled 8 Rough 9 Letterhead 10 Color 11 Prepunched 21 Customl 22 Custom2 23 Custom3 24 Custom4 25 Customs 26 Custom6 27 Custom7 28 Custom8 Paper type for X7 1 Plain 1 Envelope Feeder 3 Preprinted Universal Feeder 4 Label 5 Bond 6 Recycled 8 Rough 9 Letterhead 10 Color 11 Prepunched 12 Envelope 13 Cardstock 21 Customl 22 Custom2 23 Custom3 24 Custom4 6 10 Table 6 2 Interface independent Parameters Sheet 7 of 8 Environment Parameter Value Factory setting 25 Custom5 26 Custom6 27 Custom7 28 Custom8 PCL paper source 0 Performs paper selection depending on 8 model supporting media type driver priority mode 1 Performs paper selection depending on or 0 oth
28. LIK UOO 1 3 792 gez eec 902 061 vil 861 evt 921 v6 cya 29 9 oe vl IL lt vs 92 19 122 902 681 eL LST Sel 601 6 LL 19 Sy 62 n 8 r saien eyla 252 982 022 702 gat zi 9S1 01 vel got 26 9 09 vv 82 21 5 E NW 2 N Jim qu I MT mi 152 2 612 02 181 ut SST 6 1 621 LOT 16 SL 68 v JL L 5 xg 1g Jia 21 8 052 vt 872 202 981 04 751 221 901 06 tL 99 ev 92 OL a Fill jam Zz fiz ec Bl Sei 6v2 eee Le 102 581 691 est Let TH SOT 68 eL 18 Ww Sc 6 L ie gm yl 4 1 6 Bre 252 912 002 vel 891 251 961 021 01 88 21 95 ot vo 8 o MF Bie Lye lez 6512 661 eel 91 IST Set 61 OL 18 t 66 6 4 blein 5 9 2 oez vi 861 281 991 OST vtl SIT 201 98 0 v9 ec 9 os Hx ux a 9797 52 622 ele 161 Tet 691 348 eel LA 101 8 69 es Le 12 5 iF oix an 1 8 6 8 vio 822 212 961 081 91 eet 001 ve 89 75 9 02 t H riori gt i biel D Lee 112 861 Tel SIL 66 8 19 1s Sg 61 Alq HI tA als 5 2 2 922 012 v6l J 291 9 oet vU 96 28 99 0 ve gt 2 4 a r lalala z took Seo 602 61 191 Sl 621 SIL 16 18 59 6v t EL 4 il gt 0 2 22 802 261 9 091 vt 821 21 96 08 v9 2 oT 0 dja Hi e divi d d 0 lt 0 d a
29. duplexmode bool Get current setting of duplex mode true duplex false simplex bool setdefaulttumble Set duplex printing tumble mode for binding on short side true or long side false of page defaulttumble bool Get the default tumble mode setting true short edge bind false long edge bind bool settumble Set tumble mode true short edge bind false long edge bind tumble bool Get current tumble mode setting true short edge bind false long edge bind firstside bool During duplex printing returns whether the current print side is the front or back During simplex printing returns whether the current page is even or odd true front or odd page false back or even page int setdefaultpapertray Set the default paper tray as tray tray 2 envelope feeder MP tray Cassette mode tray 3 tray 4 tray 5 tray 6 WAS to Table 7 45 KPDL Status Operators Sheet 4 of 5 KPDL Operators Preceding stack Operator Result Description defaultpapertray int Get current default paper tray int setpapertray Set current paper tray papertray int Get current paper tray int setpapertray2 Selectatray by convertingthetray numberthat is currently specified by the PRESCRIBE tray number into a KPDL tray number papertray2 int Convert the current tray number into a PRESCRIBE tray number PRESCRI
30. amp ISZ gee 612 eoz 181 ut SST 681 EZI LOT 16 SL 68 tv TE ay diay 0 2 vec 872 202 981 vst Bet 221 90 06 9s ev 92 ot 11 11 njojz fz r i m 6v2 ttc 2 102 S81 691 rii Let Tel SOT 68 1 15 Ww 6 6 ave 262 912 004 vat 891 291 961 041 01 98 21 99 ov vc 8 H E X IUXIH 8 di Lye 152 Ste 661 eel 191 TST Set 611 01 18 u 98 6 gc L 2 5 3 1 S 1 S MIDI L One 052 vlc 861 e8t 991 061 vel 201 98 0L v6 8g 22 9 sS I Y 119 3 A Al Ol elm 9 Ste 622 ele 161 eel 101 58 69 eg 18 12 Ei a ajn 5 8 e 74 212 BE eet 91 001 v8 99 29 96 02 v o bie erz Lee 561 Tel ii 66 t8 19 ts 56 61 t ANI 9 g sjos ol 22 92 ote v6l 1 oer viU 86 e8 99 05 ve 9r e 91941 4 qug 922 602 61 Sot 621 pi 16 18 99 6v ri 1 AEG m J gt e olv Ove veo 802 261 821 eu 96 08 v9 9r e 9t 0 Q P4 112141 4 9 o 4 E a a V 6 8 L 9 S v t E 0 NLL z UNeT 268 24 552 6 2 EZZ 102 161 SLT 6 Let 56 64 t9 ay Te ST Oll A 3t 758 Bee 222 902 061 vu BST evi 921 oU v6 BL 29 9t ot vl JL _ Ir l Si Vv Ni lt 2 Tee 902 681 LST Wt Set 601 t6 H 19 62 c 1 N i
31. te 162 Set 611 01 18 TE 86 6 62 1 1 8 L tje 97 062 vel BIT 201 98 0L vS se e 9 d O B Sve 622 eel 101 9 69 es 18 12 5 0 ginj najs gt vro 822 261 OTT 001 v8 89 29 96 02 v JA Lid Lee Tel SIL 66 t8 19 16 61 gt gi 6 ila eve 922 oet 86 28 99 0 ve 9r 2 e 1 1qug8c we 922 621 16 18 99 6r ee 9 nibel dlv I Ove 22 get elt 96 08 v9 gr 2 91 0 mn 2142470 lt E 8 9 S Y 4 0 042 amp oN 2d 8 24 7 96 HP 7550A Emulation KC GL Mode 8 HP 7550A Emulation KC GL Mode 8 Basic The HP 7550A emulation applies only to the printing systems that handle A3 size paper The printing system emulates the Hewlett Packard plotter model HP 7550 and uses the Kyocera Graphics Language KC GL While it shares features with the HP GL lan guage it Is designed to provide additional features the plotter cannot give KC GL uses a simple mnemonic graphic language consisting of two letter instructions Some typical examples are PA for Plot to Absolute coordinates and SP for Select a Pen The KC GL instructions are summarized at the end of this section To set the KC GL for power up emulation send the printer the following FRPO com mand FRPO P1 8 EXIT The SEM Set EMulation 8 command temporarily switches the prin
32. 922 012 v6l 841 291 9vt 081 vi 86 28 99 05 vt 8t 2 z 4 1q A a a Tre 922 602 61 Lit 191 oH 621 16 18 89 6v T j i Ove vee 802 261 9 091 wi get elt 96 08 v9 9v 2 9r 0 s SV 4 4 0 4 8 wi 6 8 L 9 S 2 164 jjequiM 7 92 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 552 6 2 22 1 Tet Sit 651 eet tel TIL 6 6L 9 ly ST Ulm T h fly O A Xt 752 222 904 061 714 9st evt 921 ott v6 94 29 9v 0 oP ltl p svi u N vi 952 152 122 502 681 LST lvi Set 601 t6 LL 19 62 jele 252 952 022 02 881 eut 9st ovt vel 901 26 9 09 vY 82 1 oo M4 QR Eh VTLS amp 152 See 612 602 6eL 5244 16 EH 69 ev Le TL t lay 51 1 052 tE 812 202 8er 221 901 06 v 89 e 92 0t 0d e z filz x e E 62 tec 02 901 68 eL 48 Ww 6 e rid 9 1 6 E 912 002 981 021 01 98 et 95 oF vo ola 1 8 i i n Lye Tee 512 661 Set 611 Eor 18 14 95 68 4 5 dde 972 062 712 961 vei gu 201 98 04 Be 22 9 d l v FA A 9797 9 Svo 622 elc 161 eel rii 101 98 69 es 18 12 g 9 5 822 ele 961 eet 001 v8 89 29 9 02 v 1519 1 e Lia ble trc lee TZ 661 Tet sti 66 eg 19
33. ER 5 gt gt setpagedevice To receive the output pages in the finisher for stapling OutputType STAPLI gt gt setpagedevice Table 7 48 KPDL Page Device Parameters Sheet 1 of 3 Preceding Stack Parameter Result Description BeginPage array Indicate BeginPage procedure operations This parameter is called together with the number of times showpage has executed since the beginning of the page default Duplex bool Return as a boolean object the current duplex mode true duplex false simplex EndPage array Indicate EndPage procedure operations This parameter is called together with the number of times showpage has executed since the end of the page default exch 2 ne ExitJamRecovery bool Return as a boolean value whether to perform recovery when a paper jam occurs Read only true HWResolution array Indicate the resolution of the physical device 300dpi 300 300 600dpi 600 600 1200dpi 1200 1200 ImagingBBox array Specify any bounding box for the entire page default null InputAttributes dict Indicate the dictionary associated with a currently available input device paper tray using the number assigned to each Install array Execute the procedure for installing values during graphics mode when calling the setpagedevice operator ManualFeed bool Set whether t
34. Lines 1 and 2 put the printing system in the PRESCRIBE mode reset printing system parameters and set the unit of measurement to points One point is equal to 1 7 inches Next the MZP command moves the cursor to the position 72 points to the right of the left edge limit and 72 points below the top edge limit The PAT select fill PATtern command on line 4 of the program selects the fill pattern In this program pattern number 6 is selected You can select from among any of the printing system s 60 predefined fill patterns or choose to define a pattern using the XPAT generate eXpanded PATtern command In either case the selection is made with the PAT command For 1200 dpi and 600 dpi models the user can define the printing resolution 300 600 1200 dpi of the pattern by giving a second parameter to the PAT command You can also select a shade of gray for filling the arc or block by using the GPAT set Gray PATtern command It is possible to apply a color to a pattern specified using PAT FPAT GPAT or XPAT Note however that this may not always result in the exact same pattern as printed in monochrome The way a color looks may differ when used for different patterns even though the same color has been specified The BLK draw filled in BLocK command on line 5 actually draws the filled in block This command closely resembles the BOX command explained in the preceding section However whereas the BOX command draws a line a
35. 9 Y c T 0 46 ilu UIM 7 81 91 ori vet 801 ol S 04 991 ett 981 ovt vel 801 26 gl 3 zl E 8 ES E 71i 6ST e 6 6L t9 n Te 952 62 22 10 161 Slt 691 evt ACK 96 6L 9 Lv 16 5 E vil 851 evt 9et Ort v6 BL 29 9v 0 Se BES 222 904 061 v 851 evi 01 v6 BL 29 9v 0 uy u NI Y 1 1 U N LST Tet Set 601 t6 m 19 97 6c 692 182 Tee 904 681 eL dst iet Set 601 6 Lt 19 Sr 62 er g 5 lt gt amp IIAJ I 022 991 681 get 101 1 Stc 612 802 181 861 eat vst get eet 901 0 veo 812 202 98t 041 751 1 901 mss JOS u R co eus 8 4 2 V l 691 esT Let Tet SOT eL ig Tt 102 581 691 SOT D N a N gt oO gt x e 8 E E 891 est get 9 vor 891 291 9et 001 01 jaa D 191 TST Set 611 eor gt egt 191 TST Ser 6i 90 18 991 051 vel gt 201 xol EJ 281 991 OST vel 201 ge 22 9 m 5 lt gt 44 gt 991 eet ni Tot TST S91 eet TOL 58 4 On gt on gt p On x e t 8 Kd 8 O avg E o0
36. 95 6 ec 4 Ooje nu lI MZM L k 9 02 vu 861 281 991 OST vti 811 201 98 OL 86 22 9 1 09 9 JIALd 9 S She 622 ele 161 S91 101 se 69 6 1g 12 Ires TIS 822 21 961 OST 91 261 911 001 v8 89 2 96 02 v P ere Lee Tle 661 641 91 n Tet Si 66 19 TS se 61 t s of S E 922 012 761 BT 291 9vt ott 86 28 99 0 ve 8r e 121001410 11 Te Seo 602 61 191 SHI 621 16 18 6v ee 1 94 Ove vee 802 261 941 091 get Hi 96 08 v9 cid 26 9r 0 q32 y 4 49 0 a a 6 8 L 9 S t T 0 L8 9 51 101 7 18 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 552 682 22 n 161 661 421 ut 56 61 9 1 ST 0 11010 752 geo 222 902 061 VT 9st evt 921 6 BZ 29 9v 08 Li 0 3 U u INIS esz 4 2 122 502 681 41 LST WI Set 601 6 19 Sy 64 Q wu 252 962 022 02 881 211 951 ovt vel BOT 26 9 09 vv 82 0 14 PIWO 1 Va 152 See 612 goz 181 11 SST get LOT 16 SL 68 ey La u gt gt A TA E 062 gio 202 9 041 YSl BET eet 901 06 vL 86 ev 94 or JAL e Z Z f x 6v2 62 Le 102 S81 691 rii 121 SOT 68 tL 19 152 6 1 0
37. ESCSPn Set Intercharacter Space 1B 20 Yes Character Tables ESCtn Select Character Set 1B 74 Yes ESC 4 Select Italic Mode 1B 34 Yes ESC 5 Cancel Italic Mode 1B 35 Yes ESCR Select an International Character Set 1B 52 Yes User defined Characters ESC amp null 41 d2 dn Define User defined Characters 1B 26 ESC null n null Copy ROM to RAM ESC Select User defined Set 25 5 6 Enable Printable Characters 1B 36 Yes ESC 7 Enable Upper Control Codes 1B 37 Yes Graphics ESCKnln2vlv2 vn Select Single density Graphics Mode 1B 4B Yes ESCLnln2vlv2 vn Select Double density Graphics Mode 4C Yes ESCYnln2vlv2 vn Select High speed Double density Graphics Mode 59 Yes ESCZnln2vl v2 vn Select Quadruple density Graphics Mode 5A Yes ESC m n1 n2 v1 v2 vn Select Graphics Mode IB2A Yes ESC mn Reassign Graphics Mode 7 25 Chapter 7 Emulation 952 662 22 102 161 SI 661 56 6L t9 m Te ST Ul ml 7 ly Fly 9 ja 962 n 202 902 061 vl 851 evel 921 ort v6 84 29 9v 06 y r uwyl u N j 9 652 182 122 502 681 151 Set 601 56 m 19 Sv 62 1 e tye tp wi NE alye 2 982 022 02 ett 961 OT vel 801 26 9L 09 Tt 82 et m 7 4 u Airi Ss ey dy ty Ny aye nial 182 Gee 612 02 191 ut EH 6 get LOT
38. For example if Dutch801BM10 Roman which means a Dutch 801 style bitmap font of 10 point and Roman style and was resident to the previous models of Kyocera printers the printing system substitutes a Times Roman style scalable font Other options include weights for bold and italic The following table lists the bitmap fonts and the bitmap font numbers that the previous lineups of Kyocera printers support The Kyocera printing system behaves exactly in the same manner when it receives these font numbers It substitutes the scalable fonts for these fonts when required Font Name Font Number Height Pts Pitch cpi Port Land CourierBM12 Roman 1 17 12 10 CourierBM 12 Italic 37 18 12 10 CourierBM12 Bold 38 67 12 10 CourierBM12 BoldItalic 39 68 12 10 Dutch801BM10 Roman 2 19 10 Prop Dutch801BM10 Italic 3 20 10 Prop Dutch801BM10 Bold 4 21 10 Prop Dutch801BM10 Boldltalic 40 69 10 Prop Dutch801BM8 Roman 5 22 8 Prop Dutch801BMS Italic 4 8 Prop Dutch801BM8 Bold 42 70 8 Prop Dutch801BMS8 Boldltalic 43 8 Prop PrestigeEliteBM10 Roman 6 23 10 12 PrestigeEliteBM10 Italic 44 24 10 12 PrestigeEliteBM10 Bold 45 71 10 12 PrestigeEliteBM10 BoldItalic 46 72 10 12 PrestigeEliteBM7 2 Roman 7 25 7 2 16 67 PrestigeEliteBM7 2 Italic 47 7 2 16 67 PrestigeEliteBM7 2 Bold 48 73 7 2 16 67 PrestigeEliteBM7 2 Boldltalic 49 7 2 16 67 LetterGothicBM12 Roman 8 26 12 12 Fon
39. I 2 2 052 VES gie 202 98t VST Ber 221 901 06 85 ev 92 or old ge Lio elz Cizl ils gliu 62 Eez 2 102 Ser 691 est Let 801 68 L 18 152 92 6 1 L 09 4 51106 0 85 Bre etc 912 002 89t 291 981 OZI v0l 98 24 99 0 ve 8 olg a 4 x ul x H 8 Q Lye Tee Stc 661 eel 191 Ist Set 61 Eor 18 u 95 6 c 4 14 qj Eloo sim bi 92 082 712 861 281 99T 0ST vel BIL 201 98 04 ec 9 111114 fle ale als al al 9 8 5 2 622 12 161 Tet 91 eet ni TOL 98 69 eg 18 8 1214141 ein as 3 Tro 822 22 961 081 91 9rt 261 001 ve 89 25 96 02 v Jo mx urere a EE ere Le Tle 561 641 9t Ter STL 66 8 19 15 se 61 s mero ep aepo eve 922 OTe 761 git 291 ONT 91 vl 96 28 99 0S ve 9t 2 4 17 Sec 602 61 191 Srt 621 16 i8 99 ee rii 1 za Fig r 1 r e n blejiovrj i g e 0 2 vee 802 261 911 091 get elt 96 08 v9 gv et 9t is 0 Sig A 6 8 L 9 E Y t E 0 091 97 T 32 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 On shipment from the factory the printing system is set to power up in the HP LaserJet PCL 6 emulation The factory default symbol set is PC 8 To change this default symbol set use the FRPO command
40. N91 9r901 OSI 7 91 Chapter 7 Emulation 952 682 73 102 161 SLI 6ST Le 96 6L 9 n St 82 gez 222 902 061 8ST evt 91 01 v6 94 29 9v 0 v I X le 2 Z NIS 552 Lee 122 504 681 61 ivt S21 601 6 LL 19 sy 62 SI T ADI 15 W 252 922 022 02 881 edt 9st 115 vel 801 26 9L 09 vv 82 4 n r QI M mo m lit N gt 152 gee 612 02 181 ut 991 16 94 69 eV gt 2 nien gd gt lt A N 052 812 202 981 ot get 221 901 06 vL 85 ev 92 01 S e w EmE g zZ x 672 eez 102 Set 691 ST 1 Tet SOT 68 1 Ge 6 Q a 1 6 are eto 912 002 891 est get 02T 01 88 24 95 07 8 o 9 0 s alelo X U mae 79 Lye Tee 912 661 80 191 161 Set 611 Eor 18 55 6 c 1 85 D L1 972 082 vie 861 281 99T 051 vel BIT 201 98 04 8e ec 9 cse due SA d 9 Sv 622 in 161 Tet 91 Eer LT 101 58 69 Le 71 sis ve 74 212 961 OBIT OT evi eet 91i 001 v8 89 25 98 02 v Hu o e o vi al 3 P I G ere Lee TZ 61 641 n SIL 66 19 16 56 61 t o Oo lYe 3 J 8 o S D t amp eve 922 072 v6l 8t 291 9yt 01 v 96 28 99 05 ve 8t 2 4 2 Iq ala Tee 2 602 661 Lt 191 621 elt 16 18 9
41. T 191217 8 Ove 22 80 061 9 091 821 el 96 08 v9 cid 91 0 4 5 E a a 2 9 6 8 L 9 S t T 0 08 z ureds 07 8652 6tc Ezz 102 161 SI 6ST Let Iu 6 61 t9 n EH L PX Ulm F yl Qiu ke Se BES eec 902 061 vL BST evt 9et OIL v6 BL 29 9v v JL E 1 gt lt 92 12 122 502 681 eT 191 601 6 T9 S 62 l 1 r i aiz g wul yl 292 982 022 02 881 ett 9610 ovt vel 801 26 9 09 vv 82 21 1 4 Ml ro gt 152 952 612 02 181 861 681 eel LOT 16 71 68 ey I 0 2 912 202 981 HST get eet 901 06 vL 95 e 92 ot Joja il g e z ely 6 2 eez 102 Sgt 691 esT 181 121 501 68 16 lr Se 6 1 L FA I 6 0 Q N 972 262 912 002 991 est 981 oet vot 88 21 99 op v 8 ol a 44 Lye Tee 42 661 81 191 IST SET 611 eor 18 u 99 68 4 L 0 5 92 062 T 961 281 991 OST git 201 98 04 88 e 9 3 A 8 9 53 1 3 92 622 ete 161 181 Sot eet LIT 101 Sg 69 6 12 S F N G e n e n 4 820 212 967 081 91 24 eet OTL 001 78 89 29 98 02 2 J zial F ele ela pl aia 5 Lec 112 561 6 1 91 Lv Tet STI 66 8 1
42. ere ne 61 64 91 7128 SIL 66 28 19 19 6t 0 a s osg oalti s 922 012 761 8 1 291 OPT 081 vU 86 28 99 09 ve BI 2 18010901544 131qug8zZu Tre 520 602 61 LL 191 621 16 18 29 6v t t Ble Ove 22 902 261 911 09t vvi 821 96 08 v9 ev ee 9t 0 d lalalo YY d H a 2 a W 6 8 L 9 S v t T 0 2 6 014210 7 18 Diablo 630 Emulation Mode 2 552 662 EZZ n 161 Stt 697 e TIL 86 6L t9 le Te 91 ono 3 Eo 92 gez 222 902 061 v BST evi 921 0 v6 BL 29 9v 0g vl ul li NI Q 852 1 122 902 681 1 TI Sel 601 6 m 19 5 62 1 Sl u N 292 962 022 702 881 ZLI 9st ovi vel 801 26 94 09 vv 92 4 gt 1 Sec 612 02 181 991 66 fel LOT 16 4 68 V It 4 pt o X f m fy t 052 veo 202 981 St 221 901 06 89 et 92 E ag zs pm a tg 62 ttc rid 102 581 691 est LST Tet SOT 68 L Lg 6 A T A I e6 174 282 912 002 ter 991 291 ger 01 701 98 24 99 0v vc 8 8 Lye Tee 972 661 eel 491 TST Set 01 18 9 6 Ye SQ m M D 4 972 oez vie 861 ear 9
43. lt DEC gt Plotter configuration ESC B Output buffer space ESC E Output extended error ESC H lt DEC gt lt ASC gt Select handshaking mode 1 lt ASC gt lt gt ESCI lt DEC gt lt ASC gt Select handshaking mode 2 lt ASC gt lt gt ESC J Ignore device control instructions ESC K Ignore plot instructions ESC L Output buffer size ESC M lt DEC gt lt ASC gt Select output mode output trigger character echo lt ASC gt terminator output terminator lt ASC gt lt ASC gt lt ASC gt ESC N lt DEC gt lt ASC gt Select extended output and handshaking mode 1 lt ASC gt ESC O Output extended status ESC R Reset handshaking a Ignored HP 7550A Emulation KC GL Mode 8 Default States DF Table 7 41 Default States DF Function Equivalent Instruction Default Value Plotting mode PA Absolute plotter units Polygon mode PMO 2 Empty polygon Line type ET Solid line Line pattern length LTn 4 4 of distance between P1 and P2 Scaling SC Off plotter units used for x and y coordinates Input window IW Set to hard clip limits Circle and arc resolution 5 degrees Symbol mode SM Off Tick length TL x axis 0 5 of P2y Ply y axis 0 5 of P2x P1x Mask value IM233 0 0 All errors recognized but no response to service re
44. 16 18 59 6 et t T i 09 vee 802 261 091 vol 821 96 08 9 er 2 9 0 5 3 8 d da 0 A 2 9 V 6 8 L 9 Y c 0 992 662 22 10 161 6ST e ii 6 6L t ST 0 O 2 2 BeZ 222 902 061 744 BST evt 921 ott v6 29 9v 0 vl 1 lt aT NI 92 1g 122 502 681 elt LST irl Set 601 6 m 19 62 292 982 022 702 881 ett 951 ovi vel 901 26 9 19 82 Hi lt Lj seme px ILS 152 See 612 02 181 991 6 eet LOT 16 SL 65 er It 6 lix X i 052 vec gie 202 98 OL 51 221 901 06 tL 9s ev 92 OL J zige gt eee Le 102 Set 69T est mi Tet SOT 68 L 18 152 9 6 1 16 912 02 v8l 991 291 961 021 VOT 98 24 99 0 9 11 3 4 E H 8 Lye 152 912 661 EBT 191 IST Set 6t1 COT 18 u 8 6 2 4 11 0 o 92 062 861 291 991 OST vel BIL 201 98 04 vS 22 9 LUJIA eld a e 5 915 52 622 ete 161 IBI 91 eel ait TOL 58 69 9 Le 12 9 a 3 A H Si GA 822 212 961 081 9 261 OTT 001 v8 89 2 9t 02 b mu mn x 4 9 1 ere Lee le 561 641 egr Tet SIT 66 8 19 16 S 61 1 amp lt gt o X RIX E evo 922 092 v6l 8 1 291 9 oet 86 28 99 05 ve 2 dig 49 922 602 61 191 StL 641 eu 16 18 99 6v ri I 1 5 7
45. 7 lec 972 TST Set 611 Eor 18 u 5 68 52 4 u no L 1 4 gt 2 i 972 052 vlc Ost git 201 98 OL 9c 22 9 n h JA Al OBIT F 52 6 2 6vl eel Lu Tot 98 69 eg 18 T 8 3 nenas e 124 822 212 ae 261 91 001 v8 89 2 98 02 t 1 Lia ev Lee Tle Lvl Ter SIL 66 Eg 19 15 se 61 t N so s ioO e s i evo 922 02 1 oet 86 28 99 0 ve 8r 2 Y 9 1q uj tie We 522 602 621 elt 16 18 89 6v t ri T 2 einbj ej oO vi I gt 0 2 802 Trl 821 96 08 t9 9r 2 9t 0 0 4204 49 04 E a 2 a 6 8 L 9 v t c E 0 552 6 2 22 102 161 SLT 6ST LI 56 64 9 n Te SI Ln fly 9 o 750 Bee 222 902 061 v 861 Zvl 9et 01 v6 BL 29 9v 0 vl JL u yY lt Vie esc 182 122 502 681 lv Set 601 6 19 62 r ele 292 92 022 02 98r 21 9971 Ort vel 901 26 9 09 22 82 gt al 15 Sez 612 02 191 ut 551 eer 2t 101 16 SL 65 7 8 5 052 2 814 202 98 vSl get 221 901 06 vL 9s ev 92 0t o xl injlez fizir lt HB 672 eec ira 102 eT 691 691 et Tet SOT 68 eL 18 Ww 92 6 E2924 16 2 2 912 002 vel 891 est 951 921 HOT 88 eL 95 ov ve 9 o a E 2 4 0 x ax H 8 Lye lec 52 661 er 191 IST Set 611 Eor 18 85 6t EZ 1445
46. 872 E 92 002 v8l 891 291 981 041 wor 88 24 95 0 vo 8 uola X UX H 8 Lye lec 5 661 191 191 Set 611 Eor 18 u SG 6 ez 4 IZIM Lj ore 062 vl 861 2 991 051 vel BIr 201 98 04 vo BE 9 n n 3 A 3 9 Sve 622 elc 461 Tel 891 61 eel 10 58 69 es 18 12 5 n e n 8H S 96 822 212 961 08 91 261 OTL 000 v8 99 29 9 02 Y 1 PILI G v Lee TZ S61 641 91 lel SIL 66 8 19 19 S 61 Li s f S l eve 922 012 761 8 1 291 9vt oet 86 28 99 06 ve gt e 9 1 qA A au Wwe Sec 602 6l 191 621 16 T8 9 6v a 1 v ti i Ove vee 802 261 9 1 091 821 21 96 08 v9 9v e 91 0 10 4 400 E u 2 9 6 8 L 9 S v t 4 T 0 9 112219 dNODIgV 7 87 Chapter 7 Emulation 562 62 22 10 161 6ST 96 64 t9 ly 1e SI T U 0 4 792 gee eec 902 061 E evi 921 OIL v6 8 29 9 0t v I NI lt esc 152 122 902 681 ell 1951 1524 Set 601 t6 1L w 9 6c e 292 982 022 02 881 edt 961 ovt vol Bor 26 91 09 2 82 el ipm I aTe 152 92 612 902 181 ut 991 23 get LOT 16 gL 6 H gt I 082 vec 812 202 98t 91 vSl 9er 221 901 06 vL BS ev 9 OL z IZIT eee Lu 102 Get 691 esT Tet SOT 68 tL
47. Custom Type2 Custom Type3 Custom Type4 Custom Type5 Custom Type6 Custom Type7 Custom 8 7 138 KPDL Operators SorterDetails can specify tray arrangement and sorter operation mode as the following example lt lt SorterDetails lt lt SorterTray 1 2 SorterMode 5 gt gt gt gt setpagedevice Tray arrangement array of 1 2 specifies tray 1 and tray 2 to be used If tray numbers are omitted 1 all trays are used Sorter mode string of SORTER specifes sorter mode Other options include COLLATOR and MAILBOX A typical StapleDetails sequence is as follows To staple each 20 pages at position 3 on the page lt lt Staple 3 StapleDetails lt lt StaplePosition 3 Count 20 gt gt gt gt setpagedevice To punch in sub style use the following example lt lt Punch 3 PunchDetails lt lt PunchMode 2 gt gt gt gt setpagedevice CollateDetails Parameters CollateDetails has the following parameters as tabled below according to the key of operations By making Collate true CollateDetails enables the printing system to implement the e MPS function according to the keys explained in the following table Table 7 49 CollateDetails Parameters Key Type Meaning Parameters default Mode integer Job mode HP Mopier mode Job retention 0 Volatile job Nonvolatile job VirtualMailbox job integer Job Retention enable Enable Job Retention H
48. HP GL 2 PCL XL Mode 5 Epson LQ 850 Mode 2 Diablo 630 Mode 1 IBM Proprinter X24E a Mode 0 Line Printer f Mode 9 KPDL Mode 8 HP 7550 KC GL below Table 7 1 Emulation Switching Command Sequence Mode Emulation FRPO Commands 0 Line Printer IR FRPO PI 0 FRPO P3 1 EXIT 1 IBM Proprinter X24E IR FRPO PI 1 FRPO P3 2 EXIT 2 Diablo 630 IR FRPO 2 FRPO P3 1 EXIT 5 Epson LQ 850 IR FRPO PI 5 FRPO P3 2 EXIT 6 HP LaserJet IR FRPO PI 6 FRPO 1 EXIT 8 HP 7550A IR FRPO 8 FRPO P3 1 EXIT 9 KPDL IR FRPO 9 EXIT The emulation mode can also be changed from the printing system s operator panel Line Printer Emulation Mode 0 Automatic emulation sensing In printing systems that permit the selection of KPDL emulation the automatic emula tion sensing AES can be activated so that print jobs using other emulations will auto matically print in the correct emulation Refer to the AES related FRPO command parameters P4 and P5 in Interface independent Parameters on page 5 in Chapter 6 General Information on Emulation The printing system s capability for supporting seven printer emulations is remarkably complete although a few differences are noteworthy The printing system cannot print on paper larger than the size of its cassette In par ticular it cannot print on continuous forms The
49. If a line overruns the right margin word wrap occurs automatically in this emulation IBM Proprinter X24E Emulation Mode 1 7 4 To set the power up emulation for IBM Proprinter X24E send the printing system the following PRESCRIBE command sequence FRPO P1 1 FRPO P3 1 EXIT The IBM symbol sets include IBM PC 8 plus international characters mathematical symbols Greek letters and graphic symbols so you can print things like ae 0 4GM r c E Symbol sets PC 850 PC 860 PC 863 PC 865 US ASCII and Denmark allow all ruling characters hex BO to DF and underscore characters 5F to be printed in the correct pitch for creating continuous lines The symbol set may be selected with the INTL command or the operator panel keys Per manent setting of the symbol set is made with the FRPO U6 and U7 commands but not with the Proprinter escape sequences The following symbol sets list shows the support for the IBM emulation Table 7 3 IBM Proprinter X24E Symbol Sets Symbol set Message display FRPO command US ASCII IBM PC 8 FRPO U6 0 FRPO U7 1 Denmark IBM PC 8 D N FRPO U6 4 FRPO U7 1 US Legal US Legal FRPO U6 9 FRPO U7 1 IBM PC 850 Multilingual IBM PC 850 FRPO U6 10 FRPO U7 1 IBM PC 860 Portuguese IBM PC 860 FRPO U6 11 FRPO U7 1 IBM Proprinter X24E Emulation Mode 1 Table 7 3 IBM Proprinter X24E Symbol Sets Symbol set Message display FRPO com
50. a2 292 92 022 to 881 eut 99 oT vel 801 26 91 09 82 4 o my J Tin SO tT gt u LI n K 152 Sec 612 602 181 ut 561 eer LOT 16 SL 68 tr 1 4 Ae E 5x5 9 x 052 vto 912 202 981 751 eei 901 06 vL 85 ev 92 ot loldi l iglejz itizin e u 6 EEZ ri 102 Sgt 691 esT LET Te 601 68 e 3 92 6 1 A T A I1 6 Q N 4 ete 912 002 vel 891 egt 91 91 88 99 ov 8 e 2 b 4 8 1 0 Tec 912 661 587 191 Tet Ser 611 01 18 TL 95 6 2 L 11 5 y 97 02 861 281 991 OST vel BIL eot 98 04 75 Be 22 9 AA 9 53 3 Svo 622 ir 161 Tel 991 6vt tel TOL 98 69 6 3 o3 FEN nes niz s 2 o 822 eic 961 087 91 261 001 78 99 25 9 0 t J 2la4 eB a pl aia v O TX Lee Tle S61 641 9t Tet SIL 66 8 19 15 ge 61 t r3 d llelo g sjos e o eve 922 012 61 8 7 291 91 86 2 99 05 vt gr 2 z L L z I e azq uaga z a Q Te 522 602 61 191 Er 621 i 16 18 59 6v it 19127 ble 072 yee 804 261 941 09 821 eit 96 08 v9 ay 28 9t 0 Rx i 2 4 ad 2 a 6 8 L 9 S t 4 T 0 09 92u amp 14 01 ez sn 01 5395 04 6 069 01 7 26 Epson LQ 850 Emulation Mode 5
51. 10 9 CALL GRAPH Humidity 3 5 1 0 1 3 2 6 1 8 6 4 5 9 CALL LOCATE 2 20 CALL GRAPH Paid Attendance 5 2 1 1 0 9 1 5 1 3 3 3 4 4 CALL LOCATE 10 20 CALL GRAPH Pages Completed 0 1 2 4 4 4 6 3 2 6 6 0 PAGE EXIT Figure 3 2 Macro Example 2 Temperature Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Paid Attendance Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Examples of Macros Humidity Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Pages Completed Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 3 5 3 6 This page is left blank intentionally Chapter 4 Fonts This chapter covers font related topics including the printing system s resident and option fonts character sets and usage of font selection and symbol creation commands A font is a set of characters of a particular design The design is referred to as a typeface Several characteristics identify a font These include the font type bit map or scalable symbol set spacing pitch height style stroke weight and typeface family In selecting a font the printing system searches the available fonts to match these characteristics based on the highest priority For details in this regard see Selecting Fonts Using the FSET Command on page 4 9 in this chapter Chapter 4 Fonts Resident Fonts The printing system provides one bitmap font and 136 scalable outline fonts as the res ident fonts Also fonts may be downloaded to the printing system s memory from a computer or a mem
52. 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes Width 41 ofdecipoints ESC c H IB 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes 48 Rectangle of dots ESC c B 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes Height 42 Vertical Size ofdecipoints ESC c V 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes 56 Rectangular Area Fill Fill Solid Black ESC cOP 2 633050 Yes Yes Yes Yes foe BUR Erase solid 1 2A 633150 Yes Yes Yes Yes white fill Shaded Fill ESC c2P 2 633250 Yes Yes Yes Yes Cross hatched ESC c3P 2 63 33 50 Yes Yes Yes Fill User Defined ESC c4P 1B2A 633450 Yes Yes Yes Yes Current ESC c5P 2 633550 Yes Yes Yes Yes Pattern Pattern ID 96 of Shading ESC c G 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes or Type of 47 Pattern or User Pattern ID 7 59 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 60 Table 7 24 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 12 of 16 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal Desk Floor Desk Floor Value toptype type toptype type B amp W B amp W Color Color Shading 2 Gray ESC c2G 2A 633247 Yes Yes Yes Yes 10 Gray ESC cl10G 2A 633130 Yes Yes Yes Yes 47 15 Gray ESC c15G 2A 633135 Yes Yes Yes Yes 47 30 Gray ESC c30G 2 633330 Yes Yes Yes Yes 47 45 Gray ESC c45G 2 63 3435 Yes 47 70 Gray ESC c70G 1B2A633730 Yes Yes Yes Yes 47 90 Gray ESC c90G 1B2A633930 Yes Yes Yes Yes 47 100 Gray ESC c100G 1B2A633130 Yes Yes Yes Yes 3047 P
53. 4 al 822 eie 961 8r E 00 78 89 25 9 v 115191 o gi P Lia e ere nz S61 Lv SIT 66 8 9 1S 61 144 01 4 evo 922 ote 761 971 oet 86 28 99 05 9i 4 i al Tee 922 602 51 61 46 18 99 6 ee 1 T g n b 1 092 22 802 26 224 821 96 08 v9 9v 2 9T 0 0 819 1400 4 E 6 8 L 9 S Y e T 0 KA 6 2 EZ 4 161 51 6ST eer 41 TIL 56 64 9 t 16 ST 5 1 Y 9 o X 792 Bez 222 902 061 vil 861 921 ott v6 BL 29 9v 09 vU f p lt clwier 652 4 122 502 681 191 TI SZI 601 t6 m T9 Sr 62 1 49 F tiw f 252 9 02 voc BST 951 vel 901 26 9 09 vv 1 of Mal gu aj x dd AP Tle 155 152 se 612 902 191 ut SST 16 GL 6S fr a u 1 c i dixi 5 052 vec 912 20 987 0 PST 221 901 06 vL 9s ev 9 oL oJ fi livia e zi zie lt m 6172 eee Lue 102 981 691 p LET let 501 68 L 15 I EA 6 a 4 1 Ct 9vc 262 912 002 val 89r 291 921 041 01 88 21 9s ot 8 o a E 4le xuxiH 8 iv a Lye Tec 912 661 eer 191 Tet Set 611 01 18 u 84 6 ec 4 114 5 202412 9 2 082 yu 861 99t 0st vet 201 98 OL 9t 22 9 114014 olai JA A 9 BI She 6
54. 6 TI i 02 veo 802 261 09 vul 821 eu 96 08 v9 cid e 91 0 0 7 1 0 d a a 2 a 6 8 L 9 S Y t E 0 NS 6 une OSI NG Sd 7 14 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 952 682 74 102 161 SLI 6ST ert 56 6L 9 le ST e dZ D EA 82 222 902 061 714 8st evi 921 OIL v6 84 29 9v 0 vl 2 Sd 9 7 92 152 Tee S02 681 191 Set 601 6 LL 19 Sv 62 00 t zm 2 9 2 022 02 Ber edt 951 ovt vel 801 26 94 09 22 82 Hi 44 L1 4 152 6 612 502 181 ut 991 6 t EZI 01 16 94 65 ey pna 1 nig 4 052 vto 872 202 99 BET 221 901 06 v 99 ev 92 OL 2 2 H Z Z 8 o 6 2 6 Le 102 581 691 esT Let Tet 501 68 L 19 Ww 6 HU A 252 912 002 v8l 991 291 91 oet Hor 88 et 99 or 9 DT o 6 Lye Te 512 661 EBT 191 IST Set 61t Eor 18 95 2 1 1 I 972 0 2 vu 961 298 991 051 vel git 201 98 0L tS ge 9 L ore 622 612 161 Tet 91 24 eet 101 8 69 eg Le 12 5 I 822 212 961 OBT 91 281 001 v8 89 29 9 02 t 2 of WL t m 1 12 S6t 6 1 91 te Tet SIL 66 8 19 16 6t t v o V 1951 v 2 2 92 072 761 8 7 291 9vt Qet 96 28 99 08 vt e e 4 7 7 11 Tre 522 602 61 191 S
55. 7 33 7 37 Roman 8 symbol set 4 8 Round cap 2 20 Round line join 2 21 Row work 2 13 S Scalable font 4 2 assiging a font number to 4 8 lists 4 2 outline 4 2 Scaled real number KC GL 7 98 Scaling point KC GL 7 102 Short and tall parameters barcode 5 3 Soft fonts 4 2 Source image 2 37 Spacing commands 4 10 Square cap 2 20 Standard graphics mode 2 2 Standard mode and path mode logical page 1 9 Starting angle 2 15 2 24 Stroking a path 2 16 Subpath 2 17 basic concept 1 9 Superscripts amp subscripts 7 5 Symbol set default selection 7 37 Symbol set SENT 4 8 T Tagged image file format TIFF 2 34 7 34 Text positioning 1 7 Thickness of lines 2 3 Tilt SENT 4 8 Transparency mode 2 37 Two s comlement TIFF 2 35 Typeface 4 1 U Unprintable area 2 2 Upper and lowercase letters 1 12 US ASCIL 7 3 7 33 US Legal 7 3 User unit KC GL 7 101 USPS barcode 5 2 Word processing software 1 5 4 12 7 1 X X Y coordinates 1 7 2 Zero relative coordinates 2 24 2013 KYOCERA Document Solutions Inc is trademark of KYOCERA Corporation Rev 4 9 2013 1
56. 8 u lelg 2 92 022 702 881 211 951 Ovt tel 801 26 9L 09 82 h 91 ig ro Tdi 7115 152 Sez 612 eoz 181 Ut 661 6er EZI LOT 16 SL 65 v a 125 80 09 052 yee Ble 202 981 041 vst ii eel 901 06 vL BS ev 92 01 mK fel ll p a rz f z rj lt 9 6v2 fto fara 102 Set 691 est 481 121 S01 68 L 1S Se 6 L mx r E a A 4 1 6 tio 872 262 912 002 781 891 291 91 9 1 701 88 24 94 ov vo 4 Te 42 661 191 IST Set 611 Eor 18 u 95 1 KOINI MEMIS3 SADIL e 92 082 vi 861 281 991 051 vel git 201 98 0L 8 22 9 m L ox x vl x 2 4 Fc Ala 9 797 Sve 622 ete 161 8 S91 6 eel LOT 68 69 es Le 12 S m 4 H x nulg 2 lt see 822 212 961 081 91 get eet 001 78 89 29 9t 02 v o BH HFnuue ris be Lee 112 661 6 1 91 SIL 66 8 19 16 5 61 t 21411 si so tc ZZ 2 2 922 012 p l 841 291 9vl oet vu 96 28 99 0s ve r4 9 a n Hl zi Tee 2 602 61 LL 191 621 ii 16 18 9 6 t 4l m dirr via ab ed virt il gt j 0 2 vee 802 261 911 091 vel gzt 21i 96 0 v9 ay 26 9r 0 K xr s 4 d lt Ei a 6 8 L 9 8 Y t 0 944 49919 698 2d eIq4eS 668 24 7 84 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6
57. Albertus Md Albertus ExBd Arial Arial Bd Arial It Arial BdIt TimesNewRoman TimesNewRoman Bd TimesNewRoman It TimesNewRoman Bdlt Helvetica Helvetica Bd Helvetica Ob Helvetica BdOb Helvetica Nr Helvetica NrBd Helvetica NrOb Helvetica NrBdOb Palatino Palatino Bd Palatino It ITCAvantGardeGothic Bk ITCAvantGardeGothic Dm ITCAvantGardeGothic BkOb ITCAvantGardeGothic DmOb ITCBookman Lt ITCBookman Dm ITCBookman LtIt ITCBookman DmlIt NewCenturySchoolbook Rom NewCenturySchoolbook Bd NewCenturySchoolbook It NewCenturySchoolbook Times Rom Times Bd Times It Times Bdlt ITCZapfChancery Mdlt Symbol 4 3 Chapter 4 Fonts Font Name SymbolPS Wingdings ITCZapfDingbats Courier Bd Courier It Courier Bdlt LetterGothic LetterGothic Bd LetterGothic It CourierPS CourierPS Bd CourierPS Ob CourierPS BdOb LinePrinterBM8 5 Roman Bitmap KPDL Fonts In KPDL Kyocera Print system Description Language emulation the printing system provides PostScript compatible 47 scalable fonts These fonts are also accessible by using the PRESCRIBE command Font Name Albertus ExtraBold Albertus Medium AntiqueOlive AntiqueOlive Bold AntiqueOlive Italic Arial Arial Bold Arial BoldlItalic Arial Italic AvantGarde Book AvantGarde BookOblique AvantGarde Demi AvantGarde DemiOblique Bookman Demi Bookman Demiltalic Bookman Light Bookman Lightltalic CGOmega CGOmega Bold CGOmega
58. For example to select the 10 point TimesNewRoman which was assigned with font number 1001 command IR SFNT TimesNewRoman 10 1001 FONT 1001 EXIT Bitmap Font Mode If you use a bitmap font a change in fonts can also affect the character spacing line spacing and page orientation This depends on the font mode FTMD With bitmap fonts setting the font mode to 15 enables the printing system to adjust all these parame ters automatically When you select font 23 landscape PrestigeEliteBM 10 Roman for example the printing system automatically changes the character spacing to 12 charac ters per inch the line spacing to about 7 25 lines per inch and the page orientation to landscape Remember that the font mode 15 only valid for bitmap fonts Scalable fonts always adjust to the current page orientation Also with scalable fonts you must use a line spacing adjustment command to set the innate line spacing for the new font Each emulation has a default font mode for bitmap fonts which takes effect when the emulation is enabled Font mode 15 is the default font mode of the Line Printer emula tion The other emulations have lower default font mode values If you use a variety of bitmap fonts you will probably find font mode 13 most conve nient In font mode 13 character spacing and orientation are always correct and the line spacing remains constant when you change fonts Font mode 13 is the default font mode of the LaserJet
59. New York U S A law governs this Agreement You shall not sublicense sell lease or otherwise transfer the Software and or Typefaces without the prior written con sent of Agfa Japan Use duplication or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at FAR 252 227 7013 subdivision b 3 ii or subparagraph c 1 ii as appropriate Further use duplication or disclosure is subject to restrictions applicable to restricted rights software as set forth in FAR 52 227 19 c 2 YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT YOU HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT UNDERSTAND IT AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND CONDITIONS NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE BOUND BY ANY STATEMENT OR REP RESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT NO CHANGE IN THIS AGREEMENT IS EFFECTIVE UNLESS WRITTEN AND SIGNED BY PROPERLY AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES OF EACH PARTY BY OPENING THIS DISKETTE PACKAGE YOU AGREE TO ACCEPT THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT Introduction This manual contains information needed to use the firmware features provided by the Kyocera printing system Among these features is PRESCRIBE a highly accessible human readable command language that makes it easy for programmers to take full advantage of the printing system s capability The PRESCRIBE command language allows to extensive manipulation of fonts and character code tables use the ability to draw objects by constructing a
60. Personality PERSONALITY KIR HP RET RET FRPO NO Interface timeout TIMEOUT FRPO N9 Copy COPIES FRPO CO Paper size PAPER FRPO R2 Orientation ORIENTATION FRPO Cl Manual feed MANUAL FEED FRPO R4 Paper source MANUAL FEED FRPO R4 Output stack OUTBIN FRPO RO 7 47 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 48 Table 7 23 PJL Reset Status Environment PJL command FRPO parameter Duplex DUPLEX N4 Default font FONTNUMBER FRPO V3 Point size PTSIZE FRPO V0 2 Pitch PITCH Symbol set SYMSET FRPO U6 U7 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 HP LaserJet Printer Commands PCL In the tables below Yes means that the command is supported and No means that the command is not supported depending on the printing system model Table 7 24 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 1 of 16 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal Desk Floor Desk Floor Value toptype type toptype type B amp W B amp W Color Color JOB CONTROL COMMANDS Reset Reset ESCE 45 Yes Yes Yes Yes Number of ESC amp X 1B 26 6C Yes Yes Yes Yes Copies 1 999 58 Long Edge of amp 0 1B 26 6C Yes Yes Yes Yes Left Decipoints 55 Offset 1 720 Short Edge of ESC amp Z 1B 26 6C Yes Yes Yes Yes Top Decipoints 5A Offset 1 7207 Unit of Numberof ESC amp u D 1 2675 844 Yes Yes Yes Measure units per inch Exit PCL ESC
61. Policies dict Execute the policies function This is checked when the device cannot satisfy the user specified setpagedevice PostRendering Enhance bool Turn on off KIR mode true KIR on false KIR off PostRendering EnhanceDetails dict Set the dictionary representing the KIR mode when PostRenderingEnhance is true SorterDetails dict Set the dictionary object for current sorter status information TraySwitch bool Set the current auto cassette mode status using a boolean value true Autocass false Autocass off Tumble bool Set the current tumble mode using a boolean value true shortedge false longedge DeferredMedia Selection bool Define using a boolean object the processing when the page size selected during page setup differs from the paper size of the tray true display cassette error ProcessColorModel name Return the engine type as a name object Device Gray Monochrome Device CMY Three colors Device CMYK Four colors MediaPosition int Set the tray corresponding to the specified number as the current tray OutputPage bool Set whether to output paper true default false no output paper Collate bool Turn on off the collate function true electric collate on only when harddisk is installed CollateDetails dict Control the detailed parameters of the collate function See CollateDetails Parameters on page 139 Fold int Fold booklet pages DF 75 finisher 0 Do
62. gt 5 grt eet oot El 3 ol EJ amp 61 091 91 SI 281 SIL 001 ve 91 Tet SIT 66 641 91 SIT 66 ee O A dO a e E 5 5 3 ES 291 971 0 i 86 8 1 291 9 oet Di 86 a TOT 591 681 46 Tot StL 16 2 lt un o O aye D oo JO 9 e JMO J Gs dod fwd 09t vel 821 21 96 8 94 09t gel eu 96 a R8 3 lt m O A N lt gt ole Hee me 3a s Ee H o s nia s Qs an I 0 E t E Oo in Ay t e T 0 o Chapter 7 Emulation 901 40849 188 2d n6 swopuiM 7 82 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 5 662 22 10 161 6ST nmi Ur 6 61 9 1e St f E HIE II II mo O 4 50 gez 222 902 061 v 8st 291 921 011 v6 cya 29 9v 06 vi 1 lt 52 1 122 902 681 ell 191 i 521 601 6 LL 19 5 62 Di HICIH W 252 922 022 702 881 eti 981 Ort vel 801 26 91 09 gc et 3X gt 152 Sez 612 0 481 ut 991 6 1 621 16 94 65 ey amp r u 1 052 682 202 98
63. in dict string length int Get length of string name length int Get length of name xy lineto Create line from current point to x y num In real Get natural logarithm key load value Search dictionary stack for key and return value num log real Get logarithm proc loop Do proc until exit is encountered num stringl It bool Test whether num stringl lt num string2 num string2 font matrix makefont font Generate new font by matrix transformation dict matrix makepattern pattern Create an instance from a prototype pattern mark mark Push mark on stack matrix matrix Create identity matrix dict maxlength int Get capacity of dict intl int2 mod remainder Findintl module int2 integers Xy moveto Move current point to x y numl num2 mul product Multiply num by num2 objl obj2 ne bool Test whether obj is not equal to obj2 numl neg num2 Get negative of numl newpath Initialize current path to null path array dict file string array dict file strin Disable all access int booll not int bool2 Bitwise or logical not null null Push null on operand stack nulldevice Install no output device int booll int bool2 or int bool3 Bitwise or logical OR 0bj0 objn 1 n Q packedarray packedarray Create a packed array 7 123 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 124 Table 7 44 KPDL Page Description Operators Sheet 7 of 11 Preceding stack Operator Result Description pat
64. nl n2 Print Continuously From 1B 7C nl n2 Yes Characters Chart ESC Print Single Character from 1B 5E Yes Characters Chart ESC n Continuous Overline 1B2Dn Yes ESC dnl n2 Relative Move Inline Forward 1B 64 nl n2 Yes ESC j Stop Printing 6A ESC enl n2 Relative Mode Inline Back 1B 65 nl n2 Yes ward IBM Proprinter X24E Emulation Mode 1 952 682 622 102 161 ST 661 r 41 96 6L 9 iv St jo 752 862 222 902 061 861 etl 921 ott v6 94 29 9t 0 vt JL p lt y gpl 652 152 122 502 681 LST WU Sel 601 6 19 Sy 6 1 4 2 962 022 02 881 9S1 otl vei 801 26 94 09 vv 2 J Md ein gt 152 See 612 602 181 ut SST GeT 621 TUBE 16 GL 68 v i si Ela a diay 5 is 052 vec 912 202 98 st 221 901 06 vL 86 ev 92 0t odiy al z fzr 6 2 62 ri 104 51 691 est Tei SOL 68 eL 15 Ww 6 el jt 25 E 972 002 81 24 961 021 88 21 95 X 8 4 x u x HI 8 Du nis lye 152 912 661 191 TSI Sel 611 Eor 18 u 85 6 1 i445 ele 972 062 ve 861 OST vel 201 98 OL vS ee 9 njd j4 jja Stc 622 161 Lu 101 58 69 6 1 Te E
65. vst get 221 901 06 tL 89 ev 92 ot D o ec 2 f Z 6 2 eez 2 102 681 691 est Let 121 SOT 68 eL 19 17 6 ee 29g I 6 87 282 912 002 vel 891 251 9e1 041 YOT 98 eL 99 0 ve 8 1 ELE n x 4 X H 8 Lye Tee 42 661 191 Ist Set 611 eor 48 99 68 4 d M 3IM D Li 97 02 ve 861 991 OST vel BIL 201 98 0L vs 22 9 bi f 9 92 622 ele 161 gol 6vl TEF TOL 58 69 9 Le 12 0 I k xin al S pre geo 212 961 081 v91 Zel 911 001 78 89 24 96 0 v silos 2 1 PpP LIA r ere Lee 12 561 611 91 LT Tel Sil 66 EB 19 is Sg 61 t 1 7 Slo S OIt evo 922 012 v 6l 941 291 Obl oet vil 86 28 99 0s vt 8t 2 2 IAAI Zla 170 2 602 328 L1 191 Stl 621 16 18 69 6t LU Y ded s bleovl i Ove vee 802 261 9 1 091 bel 821 21 96 08 v9 gt 46 9t 0 di 0 Ei 6 8 L 9 S v T 0 r01 1X9 Sd 7 83 Chapter 7 Emulation 552 6 amp 2 22 102 161 S11 6ST r e TI 96 6L 9 ly 9 zZz b lt PIO oO O 4 35 752 gez 222 902 061 v gst evt 91 ott v6 BL 29 9 0 ti a 2 3 gt NI vi 52 162 122 502 681 197 S21 601 6 LL 19 etr 62 1 o 5 e z I 384 1 W ely 252 982 022 02 881 ett 9ST vel 801
66. 022 702 987 elt 951 124 vel 90t 26 9 09 vv gc Dl Ll cp Apes 152 Sec 612 502 Ut 9 ect 16 GL 6 r 12 TL a lglg ya Aal 052 tez 812 202 98t vst 221 901 06 vL 85 e 92 or nh 2 0 a ole z Iz f x 6 eee 102 Sgt 691 AT Tei SOT 68 e 19 i 6 A 1 6 eve 262 972 00 891 291 91 oet v0 98 24 9 ov ve 9 9 2 0 aA Z 8 X 4 X H 8 Lye lec 972 661 91 TST Set 611 60 18 14 6 6 tc r4 ove 062 vu 861 281 991 061 vel BIr 201 98 04 9t 22 9 5 Al J A Al 91 Ste 622 ez 161 TS 591 61 A33 Tot 98 69 t6 12 6 ni Si 922 212 961 Ost 91 eel 9 01 78 89 29 96 02 t V iZI a8 erz na Tle S61 61 91 Tet SIT 66 eg 19 TS S 61 F 8 216 2 lt evo 922 ote v6l 8t 291 9yt 051 v 86 28 99 05 vt BI 2 P gg 522 602 61 191 Set 621 16 18 59 6v et rii T gl Niy F bl eld villi 0 2 22 802 261 09t vtl 821 elt 96 08 9 a 0 o 94 0 0 E 9 6 8 L 9 S v t 0 552 6 2 74 102 161 91 651 e 6 64 9 n Te Sr A rg r _ 9 0 amp 752 BEZ 2 902 061 718 8ST evt 921 v6 8L 29 9v 0t vl qd tid IX u y N I lt 92 42 122 502 681 gu LST 154 51 601 96 dL 19 Sy 6c A FAL IA
67. 121 SOL 68 L 18 17 92 6 zi L F O iE d wl 4 TIAL I 6 Ci tio gre 262 972 002 eT 891 20 gel 02T 88 24 96 0t vo 8 El dio i xiu x Hn s n n TEZ 972 661 eT 191 151 Set 611 gor 18 TL 95 2 1 2 4 t 3M olL te 9 2 oez vile 861 281 991 OST vel BIT 201 98 04 vs ge 22 9 101154 lH ola H JA 99 y Svo 622 12 461 991 eet LAT TOL 98 69 es 1 12 14 E 3 822 eu 961 081 91 grt 91 001 ve 89 28 9 0 t 1 aio cpriidiv 5 ere 2 TIZ 561 641 91 Tet SIT 66 8 19 1g se 60 1014 Hil dial Vis olis tila evo 922 012 v6l 841 29 OFT OET 86 28 99 05 gt 2 z s H dHvxrirrisasxsgiz tie 172 Scc 602 6l Ltt T9t 621 16 18 99 6v f 1l 1 T m F 0 xia b 0 i gt lo 072 vee 902 261 911 Q9t ver get e 96 08 9 ey 2 9t 0 no alvi d Jalo a a a X 6 8 L 9 S v t 4 T 0 Of 91 p 40019 8 24 7 88 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 552 682 7 104 T l SLT 6ST ur 6 6L 9 ly ST b ete 222 902 061 vl BST evt v6 94 29 9v 0 v lt lt 90 Lee lec 502 681 elt 151 Sel 601 6 LL T9 St 6 eT 2 962 022 02 881 edt 9st ovi vel 801 26 9 09 vv 82 aL gulis 182 S2 612 02 181 5 741 16 SL 68 ey na IL
68. 12345X 1B252D3132 Yes Yes Yes Yes Language 33 34 35 58 Simplex Duplex Operation Simplex Dupl Simplex ESC amp 0S 1B266C3053 Yes Yes Yes Yes ex Print Duplex Long Edge amp 1B 26 6C 32 53 Yes Yes Yes Yes Binding ESC amp D2S 1B 26 6C 32 53 Yes Yes Yes Yes Short Edge Binding Page Side Next side ESC amp a0G 1B26613047 Yes Yes Yes Yes Selection Front Side ESC amp alG 1B26613147 Yes Yes Yes Yes Back Side ESC amp a2G 1B26613247 Yes Yes Yes Yes Job ESC amp IT 1B266C3154 Yes Yes Yes Yes Separation PAGE CONTROL COMMANDS Page Length and Size Paper Source Current Tray ESC amp 0H 1B 266C 3048 Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 Upper Paper ESC amp 1H 1B 266C 3148 Yes Yes Yes Yes Tray 1 Manual ESC amp 2H 1B 26 6C 3248 Yes Yes Yes Feeder 2 Manual ESC amp 3H 1B 26 6C 3348 Yes Yes Yes Feeder 3 Lower 1 ESC amp 4H 1B 26 6C 3448 Yes Yes Yes Yes Tray 4 Lower 2 ESC amp 5H 1B266C3548 Yes Yes Yes Yes Tray 5 EnvelopeTray ESC amp 6H 1B266C3648 Yes Yes No No 6 Select ESC amp 7H 1B266C3748 Yes Yes Yes Yes Media Type 3rd Tray in ESC amp 20H 1B 266C 3230 Yes Yes Yes Yes Paper Feeder 48 4th Tray in Paper Feeder 5th Tray in ESC amp 21H 1B266C3231 Yes Yes Yes Yes Paper Feeder 48 6th Tray in ESC amp 22H 1B266C3232 Yes Yes Yes Yes Paper Feeder 48 7 49 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 50 Table 7 24 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 2 of 16 Function Parame
69. 15 Ww 6 n 9 0197 A T A I 6 262 91e 002 891 est 9et 9 01 88 24 99 ov vo 8 2 91 8 ive lec 912 661 81 191 161 Eri 611 Eor 18 u 55 68 t2 220 g 97 022 vlc 861 281 991 OST vel SIL 201 98 04 22 9 11509 JIA A 91 9 2 622 ele 161 181 991 61 TOL S8 69 6 T S 0 6 2 822 212 961 08t 91 eel 001 v8 99 25 98 02 t nz Tte 661 6 91 n Tet SIT 66 t8 19 1 S 61 t ol gloy s f S O eve 922 012 v6l 811 e9t 9v 0er vit 96 28 99 05 ve 8t 2 11448418400 I 2 602 961 191 E 621 elt 16 18 59 6r av Y b vee 902 261 941 09t vl get elt 96 08 39 er 2 9t 0 941 400 a a 6 8 L 9 S Y t 4 0 dWO2I8V 552 682 622 102 161 6ST evt 421 ur 96 6L 9 t E Cl A Oll 5 752 ez 222 902 061 vil 861 evi 941 OIL t6 BL 29 9v 0 vl aL SEI lt vit 4 1 122 502 681 Tii 191 Ter Sel 601 6 19 Sv 62 i 1 riolo lel 292 92 022 02 ger ett 951 otl vel 801 26 9L 09 TV 82 3L 2 8 al 1 1 11115 154 52 612 02 181 Hd 561 6 1 i LOT 16 9 68 ey JL L Ma B S 2 ows a 1x i elge 054 yee 812 202 981 041 vst 221 901 06 vL 86 ev 9 01 vH milli5 vizi fi zi cl x 9 6 2 82 12 102 681 691 Est Let
70. 180 80 MS Publishing 6J 202 2 52 ISO Latin 6 6N 206 Desktop 7J 234 34 Greek 8 8G 263 63 Math 8 8M 269 69 Turkish 8 8T 276 76 HP Roman 8 8U 277 TI Windows Latin2 9E 293 93 Windows Greek 9G 295 95 PC 1004 9J 298 98 ISO Latin 9 9N 302 2 53 Win Cyrillic 9R 306 PC Turkish 9T 308 Windows 9U 309 PC 851 Greek 10G 327 27 PS text 10J 330 30 ISO Cyrillic 10N 334 34 PC 855 Serbia 10R 338 38 IBM PC 8 10U 341 41 PC 869 Greek 11G 359 59 IBM PC 8 D N 11U 373 73 PC 8 Greek 12G 391 91 Macintosh 12J 394 94 ISO Greek 12N 398 98 USSR GOST 12R 402 2 54 IBM PC 850 12U 405 ABICOMP Brazil 13P 432 32 PC 8 Bulgarian 13R 434 34 PC 8 Greek 437G 146 455 55 ABICOMP Int 14P 464 64 PC Ukrainian 14R 466 66 Pi Font 15U 501 1 55 PC 857 Turkish 160 533 33 PC 852 Latin 2 17U 565 65 ISO 10646 18N 590 90 PC 853 Turkish 18U 597 97 WinBalt 19L 620 20 56 Windows Latin 190 629 29 PC 860 Portugal 200 661 61 PC 861 Iceland 21U 693 93 PC 863 Canada 23U 757 57 57 PC 8 Polish 24Q 785 85 PC 865 Norway 250 821 21 58 PC 775 26U 853 53 PC 8 PC Nova 27Q 881 81 Example To power up in the TimesNewRoman font for the Windows symbol set 7 39 Chapter 7 Emulation IR FRPO TimesNewRoman FRPO U6 9 FRPO U7 53 STAT EXIT The STAT command in the third line prints a status page that enables the user to confirm changes made with
71. 19 161 SLT 6ST 21 TEL 36 6L 9 ly 1 Sl I O a vS2 gcc 222 902 061 vL 861 evi 921 011 v6 BL 29 9 0 yi Sa UU ul NX a 92 m 122 5024 681 197 Tel Set 601 6 LL 19 Sp 62 e 3ieH si xu 252 962 022 702 881 zt 981 ovt vel 80t 26 94 09 vv 2 21 1 gt 152 See 612 502 181 861 get LOT 16 SL 69 ey IL m rgi lt X 3 a 052 yee ale 202 981 get 221 901 06 tL 99 27 92 OL a AJ 7 cl a M 6 2 Eez 2 102 Ser 691 rii et Tel SOL 68 tL 18 Ww 2 6 m 24 A t A IL6 6 252 912 002 v8l 891 251 9et 921 01 98 24 95 ov ve 8 8 8 2 512 661 81 191 151 Set 611 oT 18 T 85 6t 2 1 h tlh 5 8A4D L L 9 082 vu 961 281 991 051 ver giu 201 98 0 YS ec 22 9 us nx Iob i FAL AL OLY 9 52 622 ira 161 Tel 591 324 eel LIT TOT 88 69 9 5 x oe xXiHi I e an ea N A S s 822 212 961 081 91 Zet 91i 901 78 99 25 9 02 t iron nu 2 122 661 611 91 ivi Tet GIT 66 58 19 18 Sg t AIJAI ti f a al S O S OO 2 922 012 61 8 1 91 9 OST vit 86 28 99 06 ve gt L gI 44 c ve 92 602 6l mi T9L Stl 248 16 9 6v t olol a FiA JI ble olv Tli T 0 2 22 802 261 9 1 091 ver get 21 96 08 v9 gu et 91 0 d eld Vlo 4 0 0 a 6 8
72. 19 se 61 5121914 8 evo 922 otc 61 01 vll 96 2 99 06 vt gt e z ajtjt 9 tye wwe 922 602 61 621 16 18 99 6v 21 i 9 n bl gt Ove voc 802 261 821 eu 96 08 v9 er e 91 0 91114 4 4 4 E a a 8 9 S v t T 0 552 682 22 102 160 51 691 LT Tt 6 6L 9 t Te St L o U ov amp A X 792 882 222 902 061 vil 8st evi 921 OIL v6 84 29 9v 0 vU job lt vr 5 Le 122 902 681 mii 1424 1 601 6 LL 19 St 62 er 1 N 252 962 022 702 gar 20 991 ovt vel 801 26 9 09 2 92 21 gt 51116 152 982 612 02 181 561 661 cl LOL 16 Gt 69 ey TL N eE E Ela a rp slay 1 55 19 052 veo 202 981 St 221 9010 06 vL 89 ev 92 or 4 la elz fl zc ct l lt m eee 102 581 691 esT Let Tel S01 68 eL Lg 152 6 olr d 4 1 16 282 912 002 Yer 891 est 9et 021 01 98 21 98 0 v b rejxiuxiH 8 ivja te Tee Ste 661 EBT 191 1ST Set 611 Eor 18 u 66 6 Ez 1 4 jaf simi tie 9 02 vic 861 91 OST vtl ii 24 98 01 vo 22 9 44 al 9 97 9 92 622 ete 161 S91 eet TOL 98 69 es L 12 121414 9 njajn ajs GA 73 212 96i 9 eet 9 901 v9 99 25 9 uos 1 vs h e 2 22 861 91 n Ter SIT 66 8 19 1g 9 61 512194 719 26
73. 2 inch lines at angles that increase in increments of 72 degrees As indicated by the CMNT CoMmeNT commands angles that exceed 360 degrees are equivalent to the remainder of division of the angle by 360 Drawing Boxes and Circles PRESCRIBE provides two commands especially for drawing boxes BOX command and circles CIR command Drawing Boxes The BOX draw box command draws a box of a specified width and height As with the line drawing commands the thickness of the line used to draw the box is determined by the SPD set pen diameter command The following command sequence draws a box IR RES UNIT C SPD 0 1 MZP 3 3 BOX 3 4 PAGE EXIT 2 6 Figure 2 5 An Example of a Box Line 1 places the printing system in the PRESCRIBE mode and resets printing system parameters The UNIT C command on the second line sets the unit of measurement to centimeters and the SPD Set Pen Diameter command on line 3 sets the line width to 0 1 centimeters If you omit these two commands the printing system will print using the default unit inches and the default line width 3 dots Next the MZP command on line four moves the cursor to the point that is 3 centimeters to the right of the left edge limit and 3 centimeters below the top edge limit This is the starting point from which the box is drawn On line 5 BOX 3 4 draws a box with a width of 3 centimeters and a height of 4 centi meters The position of the
74. 25 8A 0L 1je DA 02 v 861 281 991 OST vel 201 98 OL tS 86 22 9 011004 ala 9191 1 2 622 ele 161 7184 TOT 58 69 eS 12 Ei 1214 4 s e 822 22 961 251 ott v8 99 25 98 02 t ve 3p IG v i bi erc 2 Tle S61 Ter Stt 66 8 19 ts 6t t 12174 gisi cel 1 2 922 ole 761 981 vi 86 28 99 0S ve et 2 1111 9 1 qa ula Sec 602 661 621 el 16 18 9 6r t au x 1 0 2 veo 902 261 get 96 08 v9 9v 91 0 91114 519 40 0 lt d a 6 8 L 9 9 t 0 N9Z SLL Od NSZ Aemion 698 2d 7 95 Chapter 7 Emulation 982 662 eee let ST 6st ert TI 56 6L 9 Lv 16 ST Um F O A Xt BES 2 904 061 714 861 evi 91 91 v6 gL 29 9v 0g vL ri lt v m 92 152 lec 902 681 41 UT 521 601 t6 dL 19 Sv 62 1 fia cle 292 952 022 02 881 9st Ot vel 801 26 91 09 vv 82 lt alo gt 1 Sec 612 502 181 ut SST 681 LOT 16 SL 68 ty 12 te six 4 092 vee 812 202 981 861 221 901 06 vL 99 ev 94 or oiy 0e z zZz rf cf ttc 102 581 691 est 161 Tet 501 68 L 18 t 4 6 9 4 IA IG 92 262 9 021 01 88 24 95 0 vc 9
75. 52 152 122 681 ELl 1S1 Sel 601 6 dL 19 Sv 62 HAJ Plas W 2 962 022 887 20 9ST ot vol 801 26 9 09 82 nang zz 1 gt 152 gee 612 181 Ut 991 1 LOT 16 SL 6S tv nein 211 SA DA 092 2 812 202 981 YSI 9er eet 901 06 89 ev 92 0t nj z Ci Z f 62 EEZ ir 10 881 691 Est Tet SOT 68 tL 18 1 Ge 6 5 A A Tl 6 Bre cee 912 002 891 291 981 OZI 01 98 24 96 0 vo E 122 X UXIH 8 Lye 152 52 661 EBT 191 151 Set 611 Eor 18 u 99 fe 4 x O 3 42D L 9v2 052 861 281 991 OST vel BIT 201 98 04 vS 9t 22 9 92 0 20 JA A 9 29 92 622 ele 161 181 591 eel 101 98 69 9 Le 12 8 9 01 1 4 2 nen si 9 822 e 96t 08 91 evt eet OTL 001 v8 89 29 9 02 v 1 P Lid Lee 561 641 91 Lvl TET SIt 66 9 19 19 61 t s ol S O s4 evo 922 012 61 841 291 91 ott 86 28 99 08 vt 9t e 1 qW8lc 522 602 67 191 Svt 16 18 59 6v ee ri Ove ZA 804 261 9 1 091 ger eu 96 08 v9 gv 26 9t 0 o 94 4010 d H a a 6 8 amp 9 S v t T 0 z une1 OSI 82 ez We tar sr es TIT 56 61 E t Te ST 0 vee WEZ cee 90 oot vii 880 or 76 87 29 9r 1 w U 7 ese wee soe
76. 600 dpi and 1200 dpi resolutions are supported only with HP LaserJet KPDL emulations Even for the models with 600 dpi and 1200 dpi support printing occurs only with the 300 dpi resolution in Line Printer IBM Proprinter Diablo and Epson emulation modes The printing system s fonts do not duplicate the appearance of the fonts of the emu lated printers exactly For a fixed font the printing system provides the same charac ter spacing as the printer under emulation This is not always true for proportional spacing When proportional spacing is used your word processing software using an HP LaserJet driver may be unable to properly right justify proportional text The printing system supports scalable outline fonts With the assistance of PRE SCRIBE commands the scalable fonts are available for printing in any one of the emulation modes See Chapter 4 for details The graphics commands which create a path are also supported in all emulation modes Instructions on how to create a path are described in Chapter 2 emulations the printing system s margins differ slightly between emulations The margins can be adjusted with PRESCRIBE margin commands However they cannot be moved outside the paper edge limits PRESCRIBE commands can also be used for supplementary font control Examples are given in each section FONT SFNT etc Line Printer Emulation Mode 0 To set the power up emulation for Line Printer send t
77. 622 102 161 Er 691 D Ur 6 6L 9 t Te St amp 1 10 _ O BES 222 902 061 7i 991 evt 91 ott v6 BL 29 9v 0t vl did lt ESZ amp 122 502 681 LST Tel get 601 26 LL 19 Sv 62 1 A HA W 292 962 0 02 881 ett 951 ot vel 801 26 91 09 vv 82 ny tal IIA I S Ded E 152 SEZ 612 02 181 ut 991 681 521 LOT 16 SL 65 Le lt 052 veo 912 202 981 ST 9er 221 907 06 vL 89 e 92 ot Nn 2 0 A ole z fZ f x EEZ 2 102 981 691 Ter SOT 68 L 18 152 6 9 I 6 9 282 92 002 891 291 get 041 01 88 21 98 ov vc 8 0 d X UXIH 8 Lye 152 in 661 81 191 TST Set 611 01 18 E 6 2 L x l S3AIDIL 92 02 vic 961 281 981 0 201 98 OL vS Be 22 9 1 b i Al J Al Al 9 7 Sve 622 in 161 181 591 24 eel nii 101 98 69 6 Te s o ovnksx N AISI tbe 822 212 961 081 91 eet OTT 001 v8 89 25 9g 02 1 I P Laris erc Lee iue 661 641 91 Tet Su 66 19 TS S 6t t 9 2 O V F 61 216 12 lt 2 922 012 761 8 1 21 91 oet vit 86 28 99 05 vt 8r e Vi 9 Ijq Ala Clu ive 2 602 61 LL 191 SHI 621 eu 16 i8 59 6v ee I u gi i 0 2 vee 902 261 941 091 tr 821 eit 96 08 v9 ee 9t 0 4 0 E a 2 6 8 L 9 S v t T 0
78. 96 02 t 7 xri lH i p La ris ble 73 Lec TZ 561 6141 91 n tet SIL 66 8 19 IS 61 N 1 A Ina 5 2158 14 evo 922 ote 61 8 1 291 91 D vll 96 28 99 08 ve 8t x zl fi tial L 8ir eS alala zla tio lez 922 602 61 nii T9T Syl 621 pii 16 Te 59 6 it amp E n h Er b ij Ove vez 802 261 911 091 vol 821 96 08 9 28 9t 0 d EN 4 4 9 d a a a 6 8 PR 9 S v c T 0 552 62 22 102 161 Sit 6ST v t 6 61 9 Ly 1e ST 11010 io 01 792 Bee 222 902 061 vil 861 evi 921 v6 84 29 9v 0 vi lt 652 122 502 681 elt 191 Ir Scl 601 6 LL 19 Sv 62 SI alal 292 982 022 02 Ber etu 9ST otl vel 801 26 9 09 A et tT gt 182 982 612 02 181 Ut 991 61 get 16 S4 68 ey ra u lt gt yy a 1 082 gi 202 98 YSI get 221 901 06 vL 99 ev 92 01 z Z o 62 2 rir 102 581 691 EST Tel 801 68 eL 19 lt Se 6 01115 16 252 912 002 891 291 9e1 021 88 95 Ov 0 x UXIH 8 Lye TEZ 972 661 eet 191 ISl Sel 611 Eor 18 6 6 2 M SM D L ore 02 vu 861 Zer 991 OST vel git 201 98 04 vS gt 9 6 2 09 ZIV A JIA d 9 9 52 622 612 161 248 eel 101 5 69 es Le 12 5 d 3
79. ASCH 27 lt FF gt Form feed character ASCII 12 lt WS gt White space a result of one of more lt SP gt or lt HT gt 7 44 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 words Printable characters ASCII characters 33 through 255 and WS starting with a printable character D KPDL end of file indication It is not part of PJL but is used to end KPDL instructions The PJL command syntax should follow one of four formats Format 1 lt 5 gt 12345 This format uses the Universal Exit Language UEL only Format 2 PJL lt CR gt lt LF gt This format may be used to add a visual line break among the PJL command lines Format 3 PJL command lt words gt lt CR gt lt LF gt This format is currently used for the COMMENT and ECHO commands only For exam ples PJL COMMENT lt LF gt PJL ECHO lt LF gt Format 4 PJL command command modifier value option name value lt CR gt lt LF gt This format is used comprehensively for all of the other PJL commands PJL DEFAULT LPARM PCL PTSIZE 14 25 lt LF gt Rules for PJL Command Syntax This section provides the rules that should be observed in using PJL commands The prefix PJL always must be uppercase Other parts of the PJL command are not case sensitive e Spacing between characters white space should either be the space character ASCII 32 or the horizontal tab character ASCII 9 The placemen
80. INTL command To establish a symbol set use one of the follow ing commands Symbol Set CSET Change symbol SET SENT Select current FoNT by typeface The CSET command selects a symbol set by specifying its identification code which closely resembles the command parameters of the HP printer control language In the example below the Windows symbol set 15 selected CSET 9U The CSET command may be preceded by an FSET font selection command Remember that the symbol set has the highest priority in font selection The following example still selects the ISO 4 U K symbol set for the Swiss7428WC Roman font in the HP LaserJet emulation UNIT P FSET 1p12v0s0b4148T CMNT 4148 means Universe CSET 1E CMNT 150 4 U K EXIT The SFNT command primarily used to select and size a scalable font as stated previ ously also provides the parameter that specifies a symbol set for the font It has the fol lowing format SFNT typeface height font number symbol set compression angle In the above format the symbol set parameter specifies the symbol set for the font desig nated by typeface The symbol set value must be given together with the compression and angle parameters In the example below the symbol set value 37 assigns the ISO 4 U K symbol set to the Universe medium font IR UNIT P SFNT Universe Md 12 2000 37 1 0 CMNT 37 150 4 U K EXIT The symbol set values are
81. KYOCERA PRESCRIBE Commands Technical Reference Notice General Infomation We shall have no liability or responsibility to customers or any other person or entity with respect to any liability loss or damage caused or alleged to be caused directly or indirectly by equipment sold or furnished by us including but not limited to any interruption of service loss of business or anticipatory profits or consequential damages resulting from the use or operation of the equipment or software NO LIABILITY WILL BE ASSUMED FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY IMPROPER INSTALLATION Notice on Software SOFTWARE USED WITH THIS PRINTING SYSTEM MUST SUPPORT IT S NATIVE MODE PRESCRIBE OR ONE OF ITS EMULATION MODES This manual the computer programs in the printing system referred to in this manual and any other copyrightable subject matter sold or provided with or in connection with the sale of the printing system are protected by copyright All rights are reserved Copying or other reproduction of all or part of this manual the computer programs or any other copyrightable subject matter without the prior written consent of KYOCERA Document Solutions Inc is prohibited Any copies made of all or part of this manual the computer programs or any other copyrightable subject must contain the same copyright notice as the material from which the copying is done The information in this manual is subject to change without notification Additional pages may be
82. N 9 4 Vv E q Tye 522 602 61 dit 191 641 eit 16 18 59 6 te rii I qe 7 ble o wi tl i 0 2 vee 802 261 941 091 gel eu 96 08 9 87 ze 9t 0 aliyil yigi du s A a 6 8 9 S v T 0 2 A N orqera c6 amp ueuues T 17 Chapter 7 Emulation 552 662 522 102 161 SL 6ST e 1115 56 6L 9 n 1 St o eg y 758 BEZ 222 902 061 v 951 ee 921 v6 BL 29 9 0g vl 2 FIA J Q fiQ uj N 92 152 122 502 681 elt 191 i 921 601 t6 p 19 62 i lt i QIT S n gou 292 92 022 9er 21 9 ot vel 801 26 94 09 11 92 4 Os ate 1 612 502 181 ut SST 661 EZI LOL 16 SL 6S tv Tt 4 gt 18 nius 052 vee 872 202 981 HST 221 901 06 vL 85 ev 94 ot s EO CO La Ig ze WE mox 6r eee 102 581 691 est LET Tet 801 68 tL 48 1 6 AE LE ox Gah at Bre 262 912 002 891 291 981 oet 01 88 21 95 ov vo 8 X H 8 tre 152 912 661 eel 191 IST Set 611 Eor 18 u 56 6t 52 1 MI 5BIMIOILI 92 082 vue 861 81 991 0 vel i 201 98 OL 8e 22 9 Alza ajo Sve 622 12 161 181 SOL eet TOL 58 69 es P3 12 5 Ye Tae Oo a amp 5 GA 822 212 961 097 v9T 129 eel 91r 001 v8 89 29 98 04 9 9 8
83. Orientation Portrait ESC amp 00 1B266C304F Yes Yes Yes Yes Landscape ESC amp I1O 1B266C314F Yes Yes Yes Yes Reverse amp 20 1B266C324F Yes Yes Yes Yes Portrait Reverse ESC amp 230 1B 26 6 334F Yes Yes Yes Yes Landscape Print Direction Degrees of ESC amp a P 1 2661 50 Yes Rotation counterclock wise 90 increments only Character Text Horizontal ESC amp cOT 1B26633054 Yes Yes Yes Yes Path Direction Vertical ESC amp c 1T 1B 26632031 Yes Yes Yes Yes Rotated 54 Margins and Text Length Top Margin of Lines ESC amp i E 1B 26 6C Yes Yes Yes Yes 45 Text Length of Lines ESC amp i F 1B 26 6C Yes Yes Yes Yes 46 Left Margin ofColumns ESC amp a L 1B 26 61 Yes Yes Yes Yes 4C Right Margin ofColumns ESC amp a M 1B 26 61 Yes Yes Yes Yes 4D Clear 5 9 39 Yes Yes Yes Yes Horizontal Margins Perforation Skip Mode Perforation Disable ESC amp i0L 1B 26 6C 304C Yes Yes Yes Yes Skip Enable ESC amp 1L 1B266C314C Yes Yes Horizontal Column Spacing Horizontal of 1 120 ESC amp IK H 1B 26 6B Yes Yes Yes Yes Motion Index Increments 48 HMI Vertical Line Spacing Vertical of 1 48 ESC amp i C 1B 26 6C Yes Yes Yes Yes Motion Index Increments 43 VMI Line Spacing 1 line inch ESC amp i1D 1B 266C 3144 Yes Yes Yes 2linesinch amp 2 1 266 3244 Yes Yes Yes 3 lines inch ESC amp i3D 1B 26 6C 33 44 Yes Yes Yes Yes 4lines inch
84. Page Orientation and Direction The term page orientation refers to the direction in which text is placed on the page In a vertical direction it would be called portrait and a horizontal direction would be called landscape The term print direction which follows this section refers to the orientation of the logical page s coordinate system with respect to the current page orientation 1 5 Chapter 1 Introduction to PRESCRIBE Page Orientation Changing the page orientation automatically adjusts the margins so that they remain the same distance from the four edges of the paper If the printing system cannot make these margin settings for example if the left margin would be to the right of the right margin it sets the margins to the edge limits Fonts are automatically rotated to match the current orientation Figure 1 5 Page Orientations Portrait Orientation Right margin Left margin Bottom margin Bottom margin Print Direction The print direction can be modified in 90 increments These page orientations are referred to as portrait landscape reverse portrait and reverse landscape Changing the print direction rotates the page coordinate system in the same manner as changing the page orientation However in this case portrait refers to the print direction in which the axes of the coordinate system are oriented in the same direction as for the currently selected page orientat
85. SOL 68 L Lg 6 Jd L 4 raxirio 6t10 2 2 912 002 891 291 9er 021 01 21 95 0 vo 8 pua uxu si Lye Tec 912 661 eet 191 ISL Set 611 01 18 14 Er 6 4 1 tile 9 2 02 v 861 281 991 OST vel 201 98 04 vs 22 9 I zxHHil n x 3A H 9 7979 Svo 622 ez 161 Tet SOT eel LIT TOL 58 69 9 Le 12 S 3 x Elexanenias 5 822 212 961 08r 9 gv 261 91 001 v8 89 29 96 02 t HFrou 1 2 Lee 112 661 641 91 Tet SIT 66 28 19 1S se 61 t 14 4 alal al sl 2 slole Zl ila 22 922 012 761 29 OFT 01 986 78 99 0 ve 8t 2 1112 18 a jaj ajaja liz Sez 602 61 mii 191 Stl 621 eu 16 I8 59 6v ee 4 1 t 912 909 b ejo vt i gt a Oz 22 802 261 911 091 8et Hii 96 08 v9 8r et 9 0 drh eja v 9 40 0 lt d a a 2 a 6 8 L 9 8 t 0 2d 7 89 Chapter 7 Emulation 552 68S 622 4 161 fT 6ST ut 96 6L 9 n 2 A HX 52 882 222 902 061 891 evi 921 i v6 84 29 9 oe v x v ju tSc 152 122 902 681 191 lvi Sei 601 6 LL 19 Sv 6c t amp 12A LI Z 6717 f m TW 2 962 9 2 02 98r ett 951 Ort vet 901 26 9L 09 wy 82 21 a m elo al a lI vj ape
86. Starts new path SPD 5 CMNT Sets line width to 5 cm PMZP 2 2 PDZP 4 4 DPAT 11 STRK PAGE EXIT 2 23 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial 2 24 Figure 2 21 Printout of the SDP Example The SDP command on line 3 defines a dashed pattern consisting of two lengths of black two lengths of white five lengths of black and two lengths of white On line 11 the DPAT command selects this pattern for stroking The path defined by the PMZP Path Move to Zero relative Position and PDZP Path Draw to Zero relative Position com mands is stroked using this pattern with a result as shown in the figure above The SDP command uses the general format SDP pattern number dashl spacel dash2 space2 dashl0 spacel0 The value specified for pattern number must be in the range from 11 to 20 Dash and space lengths are specified in pairs Up to ten dash space pairs can be specified The dash length always comes first in each pair If a pattern is to begin with a space then specify 0 for dash1 However if a pattern ends with a dash the following space parameter can be omitted Dash patterns defined with this command remain valid until redefined with another SDP command or until the printing system is turned off Drawing Arcs and Curves A path can include curves as well as lines The PARC Path draw ARC and PCRP Path Curve to Relative Position commands make it possible to draw circular arcs and arcs of more complex form Th
87. When the printing system is turned on or reset with PRESCRIBE s RES command the clipping rectangle is identical to the printable limits of the page Subsequently executing the CLPR command reduces the clipping rectangle to the intersection of the objects on the page and the rectangle defined by CLPR The following is an example of CLPR RES UNIT C NEWP SPD 1 PMRA 6 9 3 0 PARC 6 9 3 0 360 CLPR 3y 9 127 STRK EXIT In this example lines through 5 draw a circle with an extra line thickness at the coordi nates defined by the PMRA command The CLPR command on line 6 constructs a rectangle with its left upper corner posi tioned at coordinates 3 6 and its right bottom corner positioned at coordinates 9 12 both measured from the top and left edge limits of the page As with the rectangular area clipping those parts of the circle that lie outside of the clip ping rectangle are erased when the path is stroked producing the result as shown in the figure on the next page The rectangle defined by CLPR does not clip the graphics objects which are drawn by the standard mode graphics commands 2 32 Path Mode Graphics Figure 2 34 Clipping Rectangle Example Printing with Character Paths When a resident scalable outline font is selected you can treat a character as a path and add it to the current path The PRESCRIBE command is CPTH Character PaTH Paths created with the CPTH
88. Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 18 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 19 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 20 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 2 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 Table 5 4 Bar Height and Width Classes Type Tall bars Width classes Default dots 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 2 a Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 23 Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 24 Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 25 2 Yes Yes Yes 6 14 21 21 26 Yes Yes Yes 6 14 21 21 27 Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 28 Yes Yes 6 18 18 18 29 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 30 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 31 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 32 m Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 33 Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 34 Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 35 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 36 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 37 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 38 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 4 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 42 Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 44 Yes Yes 6 18 18 18 Table 5 5 Bar Height Width Pitch and Spacing for types 39 40 and 43 Type Height Width Pitch Spacing 39 Tall 0 125 Short 0 05 0 02 21 bars inch 0 0475 40 5 8 0 031 1 16 Tilt 5 43 Tall 10 2 pt Short 3 4 pt 1 68 pt 1 68 pt 5 9 Chapter 5 Barcodes Two dimensional Barcodes 5 10 PDF 417 is a two dimensional stacked barcode symbology capa
89. ZI l 6 eez rin 102 581 691 pon 121 SOL 68 el 45 114 6 tI NAI 19 I 6 872 E 912 002 81 891 291 9et 021 01 88 eL 94 07 vc 8 20 4 X UXI H 8 Lye Tee 912 661 81 191 IST Sel 611 eor 48 99 6 ec 1 515 191 MA L 9 2 02 ve 961 281 991 OST eT BIT 201 98 8 8 22 9 i FIA A 9 79 622 Bird 161 eel AL TOL 98 69 tS Lg I Oo oly 1 a s 822 212 961 081 OT eT egt v8 99 29 9 02 v ug the Le 561 6 1 91 Lt Tet SIL 66 8 19 19 61 t 9 3 8 2916 2 lt 1 evo 922 012 v6l 911 291 9vt 081 Di 96 28 99 05 e 5 1 q ala We 2 602 561 191 Set 62 16 18 99 6 ee 1 ulg NIY T b ej Ove yee 802 261 091 821 ei 96 08 v9 87 9 9 ol gial Yo d a 0 A x 6 8 L 9 v t 0 0 L une1 r6 vVW23 7 69 Chapter 7 Emulation 862 6 2 2 102 161 SLL 651 T 56 64 te 51 5 0 1 92 3 O Se 222 902 061 vil 891 evt oft v6 7 29 9v 0 4 FIA geo n _ U J NI lt C ESZ na Tee 502 681 elt LST get 601 6 19 St 62 t 292 962 022 02 98t ett 951 opt vel BOL 26 9L 09 tt ge m SHE IALT gt 152 4 672 502 181 5591 LOT
90. a 6 8 L 9 T t T 0 60 6tc 622 10 Tet n 651 ert TIT 56 6L 9 n ST 4 F 952 862 222 902 061 vil BST evi 01 t6 94 29 9 0g vl 9 lQ u N lt d 5 2 152 Tee 502 681 ist lvl Set 601 t6 LL 19 St 62 gt u IN 292 962 022 02 98r 21 9ST vol 801 26 9 09 vv 82 m SJ tk TIN 1 gt 152 612 02 181 ut 991 23 t 16 SL 65 er le SIQ 2 F ol A HA 052 vec 812 202 9gt 91 ST BEL 201 901 06 vL 86 ev 92 Z OZ fj eee 102 Set 691 Esi 1348 Tet S01 68 L 15 i 92 6 1911181 27 A ti A I 6 9 2 252 912 002 991 291 91 oet toT 88 24 9S ov 4ovite 11 X UX H 8 Lee 2 972 661 ist Ist SeT 611 eor 18 u 6 6 c 1 ZJM D L DA 0 2 vie 861 281 991 0st BIL eot 98 04 vs ge 22 9 1 9 9 1 JA 49 9 Sve 622 ele 161 591 61 eel 101 58 69 es 18 12 5 J 5 73 eie 961 081 91 281 9 001 v8 99 E 9e 02 t heo 025 1 P LIG ere nz S61 6 Let Tet Sit 66 t8 19 18 5 6t t s S EJF 2 2 922 012 v6l git 291 oer vil 96 28 99 05 ve i e 019 11992 u Tre 922 602 EGT 19 641 16 18 6v t dy I A Y b elO V I i ove yee 802 261 91 09 821 96 08 v9 ar 28 9t 0 qvViY e dj 800 a a 2 9 x 6 8 L 9 S v t T 0
91. and end of each job The STM and SLM set both the top and left margins to 0 5 inches 1 27 centimeters The SPD Set Pen Diameter command determines the thickness of lines In the standard graphics mode this setting determines the thickness ofall lines drawn after the command is issued In this example the line width is set to 0 01 inches The starting point of the line is established with the MAP Move to Absolute Position command This command moves the cursor to a point that is a specified distance from the top and left margins In this example the point specified is 0 5 inches from the left margin and 1 inch from the top margin If the margins are changed the position specified by MAP also changes correspondingly On the next line of the program the DAP Draw to Absolute Position command draws a line from the starting position to the point 2 inches from the left margin and 0 5 inches from the top margin Finally PAGE prints out the page allowing us to look at the result of our work Zero relative Lines The line draw example below uses some new commands to draw another line RES SPD 0 01 2 0 5 1 DZP 2 0 5 PAGE EXIT 2 3 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial Figure 2 2 Result of Draw Commands Zero relative Lines Edge limits DZP 2 0 5 MZP 0 5 1 The first two lines switch the printing system to the PRESCRIBE mode reset printing system parameters and set the line width to 0
92. areas The previous example is expanded to fill in the slices RES UNIT C SPD 1 2 10 10 PAT 197 ARC 0 2 0 5 30 41 ARC 0 2 36 108 43 0 2 108 216 48 ARC 0 2 216 360 PIE 2 0 10 20 30 40 PAGE EXIT 2 15 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial Figure 2 13 Pattern Filled PIE Due UA fano Tir cay v iba n s irt xr ie ug ee n ij n aii pat isnt nine Val id riu aie gn T ri This program first draws four filled arcs each using a different fill pattern then prints the pie chart over the arcs Each arc has an inner radius of zero an outer radius of 2 the same as the pie chart and a starting angle and ending angle that correspond to the rela tive size of the pie slices Since the total size of the pie slices in the example is 100 10 20 30 40 the angular extent of each arc is equal to 360 x size of slice 100 For example the angular extent of the first arc is 360 x 10 36 degrees The starting angle of each arc equals the starting angle of the pie chart 0 degrees plus the angular extent of all the preceding arcs The ending angle equals the starting angle plus the angu lar extent of the arc Path Mode Graphics With path mode graphics images are constructed by defining lines and curves as paths then rendering them as images by stroking along the pat
93. definitions are explained below The narrowest width of a bar or space in the barcode All bars or spaces are multiples up to six times of this width The nominal unit of measure A single group of bars and spaces or elements representing one or more numbers let ters or other symbols 1 codeword values for the data to be encoded Each PDF417 codeword contains four bars and four spaces for a total of 17 module widths Each code word starts with a bar and ends with a space See figure below 1 module width 1 3 module wide bar 00010101000111111 start pattern A unique pattern of light and dark elements which indicates the leftmost part of a bar code label stop pattern A unique pattern of light and dark elements which indicates the rightmost part of a bar code label row A lateral set of elements made up of a start pattern codewords and a stop pattern Each PDF417 symbol must have at least 3 rows See figure below z 9 S P 8 5 5 E E 2 TE E p 2 oO 5 8 25 a t c 5 5 E Dg 2 58 8 a Quiet gt i gt i uiet zone 2 D 2 o N o a 2 Row 3 So 5 4 Jos zone In each row between left and right row indicators there may be from 1 to 30 data code words Collectively among all rows these codewords form data columns Overall Symbol Structure Any PDF417 symbol is made up of at least 3 rows and at most 90 rows The minimum
94. eL 19 iw 6 1 L elol rid F olol gl 872 E 9 002 991 291 9et 021 v0l 98 24 95 0 8 1 1 71 Lye lec 92 661 eel 191 TST Set 611 501 18 It 5 6 L 114 tie 972 022 Tio 861 281 991 OST vet STL 201 98 0L 9e 9 dj li nivi 3 A 3 9 9 7 w Sve 622 eic 161 ler 891 248 Dr 101 98 69 5 18 12 9 12144 ai s 55 14 73 212 961 081 vot eet 9u 001 ve 89 29 9 0 t Ji zilal 51 6 12 112 661 641 91 ni Tet 66 t8 19 15 98 61 1 1114 1121 6 2 aja eve 922 ote 61 81t 291 oT oet Lii 96 28 99 05 ve gt 2 We Gee 602 561 Lu T9t Stl 621 16 18 9 6v 4 r gt ove vee 802 261 911 091 get eu 96 08 9 9v 91 0 4 910 4 d d a 2 a 6 8 L 9 S v t T 0 552 662 22 Loc 161 GT 691 56 6L 9 n ST L aa 2 9 0 O A Xt 752 BES 222 902 061 9 ett 921 ott v6 7 29 9 0 vl Id al gt x vy lt CIV E 55 Lee 122 904 681 eT LST 1 601 t6 LL T9 9 62 l 1 ME 5 011 IW 2 9 f 292 962 022 02 991 et 9st Ort vei gor 26 9L 09 22 8 4 elm eA 3 al ap v 1 4115 ISZ Sec 612 02 181 Ut 991 681 EZI LOT 16 SL 68 r lt ZI d al dja
95. ele t91 24 261 OIL 001 v8 99 eS 96 0 t uot Lia vr bie tre Lee 112 9T Lv Tel 511 66 8 19 IS 61 5 2 0191 8 S O 1 2 2 922 012 291 OMT 91 vi 86 28 99 09 vt e 11 o 19 quia tle Te Sec 602 191 Srt i 6 i8 59 6v 1 g c 7 54 bl 0 2 vee 802 091 vrl 821 eit 96 08 79 25 9t 0 Ola 748 254 4 0 4 2 a 4 6 8 L 9 S Y t c T 0 5 6 2 2 102 161 S41 6ST Let T 96 6L 9 ly ST b lt A 9 Jol A 3t BES 222 902 061 vl 861 evi 921 ott v6 8 e9 9v 06 JL u F laly 6 162 Tec 902 681 LST Set 601 6 mi 19 St 62 9 w W 2 962 022 voc 881 ett 951 ot vel 901 26 9 09 vv 4 dr 1 41116 152 562 612 0 T ut SST 238 ecl LOT 16 SL 64 tr TE 1x 5 4 052 veo 812 202 991 OT 751 eet 901 06 9s ev 92 211171 11 02 711 62 ttc Le 102 981 691 est Let Tet SOT 68 e 18 2 6 4 FA I 6 eec 912 002 891 est 961 921 901 88 24 9 op e E I a ea 8 nz lec 912 661 eet 191 IST SeT 611 Eor 18 u 99 6 ec L 4 E Risa 1 92 062 712 861 991 OST 201 98 0L 9t 22 9 0 h 3A lalo gim y 622 ele 161 SOT TOL 88 69 eg Le 12 5 2414 Ile nenas 772 82 21 961 OT eet 001
96. how images are rendered on the page The graphics state contains various information related to path mode graphics and raster mode graphics Items included in the graphics state include the following Current path and cursor position if defined Current pen diameter line width Current line join type Current line cap type Current miter limit Current dash pattern Current flatness Current fill pattern 16 16 dots Current clipping rectangle Current raster resolution Current image model While working with graphics there often are occasions when it is useful to save the graphics state then later to restore it One such situation occurs when a path must be used for both stroking and filling 2 39 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial 2 40 For example construction of a filled and outlined shape such as that shown below requires that we draw the path and then fill it However filling the path also clears it making it unavailable for stroking Figure 2 39 A Path both Stroked and Filled By saving the graphics state prior to filling the path it becomes possible to restore the path after it has been filled thereby allowing it to be stroked without reconstructing it The commands used for saving and restoring the graphics state are the SCG Save Cur rent Graphics state command and the RPG Return to Previous Graphics state com mand The following program demonstrates the commands for constructi
97. i resolution i AF Advance page AH Advance page AR Ax i sd Ay i sd arc angle 1 resolution 1 Arc relative BL character string c terminator Buffer label CA character set no i Designate alternate character set CI radius i sd resolution 1 Circle CP horizontal character count d Character plot vertical character count d CS character set no i Designate standard character set CT Chord tolerance for AA AR CI DF Default DI run 4 rise d Absolute direction DR run 4 rise d Relative direction DT terminator c Define label terminator EA x coordinate i sd y coordinate i sd Edge rectangle absolute EP Edge polygon for PM RA RR WG ER Ax i sd Ay i sd Edge rectangle relative ES character space d line space d Extra space for NCP EW radius i sd start angle 1 Edge wedge center angle i resolution 1 FP Fill polygon for PM RA RR WG FT type i Gspacing sd angle 1 Fill type IM E mask value i S mask value i P mask Input mask value 1 IN Initialize IP PIx i Ply i P2x i P2y i Input P1 and P2 IW Xi t i sd Yi 1 84 184 Yup i sd Input window LB character string c Label LO position number i Label origin LT pattern no i pattern length d Line type OA Output actual position and pen status HP 7550A Emulation KC GL Mode 8 Table 7 37 KC GL Instructions Sheet 2 of 2
98. if scaling is off or user units if scaling is on OE Output Error The plotter returns a decimal error number for the instruction executed immediately before the OE instruction The error code is converted to a non negative ASCII coded integer whose identity 18 given in the following table Error Number Description 0 No error 1 Instruction not recognized 2 Wrong number of parameters 3 Illegal parameter 4 Reserved 5 Unknown character set 6 Plot position overflow 7 Reserved OF Output Factors This instruction returns the number of plotter units per millimeter on each coordinate axis as follows 40 40 TERM This response indicates that plotter units are equal to 0 025 mm on both the x and y axes The actual number of plotter units per millimeter is approximately 40 OH Output Hard clip limits This instruction returns the lower left and upper right limiting coordinates of the plot area in the following format Xur Yur TERM LL lower left UR upper right 7 104 HP 7550A Emulation KC GL Mode 8 Ol Output Identification This instruction returns a character string indicating the plotter model being emulated as follows KC GL option Plotter model FRPO G0 Mode A 7550A TERM Mode B 7596A TERM OL Output Label length This instruction returns information on the contents of the label buffer This may be used together with the BL instruction for accessing the necessary sp
99. in Canada and Esselte Letraset Ltd else where Agfa Japan License Agreement Guidelines for the Resident Fonts 1 Software shall mean the digitally encoded machine readable scalable outline data as encoded in a special format as well as the UFST Software 2 You agree to accept a non exclusive license to use the Software to reproduce and display weights styles and versions of letters numerals characters and symbols Typefaces solely for your own customary business or personal pur poses at the address stated on the registration card you return to Agfa Japan Under the terms of this License Agree ment you have the right to use the Fonts on up to three printing systems If you need to have access to the fonts on more than three printing systems you need to acquire a multi user license agreement which can be obtained from Agfa Japan Agfa Japan retains all rights title and interest to the Software and Typefaces and no rights are granted to you other than a License to use the Software on the terms expressly set forth in this Agreement 3 To protect proprietary rights of Agfa Japan you agree to maintain the Software and other proprietary information con cerning the Typefaces in strict confidence and to establish reasonable procedures regulating access to and use of the Software and Typefaces You agree not to duplicate or copy the Software or Typefaces except that you may make one backup copy You agree that any such copy shall conta
100. in inches 4B Size HP GL 2 Plot Verticalsizein ESC c L 2 63 Yes Yes Yes Vertical Size inches 4C Set Picture Set anchor ESC cOT 1B2A633054 Yes Yes Yes Yes Frame Anchor pointto cursor Point position Picture Frame Decipoints ESC c X 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes Horizontal 58 Size Picture Frame Decipoints ESC c Y 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes Vertical Size 59 Colors Assign Color Index Number ESC v I IB 2A 76 ft No No Yes Yes Index 49 Color Ist ESC v A 1B 2 76 t No No Yes Yes Component 1 Component 4l Color 2nd ESC v B 1B 2A 76 No No Yes Yes Component 2 Component 42 Color 3rd ESC v C 2A 76 fi No No Yes Yes Component3 Component 43 Color Lookup of Bytes ESC l W 2A 6C No No Yes Yes Tables 57 Configure of Bytes ESC v W 2A 76 No No Yes Yes Image Data 57 Download of Bytes ESC m W 2A 76 fi No No Yes Yes Dither Matrix 49 Foreground Index Number ESC v S 1B 2A 76 No No Yes Yes Color 53 Gamma Gamma ESC t 1 2A 74 st No No Yes Yes Correction number 49 Monochrome Mixed ESC amp b M 1B 2698304D No No Yes Yes Print Model Rendering Gray ESC amp b M 1B 2698314D No No Yes Yes Equivalent Palette Palette ID ESC amp p I 1B 2670 49 No Yes Yes Control ID HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 Table 7 24 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 15 of 16
101. m SUI n 1 5 7 gt 182 Gee 612 02 181 991 6 eet LOT 16 SL 65 tr PISIA U FI ILA t 052 vez gre 202 981 HST BET 24 901 06 vL 89 27 92 OL 219101941 Z IZ x 62 eec rin 102 SeT 691 esT Tet 501 68 tL 15 iv Se 6 eO ES A TIA I 6 Bre 252 92 002 vel 991 291 9et 021 701 98 24 95 11 9 yoly 9 152 52 661 81 19 15 Set 611 Eor 18 EH 4 m IZIM L 972 oez 12 861 281 991 05 vel BIT 201 38 0L HS 9 22 I 9N I A JA Ad 9 Svo 622 i 161 GOT eel 7484 101 58 69 es 12 I 1 9 5 nj a 6 be 822 ele 961 081 91 261 91 001 v8 99 2 9 02 t beig golg eye Lee 561 611 91 ni Ter SIT 66 8 19 TS S 61 n dg 0 a s 25 F 2 922 012 761 9t 291 9vt 01 86 28 99 05 ve 8t e 210 4 vy Te 522 602 61 191 621 16 18 59 6v t dviieaAv i 0 2 22 80 261 941 091 921 elt 96 98 v9 ay 26 91 0 _ ding veo 4 a a 2 a 6 8 L 9 S Y t T 0 amp ueuues 12 051 4 2 69 0SI 1 11 Chapter 7 Emulation 5 62 eee 10 161 Sit 661 TI 56 61 9 12 t St 1219194 27 O 792 BES E 902 061 v BST zot ott v6 8 29 9v 09
102. mI B mM oO 4 972 062 vl 861 281 991 OST vet BIT 201 98 or vs Be 22 9 I 9 9NII AlJ ALd 9 5 Svo 622 812 161 Tet 591 get nii TOL 98 69 eg Le 12 XI 1 e o a n ein a s 5 GA 822 eie 961 081 91 eet 91t 0 v8 89 2 9 02 v 88 3 p Lia v eye 122 Tle 661 611 91 Tet SIL 66 8 19 10 61 t nig Ql o g s o g o t t evo 922 012 761 1 291 oet vu 86 28 99 05 vt 2 12101014 a qj Ajal Zu We 73 602 61 191 621 16 18 99 6 t ri t dy 3l l ove 22 802 261 091 821 e 96 08 v9 26 9r 0 VY 2 6 8 L 9 v T 0 82 ueder 014210 7 20 Epson LQ 850 Emulation Mode 5 Epson LQ 850 Emulation Mode 5 To set printing system to power up in the LQ 850 emulation with the LQ German symbol set command FRPO Pl 5 FRPO 2 FRPO U6 2 EXIT The Epson LQ 850 emulation uses 13 symbol sets that include both plain and italic char acters The desired symbol set can be selected with the U6 parameter of the FRPO com mand or changed temporarily with the INTL command or from the operator panel keys The Epson LQ 850 supports the following Epson symbol sets Tables of the basic sym bols are given at the end of this section The factory setting for the symbol set at power up is IBM PC 8 for all emulation modes Table 7 10 Epson LQ 850 Emulation Symbol Sets
103. n IIZ A In Al bi AJH Ll 92 062 vio 861 281 991 OST vel git 201 98 04 ge e 9 X 7 9 9 622 ele 461 Tet 91 61 Li TOT 88 69 es Le 12 5 S vic 822 212 961 081 91 eet OIL 001 YU 89 96 04 a e x viro Erz Lee in 561 641 91 Tet SIL 66 8 19 15 5 61 Li BN Ae ens eve 922 012 761 9 1 291 9vt 081 TU 96 28 99 0 vt e L J m 69 lt 0 9 lt Tre 522 602 61 191 Spi 621 ett 16 18 99 6v t TA Ove vee 802 261 091 vel get eil 96 08 9 et 9r 0 Lilivje sje TES A a a a x 6 8 L 9 8 Y t 0 5 62 22 102 161 SLI 661 11 pi 96 6L 9 1 TE ST 2 E Oli 92 gee 222 902 061 v 891 evt 91 017 v6 84 29 9 08 vl N a 27 u lt ese 1 122 502 681 elt 191 Sel 601 6 1L T9 Sy 62 l w N 252 92 022 04 88r 211 9S1 Ort ver gor 26 9 09 82 21 6 1 Y 4 vaT 152 92 612 02 191 ut SST 6 1 get LOT 16 SL 65 tv 4 Jia cyt 052 vto gie 202 981 0 1 YSI get 221 901 06 v 85 ev 9 or Z fF z tl x 6re eee rin 102 881 691 est Let Tet Sot 68 tL 18 lb Se 6 A Via I A tj 1 6 2524 972 002 891 291 9et 021 701 88 eL 96 0 vc ol X0 x 8 Lye Te 512 661 eet 191 191 Set 611 Eor 18 14 96 6 2 L 9 8 8 9 2 082 vu 861 281 991 051
104. n5Wd4 35 57 64 42 6 Yes Yes Yes Bond 6E 64 Recycled ESC amp n9Wd 39 57 64 52 65 Yes Yes Yes Yes Recycled 63 79 63 6C 65 64 Vellum ESC amp n7Vellum 3756656C6C Yes Yes Yes Yes 75 6D 0D Rough ESC amp n6Wd Yes Yes Yes Yes Rough Letterhead ESC amp nllWde 313157644C Yes Yes Yes Yes Letterhead 65 74 74 65 72 68 65 61 64 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 Table 7 24 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 3 of 16 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal Desk Floor Desk Floor Value toptype type toptype type B amp W B amp W Color Color Color ESC amp n6Wd4 36 57 64 43 6F Yes Yes Yes Color 6C 6F 72 Prepunched ESC amp n11Wd 31 31 57 64 50 Yes Yes Prepunched 72 65 70 75 6E 63 68 65 64 Envelope ESC amp n9Wd Yes Yes Yes Yes Envelope Card stock ESC amp nl1Wd 31 30 57 64 43 Yes Yes Yes Yes Cardstock 61 72 64 73 74 6F 63 6B Custom 1 ESC amp n8Wd4 Yes Yes Yes Yes Customl Custom 2 ESC amp n8Wd4 Yes Yes Yes Yes Custom2 Custom 3 ESC amp n8Wda Yes Yes Yes Yes Custom3 Custom 4 ESC amp n8 Wda Yes Yes Yes Yes Custom4 Custom 5 ESC amp n8Wd4 Yes Yes Yes Yes Custom5 Custom 6 ESC amp n8Wd4 Yes Yes Yes Yes Custom6 Custom 7 ESC amp n8Wda Yes Yes Yes Yes Custom7 Custom 8 ESC amp n8Wd4 Yes Yes Yes Yes Custom8 Page Size Executive ESC amp I1A 1B266C3141 Yes Yes Yes Yes Letter ESC amp 2A 1B 266C 3241 Yes Yes Yes Yes Legal ESC amp BA 1B 266C 3341 Yes Yes
105. number of codewords in a row is 3 this includes the left row indicator codeword 1 data codeword and the right row indicator Every symbol contains 1 codeword the first data codeword in row 0 indicating the total number of data codewords within the symbol and at least 2 error detection codewords General PDF417 symbol structure is indicated in the following diagram Chapter 5 Barcodes 5 12 Left row indicators Data codeword area Right row indicators LO dn t dn 2 RO L1 R1 2 Lm 2 ao ck t ck 2 Rm 2 Lm 1 C1 Rm 1 Error correction area Printing a Two dimensional Barcode XBAR XBCP XBUF and ENDB commands support two dimensional barcode printing Each command does the following to put data together for printing a barcode XBAR XBCP XBUF ENDB Functions of XBCP Prints a two dimensional barcode from the given data string Must be followed by an ENDB command Specifies various options for the barcode to be printed using XBAR depending on the mode following the command 0 through 19 See Macro PDF417 on page 14 Defines a buffer name for a data input for XBAR command Terminates a XBAR command sequence The mode parameter in XBCP command format identifies the various functions as listed below These commands are detailed in the PRESCRIBE Commands Command Reference XBCP mode Meaning XBCP 0 Reset XBCP 1 Narrowest eleme
106. oet p 96 28 99 05 ve er 2 aja iH Z u Tre 522 602 61 Lt 191 621 16 18 59 6 tt CIUS EM b el l Y CE 34 0 2 vee 902 261 Sit 091 821 96 08 v0 eb 9t 0 d E E a a 2 a 6 8 L 9 S i4 t T 0 554 6 2 522 102 161 6ST eel Le TIL 86 6L 9 ly St AO We a S 82 gee 222 902 061 HLI 861 921 ott v6 BL 29 9v 0t vl a Has 121919 0 EU LN 90 152 Tee 902 681 41 LST WL Sei 601 t6 n 19 5 62 er amp A Tm Su 2 922 022 70 981 ett 991 Ot vel BOT 26 09 2 82 21 4 BT Ou 152 Stc 62 02 181 ut 61 eel LOT 16 GL 68 V 1 B S qms 052 gie 202 981 091 vst get 221 90 06 vL 8 ev 92 o9 z OM Naa e 6v eez Ara 102 Sgt 691 est det Tet SOT 68 eL 15 iw 5 6 4101 28 T A I 6 eve 2 2 912 002 eT BOT 291 981 001 vot 88 eL 99 ov v 9 v QU CM E AE X H 8 Lye 162 972 661 191 Ist Ser 611 gor 18 u 6 66 c 1 A Ove nui 6 MI Ll 972 02 tiz 861 281 991 OST vet 201 98 OL 9e 22 9 EB A F A a 9 9 2 62 ele 161 181 591 6v tet TOT 98 69 5 Le 12 tro 822 22 961 081 91 eet ott 091 v8 89 25 96 02 t beoe alp er Lee 1 S61 641 91 Lv Ter Stt 66 8 19 I 9 61 t 8o 6510113 2 922 012 761 8 1 291 9vt oer vit 96 28 99 0 vt e 2
107. optionl option2 ANCHOR CORNER AC x coordinate y coordinate RASTER FILL DEFINITION RF index width height pen nbr pen nbr width and height must be less than 255 USER DEFINED LINE TYPE UL index gap1 gapn CONFIGURATION AND STATUS GROUP Advance Full Page PG n SCALE SC x1 x2 y1 y2 type left bottom x 1 xfactor y 1 2 INPUT WINDOW IW xLL yLL xUR yUR INPUT P1 AND P2 IP plx ply p2x p2y INPUT RELATIVE P1 AND P2 IR plx ply p2x p2y DEFAULT VALUES DF INITIALIZE IN n Replot RP n ROTATE COORDINATE SYSTEM angle TECHNICAL GRAPHICS EXTENSION Begin Plot BP kind value kind value Chord Tolerance Mode CT mode Download Character DL charnum up y up x y Frame Advance FR Media Type MT type Merge Control MC mode opcod Output Error OE Output Hardclip Limits OH Output Identification OI Output P1 and P2 OP Output Status OS Pixel Placement PP mode Plot Size PS length width Quality Level QL quality level HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 PJL Syntax Comparison Table 7 26 PJL Syntax Comparison Suggested Syntax Rules Items in brackets J indicate optional parameters lt gt Identifies control code character Special Identifiers lt gt Horiz
108. position in the direction of 1 y and is tangent to the line between the current position and x y It bends towards x2 y2 then to x3 y3 and at the end point is tangent to the line between x2 y2 and x3 y3 The curve is always entirely enclosed by the complex quadrilateral defined by the starting point x y x2 y2 and x3 y3 See the following examples RES UNIT C NEWP SPD 1 PMZP 3 3 PERPA yt 2p Dy 2145 1 87 STRK PAGE EXIT Figure 2 26 Printout of the PCRP Example 3 3 RES UNIT C NEWP SPD 1 PMZP 3 3 PCRP 5 5 1 5 1 5 5 5 STRK PAGE EXIT Figure 2 27 Second PCRP Example 3 3 7 T 2 27 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial 2 28 IR RES UNIT C NEWP SPD 1 PMZP 3 4 PCRP 4 2 5 4 6 2 STRK PAGE EXIT Figure 2 28 Third PCRP Example Setting the Flatness of Curves When PRESCRIBE renders any curve it actually converts the curve to a series of con nected straight line segments The length of these line segments is referred to as a curve s flatness You can change the degree of flatness with the FLAT set FLATness command The default flatness is 1 dot Setting smaller values of flatness results in smoother curves but more time is required for computing the larger number of line segments involved The difference is not noticeable for a single curve but can be substantial in highly complex pa
109. possible limitation except 2 4 and 8 17 Combination of value 1 and 16 18 Combination of value 2 and 16 19 Combination of value 1 2 and 16 20 Combination of value 4 and 16 21 Combination of value 1 4 and 16 22 Combination of value 2 4 and 16 23 Combination of value 1 2 4 and 16 24 Combination of value 8 and 16 25 Combination of value 1 8 and 16 26 Combination of value 2 8 and 16 27 Combination of value 1 2 8 and 16 28 Combination of value 4 8 and 16 29 Combination of value 1 4 8 and 16 30 Combination of value 2 4 8 and 16 31 Combination of value 1 2 4 8 and 16 Duplex operation for 4 0 Leaves the job as is when the job which the 0 specified paper type Prepunched Preprinted and Letterhead specified paper type is specified in simplex mode Adds blank pages and prints the job in duplex mode when the job which the specified paper type is specified in simplex mode 6 11 Chapter 6 Permanent Parameters 6 12 Table 6 2 Interface independent Parameters Sheet 8 of 8 Environment Parameter Value Factory setting Default operation for Y5 0 Enlarges or reduces the image to fitinthe 0 PDF direct printing current paper size Loads paper from the current paper cassette 1 Throughtheimage Loads paper whichis the same size as the image 2 Enlarges or reduces the image to fit in the current paper size Loads Letter A4 or A3 size paper depending on the
110. resolution support font selection in the HP LaserJet format adds an additional step to the font prioritization format In font selec tion the printing system evaluates the characteristics of the font and by a process of 7 35 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 36 matching features reduces selection to a single font The highest priority characteristic is symbol set followed by spacing pitch point size font style stroke weight and typeface The LaserJet emulation mode 6 adds resolution to this priority list This additional pri ority is not available in the printing systems not supporting the 600 1200 dpi resolutions For example the printing system might face a font selection scenario of four near identi cal types of the Dutch801 font by the KPDL emulation e CGTimes LaserJet compatible Intelli font Times PostScript compatible font TimesNewRoman LaserJet compatible TrueType font These fonts have several common attributes and there is a possibility that selecting a Times may insert the TimesNewRoman font instead as a result of the internal font evalu ation procedure It is therefore important to understand how fonts are selected by the printing system See Chapter 4 for a discussion of the printing system s internal font evaluation The final lowest priority for font priority is the font source The source refers to the place where the font is accessed The following table shows how this characteristic 1s ordered Or
111. s28825T 1B28733238 Yes Yes Yes Yes 38 32 35 54 Times New ESC s16901T 1B 28733136 Yes Yes Yes Yes Roman 39 30 SimHei ESC s37110T 1B 28 73 33 37 Yes Yes Yes Yes 31313054 SimSun ESC s37058T 1 28733337 Yes Yes Yes Yes 30 35 38 54 Symbol ESC s16686T 1B 28733136 Yes Yes Yes Yes 36 38 36 54 Wingdings ESC s6826T 28 73 3638 Yes Yes Yes Yes 32 36 54 Wingdings ESC s31402T 1B 28733331 Yes Yes Yes Yes 34 30 32 54 Font Default Font Default Primary Font ESC 3 1B 28 33 40 Yes Yes Yes Yes Secondary ESC 3 1B 29 33 40 Yes Yes Yes Yes Font Underline Underline Enable Fixed ESC amp d0D 26 643044 Yes Yes Yes Yes Enable ESC amp d3D 26 64 33 44 Yes Yes Yes Floating Disable ESC amp d 1B 26 64 40 Yes Yes Yes Yes Text Parsing 1 Byte ESC amp t0P 1B26 743050 Yes Yes Yes Method 1 Byte ESC amp t1P 1B 26743150 Yes Yes Yes Yes 2 byte ESC amp t2P 26743250 Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 Byte 2 Byte ESC amp t21P 1B 26 743231 Yes Yes Yes Yes 50 1 Byte 2 Byte ESC amp t31P 1B 26 743331 Yes Yes Yes Yes 50 1 Byte 2 Byte ESC amp t38P 1B26 743338 Yes Yes Yes Yes 50 Unicode ESC amp t83P 1B 26 74 38 33 Yes Yes Yes Yes UTF 8 ESC amp t1008P 50 1B 26743130 303850 Transparent Print Transparent of Bytes amp 1B 2670 58 Yes Yes Yes Yes Print Data Data FONT MANAGEMENT AssignFontID Font ID ESC c D 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes 44 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 Table 7 24 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 9 of 16
112. space widths are ignored and defaulted to 1 68 points respec tively The rules for the order of specifiable bar and space widths bar1 lt bar2 lt bar3 lt bar4 and spacel lt space2 lt space3 lt space4 must be adhered to however Table 5 1 Barcode Types Sheet 1 of 2 z 9 UPC A with two digit supplement UPC A with five digit supplement UPC D 1 UPC D 2 UPC D 3 UPC D 4 UPC D 5 UPCE UPC E with two digit supplement 10 UPC E with five digit supplement 11 EAN 8 12 EAN 13 13 DUN 14 Distribution Unit Number EAN 14 DUN 16 Distribution Unit Number EAN 15 MSI with no check digit 16 MSI with single mod 10 check digit 17 MSI mod 10 followed by mod 10 check digit 18 MSI mod 11 followed by mod 10 check digit 19 Code 39 with no check digit USD 3 20 Code 39 with mod 43 check digit USD 3 21 Interleaved two of five USD 1 with no check digit See No 41 22 Identicon two of five with no checksum 23 Code 128 USD 6 manual code change 24 Code 128 USD 6 automatic code change 25 Code with only c checksum USD 8 26 Code with both c k checksums USD 8 27 Code 93 with both c and k checksums USD 7 28 CODABAR with no check digits USD 4 29 Matrix two of five with no checksum AJS NTR 30 Datalogic two of five with checksum 31 I
113. start to print in normal CGTimes and put ESC B B in binary notation at the point to end using the font Figure 7 8 Diablo Font Printout 10 000 Maniacs Our Time in Eden Elektra Garth Brooks The Chase Liberty Red Hot Chill Peppers What Hits EMI 7 13 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 14 Diablo 630 Control Codes Table 7 9 Diablo 630 Control Codes Sheet 1 of 2 Command Function Code hex Supported NUL Buffer code 00 Yes ETX End of text 03 Yes ACK Acknowledge 06 Yes BEL Sound bell 07 BS Backspace 08 Yes HT Horizontal tab 09 Yes LF Line feed 0A Yes VT Vertical tab 0B Yes FF Form feed 0C Yes CR Carriage return 00 Yes SO Supplementary extended character set 0 SI Primary extended character set XON 11 Yes DC2 Enter printwheel table download mode 12 DC3 XOFF 13 Yes DC4 Exit printwheel table download mode 14 Printer error condition 15 Yes EM Access supplementary character set 19 DEL Same as NUL 7F Yes ESC BS Backspace 1 120 inch 1B 08 Yes ESCHTn Absolute horizontal tab to column n IB 09 Yes ESCLF Reverse line feed 0A Yes ESC VTn Absolute vertical tab to line n 1B 0B n Yes ESC FF n Set n lines per page 1B0Cn Yes ESC CR P Remote reset 1B 0D 50 Yes ESC SO DC2 Enter printwheel table download mode 1B OE 12 ESCSOM Enter program
114. tall 1 bar2 bar3 bar4 spacel space2 space3 space4 The BARC command prints specified data in barcode form The cursor is located at the top left corner of the barcode for types 0 to 38 40 and 41 and at the bottom left corner of the barcode for type 39 and does not move The type flag and string parameters are always required The other parameters are optional The type parameter is a number from 0 to 42 designating one of the barcode types listed in Numbers outside the range from 0 to 42 are regarded as type 15 MSI bar code with no check digit The flag parameter specifies whether Y or y or not N or n to print a human readable text under the barcode The text is printed in the printing system s current font Any desired font can be obtained by placing a font selection command before the BARC command The flag parameter for barcodes 39 and 40 USPS must be N The string parameter gives the barcode data enclosed in apostrophes or quotation marks The allowable length of the string and the characters that can be included depend on the barcode type lists the allowed lengths and character sets also lists a default character that is used to fill out strings shorter than the minimum length and which may be substituted for any illegal characters in the string If the string is too long it is truncated to the maximum allowed length Examples UNIT I 11 123456 EXIT BARC 0 Y 123
115. the first barcode XBAR data string ENDB Encode and print the first divided barcode MZP x2 y2 Position the second barcode at x2 y2 XBCP 18 1 Assign block index 1 to the second barcode XBAR data string ENDB Encode and print the second divided barcode MZP x3 y3 Position the second barcode at x3 y3 XBCP 18 2 Assign block index 2 to the second barcode The largest allowed block index is 99 998 Thus up to 99 999 Macro 417 barcodes may comprise the distributed representation of a data file 5 14 Some samples for Macro PDF417 are provided in PRESCRIBE Commands Command Reference on the XBCP page 5 15 Chapter 5 Barcodes 5 16 Chapter 6 Permanent Parameters The printing system maintains a number of parameters in a non volatile flash memory These parameters control the initial state of the environment at power up including the initial emulation mode page orientation character set buffer allocations in memory interface parameters and other options The parameters may be changed permanently with the FRPO Firmware RePrOgram command Some FRPO parameters affect only the current interface interface depen dent and some affect all interfaces at once non interface dependent If the printing sys tem is shared with other users remember that any changes to any non interface dependent parameters may interfere with the print jobs of the other users This chapter explains the FRPO command and give
116. the preceding sequences The power up font and symbol set are shown in the nterfaces section Resource Protection 7 40 The resource protection feature is Kyocera s implementation of the HP s resource sav ing The feature preserves resources during emulation switching The protected resources user defined symbol sets and patterns fonts and macros remain intact when the user switches to and from the HP LaserJet emulation A permanent default can be set for resource protection using the following FRPO com mand N9 1 EXIT or R 9 2 EXIT The MENU key on the printing system s control panel may also be used to establish resource protection The following table summarizes the features and functions of the resource protection mode in the HP LaserJet emulation Table 7 18 Resource Protection and FRPO N9 Value Resource Property Emulation 9 0 9 1 9 2 Soft fonts Permanent HPLJ Deleted Retained Retained Soft fonts Temporary HPLJ Deleted Deleted Retained Macros Permanent HPLJ Deleted Retained Retained Macros Temporary HPLJ Deleted Deleted Retained User patterns Permanent HPLJ Deleted Retained Retained User patterns Temporary HPLJ Deleted Deleted Retained User symbol set Permanent HPLJ Deleted Retained Retained User symbol set Temporary HPLJ Deleted Deleted Retained Print environment HPLJ Deleted Deleted Retained Permanent dictionary KPDL Retained Retain
117. the stack In the operator table each operator is pre ceded by its list of operands if any These operands must be placed onto the stack prior to the operator itself Each operator is followed by a list of its results if any The results returned by the operator are also placed onto the stack For example the add operator is listed as follows numl num2 add sum add numl and num2 The action of this operator is to remove the two numbers that precede it from the top of the stack add them and put their sum onto the stack If an operator does not require any preceding operands or does not place any result on the stack the corresponding column in the table is blank The following abbreviations and a few others are used for operands ang angle specified in degrees bool boolean the value true or false dict dictionary int integer num number integer or real obj object any object pattern pattern dictionary proc procedure tag tag userpath array of path construction operators and their operands 7 117 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 118 2 Note KPDL Page Description Operators Certain operators are hyphenated in the following tables because of the editorial limitation only These operators must not be hyphenated to be executed The following table summarizes the page description operators including all language levels of KPDL In the following table operators having the higher language level are indicated by l
118. treated as the remainder of the angle divided by 360 Examples Angle output by computer Angle used by printing system degrees 90 90 90 90 90 4 90 90 5 91 400 Ignored The printing system does not accept the exponential notation used in some computer lan guages For example do not specify 1E 3 instead of 0 001 Character Strings PRESCRIBE text printing commands have parameters that consist of character strings A character string is any string of characters enclosed by quotation marks or apostrophes such as shown in the example below TEXT You are about to enter PRESCRIBE PRESCRIBE allows character strings to be enclosed in either single quotation marks apostrophes or double quotation marks The following example has exactly the same meaning as the one above TEXT You are about to enter PRESCRIBE The beginning of a character string is recognized when the first single or double quota tion mark appears If the beginning quotation mark is a single quotation mark the string does not end until the next single quotation mark If the beginning quotation mark is a double quotation mark the string does not end until the next double quotation mark Whatever comes in the middle of a character string including commas semicolons and even PRESCRIBE command names is recognized as part of the character string and not as part of the PRESCRIBE command language For example the expressio
119. using the SPSZ command Reduction of data is achieved by the FRPO J9 parameter or from the printing system s control panel See below Format J9 x EXIT x data size 0 no reduction 1 A2 2 Al 3 AO 4 B3 5 B2 6 Bl 7 BO Plotter Units and User Units Plotter Units The plot area is subdivided into a grid with 0 025 mm steps Each step is a plotter unit the smallest unit of plotting motion One millimeter corresponds to approximately 40 plotter units In the plot area you can specify positions in plotter units from 2 to 223 1 in the PA instruction When using plotter units only integer values are valid User Units The Scale instruction SC establishes a system of user units in the plot area by specify ing the coordinates of two scaling points P1 and P2 Parameters of the Scale instruction can use integer values from 22 to 223 1 any digits to the right of the decimal place will be ignored Plot instructions use the same range of parameter values but digits to the right of the decimal point are valid If designating 0 0 and 1 1 as scaling points all data will be real numbers between 0 and 1 7 101 Chapter 7 Emulation Setting the Scaling Points At power up scaling point P will be in the lower left corner of the paper the default plot position Point P2 is always diagonally opposite to P1 These two points define the diagonal of a rectangle which by default is centere
120. ve 99 29 9 02 5 bl eve 2 661 91 n Tet SIT 66 19 TS 6t gt 1314 0 evo 922 ote v6t 291 91 oet vl 86 28 99 0 vt 8t 2 Ilic Tre 522 602 61 191 51 621 16 18 59 6v tt 4 1 gt 0 2 too 802 261 091 get eu 96 08 v9 ev 2 oT 0 914114 191919 0 0 4 Ei a a 2 a 6 8 L 9 v t 4 T 0 Otz 8 2d nez epeued 98 2d 7 94 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 552 682 22 102 Tet 651 e TIL 56 6L t9 t 1 ST m Z 4 n Y 9 2 A 3X 2 Bec 222 902 061 vil 891 evt 921 Olt v6 84 29 0 oT x JL NE d lt 7 122 902 681 ell 41 Set 601 t6 LL 19 Sv 6c 1 48a 171017 9 7 gez 022 704 881 ett 991 ovt vel 801 26 94 09 vy 82 et SE t I ll ri 7 1 IAT gt amp ISZ gee 612 02 181 ut 991 6 cl LOT 16 SL 66 tr Le 1 1 ell 062 veo 812 204 981 YSI BET 221 901 06 vL 95 ev 92 ildiz oA z lt m 62 eez 102 SeT 691 es LET Tet 501 6 eL 1 lr 6 Elejlolel 1 6 ez 2 2 91e 002 v8l 891 291 9et oet v0t 98 2L 95 0 vo 8 of
121. 0 1 Complex Filled Paths 2 31 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial With 1 specified for the rule parameter of FILL the method for determining whether a point is inside the path involves drawing a ray from that point in any direction and count ing the number of times the ray crosses segments of the path The point is said to be inside the path if the result is an odd number if the result is an even number the point is said to be outside the path The non zero winding rule also draws a ray from a point in any direction to determine whether or not that point is inside the path and examines the points where a segment of the path crosses the ray However it then starts counting from zero and adds one each time a segment in the path crosses the ray from left to right and subtracts one each time a segment in the path crosses the ray from right to left If the result of counting all the crossings is zero the point is said to be outside otherwise the point is said to be inside the path After filling the current path the FILL command clears the path in the same manner as NEWP Clipping Rectangle Up to this point we have discussed graphics objects to be drawn or stroked or filled as paths However another PRESCRIBE command can be used to define a clipping tem plate for clipping texts paths and raster graphics For this purpose the CLPR CLiP Rectangular region command is provided to define the rectangular region for clipping paths
122. 0 through 19 of the XBCP command This allows a reader to make use of this information to correctly reconstruct and verify the file independent of the barcode scanning order The terminology PRESCRIBE macro and macro PDF are not the same Refer to the PRESCRIBE Commands Command Reference for the PRESCRIBE macro commands MCRO ENDM etc The following modes of XBCP are used for Macro PDF417 to represent additional con trol options for XBAR Note that implementation of these parameters are optional except XBCP 17 and XBCP 18 XBCP 10 File name 11 Block count XBCP 12 Time stamp XBCP 13 Sender ID XBCP 14 Addressee ID XBCP 15 File size XBCP 16 Check sum 17 File ID XBCP 18 Macro PDF417 execution XBCP 19 Distributed barcodes positioning Creating a Macro PDF 417 Representation A Macro PDF417 creation begins with giving fileid using XBCP 17 for the ensuing Macro PDF417 sequences Each one XBAR command sequence is needed for each divided barcode which is succeeded by a XBCP 18 statement that defines a separate block index for each barcode The block index is needed to ensure that the divided bar codes are reconstructed in the correct order as the whole file when the barcodes are read The basic command sequence for Macro PDF417 is as follows XBCP 17 fileid Gives the same file ID to all distributed barcodes xl yl Position the first barcode at x1 1 XBCP 18 0 Block index for
123. 01 inch On the third line the MZP Move to Zero relative Position differs from the MAP Move to Absolute Position command in one respect the position specified is in relation to the top and left edge page limits of the page rather than in relation to the top and left page margins MZP moves the cursor to the point that is 0 5 inches from the left edge limit and 1 inch from the top edge limit Similarly on the next line DZP Draw to Zero relative Position draws a line from the starting position to the point 2 inches from the left edge limit and 0 5 inches from the top edge limit Relative Lines Another way to specify positions 15 in relation to the current cursor position The follow ing command sequence provides an example IR P 2s 12 2 Poel P2 P L 1 mn 1 mn S M D M D M D 1 EXIT 2 4 Figure 2 3 Result of Draw Commands Relative Lines Edge limits In this command sequence the PRESCRIBE mode begins with the R resets the print ing system defaults to permanent settings with RES and establishes a pen width of 0 01 inches with the SPD 0 01 The MRP Move to Relative Position and DRP Draw to Relative Position specify positions in relation to the cursor s current position When the command sequence starts the cursor is located at the intersection of the left and top margins The command MRP 2 1 on l
124. 1 51 gel 221 901 06 vL 85 oy 92 Or ud Z OZI t ls 6 gez 1 102 881 691 est n Tel SOT 68 L 1 I 6 a mu gp Hag A t A I 6 2 252 912 00 v8T got 251 9er 021 01 98 24 9S 0 ve 8 8 Lye Tee 512 661 eel 191 Ist ri 611 Eor 18 14 55 6t ez IB th I SA D LI 92 0 2 le 861 281 991 OST vel BIL 201 98 04 Be 9 I XI JA d 9 9 sre 600 12 161 181 91 6 eel LT ce 69 9 Le 12 S X 9I XIHIS neonaus 5 Tio 9822 eic 961 OST v91 911 001 ve 89 25 9 0 v 1 PILIG vi re Lee 561 641 91 Tet SIL 66 9 19 16 se 61 4 J A T A I I s oso 272 922 072 761 8 1 291 Ort OET vll 96 28 99 095 vt i 2 4 1g Al a 192 522 602 61 LL 191 Sel 621 Dii 16 I8 59 6v r3 1 9 21924 ove vee 802 261 911 0991 get 21 96 08 99 gu 26 91 0 Nod 4 0 d Hu a x 6 8 L 9 S v c T 0 NOL OSI 552 682 22 102 161 1 661 Let 56 6L 9 t ST O geo 222 902 061 vl 861 evt 921 184 v6 94 29 9v oe vl i y VIULVIN lt 652 n Tec 502 681 LST Tel 921 601 6 dL 19 Sy 62 eT 00 1 i 96 lt u Wis 252 922 022 02 981 21 9S1 ovt vel 801 26 91 09 vb 82 el Eh p gt 182 See 612 02 191 ul 51 eet LOT 16 SL 68 v amp It glo ty 0 lt 2 vto 872 202 981
125. 1 6004 3 1200 dpi PCLresourceprotection N9 0 Off 0 1 Protects permanent PCL resources and resets the environment 2 Protects permanent and temporary PCL resources Parallel interface mode O0 0 Normal 5 1 High speed 5 Nibble High 70 Auto Negotiation Command recognition 9 ASCII code from 33 to 99 82 R character Default stacker RO 1 Face down tray 1 2 Face up tray 3 Bulk tray Auto cassette switching 0 Cassette not switched when empty 0 1 Main cassette and the first feeder cassette 2 Main cassette and the second feeder cassette 3 The first feeder cassette and the second feeder cassette 4 Main cassette the first feeder cassette and the second feeder cassette 5 Main cassette and the third feeder cassette The first feeder cassette and the third feeder cassette 7 second feeder cassette and the third feeder cassette 8 Main cassette the first feeder cassette and the third feeder cassette 9 Main cassette the second feeder cassette and the third feeder cassette 10 The first feeder cassette the second feeder cassette and the third feeder cassette 11 Main cassette the first feeder cassette the second feeder cassette and the third feeder cassette Chapter 6 Permanent Parameters Table 6 2 Interface independent Parameters Sheet 4 of 8 Environment Parameter Value Factory setting 12 Maincassette and the fourth feeder cassette 13 Thefirstfeedercass
126. 1 28l 991 OST vet gu 201 98 04 oS ge 22 9 91 3 A 4 9 9 3 Svc 6 2 fie 161 181 91 eet 431 101 8 69 9 18 5 121314 E 2 w 822 212 96 081 91 E 00 99 28 9 092 v gt ere Lee 112 S61 641 90 tvi Tet SIT 66 8 19 14 se 61 211141 olog 6 922 012 761 941 291 9vl 961 vU 96 28 99 0s ve SI 2 z 1111 xia ua lz o miu ive Stc 602 338 LU 191 Srt 621 i 16 18 59 6v rii 1 Fg t r xli ble lt ilg e ore 22 804 261 091 get Hii 96 08 v9 ay 2 9t 0 54 S Ei a V 6 8 L 9 v 0 552 62 tee 1 161 6ST evr e nt 6 6L 9 t E L Ul ml F Ol 5 2 222 904 061 vil 8st evt 921 91 6 8L 29 9v 0t TU JL gt lt esz 152 122 902 681 eut 181 Wt Set 601 6 19 62 1 9 292 9 2 022 02 BBT ett 9 vel 801 26 94 09 tr 82 e 4 1 nM 152 962 612 02 181 SST 6 eet LOT 16 SL 65 tv It A eE Elk t el ofa ty gja 052 VES 812 202 981 HST BEL 221 907 06 v 85 e 92 OL oldi l iog i l 6 552 fin 102 Sgt 691 Let Tet 501 68 eL 15 Ww 92 6 J L QIN Bre eec
127. 1 Egg 082 yee 912 202 9 7 BET eet 901 06 95 ev 92 OL IL 1 WL 62 eee riri 102 Set 691 esT Let Tel SOT 68 L 1S 6 U U a 2 26 972 002 891 251 9 041 01 98 24 95 0 ve nz 162 Sic 661 91 491 ISl Set 61 00 18 TL 66 6 2 1 92 oez H 861 281 991 051 vel git 201 98 04 Be e 9 S J3 7 Sie 622 eI 161 181 S91 671 eel 101 68 69 6 12 5 ab Nes 822 ete 961 081 91 eet 911 0901 v8 99 2 96 02 t ere Le 112 S61 641 91 Lvl Tel SIT 66 8 19 15 61 x f evo 922 012 v6t 841 291 9971 OET vi 86 28 99 05 Yt 2 lt J 98 17 922 602 61 191 621 16 18 99 6v ee T ES bs 0 2 22 802 261 9141 091 821 211 96 08 9 gv 26 oT 0 5112 d a 6 8 L 9 6 Y c T 0 NGL 1u0J Id 662 662 622 n 161 SIT 661 evt 21 Ut 96 61 9 ly 16 Si UHUD oO 862 222 902 061 zii rii evi 921 Olt 6 cya 29 9 06 JL lt v ft 82 1452 122 502 681 elt LST Ir 521 601 6 LL 19 Sy 6c al lel 2 952 022 702 98r 1 9ST ovt vel 901 26 9L 09 vv 82 q Ww 3N Jim q I gt 235 152 962 612 02 181 ut SST get 101 16 GL 6S It JL L gx 0l 052 yee GA 202 981 041 get 221 901 06 88 ev 92 0t Jak 1 9 2 eric 6 2 2 102 681 691 est 1 121
128. 1 OBT oT 281 911 007 ve 89 25 9 02 v Q EE 1 Pi La vi ere Le 112 561 641 91 n S11 66 8 19 1S St t xm 5610510 2 2 922 012 761 841 291 0er vu 86 28 99 05 vt 9t 2 1 9 Tre 522 602 6 191 621 16 18 59 6r 4 I Fl bielo vili Ove vee 800 261 9 1 091 vel 821 eu 96 08 v9 Bv E 91 0 4 e et gt d 0 Ei a 6 8 9 S Y 0 rz dojyseg 552 682 22 102 161 51 6ST TIL 6 6L 9 n St Ig I OK 0 O 862 222 902 061 vil 861 evi ott v6 BL 29 9v 08 vl q yayra VIN lt C 2 182 122 504 681 LST Wt Set 601 6 LL 19 Sv 62 amp HA Ir i tiw IN 292 982 022 02 981 edt 991 Obl vet 01 26 9 09 TV 82 et 1 n lAa zz I ILA T gt 1 92 612 02 181 ut 561 681 EZI 101 16 SL 68 ey 1 Qla 3 E EX dq 5 p 052 952 912 202 98t Ber 221 901 06 vL 9s ev 92 ot 8 z Z f 1 x 62 102 Set 691 Tet SOT 68 tL 1S iv 6 hong Pia 1 6 8 282 972 002 891 est 9et 01 vor 88 24 96 7 ve 9 20 9 lve Tee 2 661 EBT 191 IST Set 801 18 56 6 EZ 4 ni tig tT S M I L 92 062 ve 861 281 991 0 vel 201 98 04 vS 22 9 y 1 Li AW JIA 3 9 79 62 622 ete 161 181 591 61 Eet AT TOL 58 69 6 12
129. 12 661 80 161 Sel 61 Eor 18 14 95 6 EZ E en ul SA D L 942 02 vie 861 281 991 051 vel 8tt 201 98 0L v6 9t 9 I 9 9 NI ATF A A 9 622 tle 161 Tat 591 24 eel TOT 58 69 es 18 12 8 Ie sg S vro 822 212 961 081 s 281 OTL 001 78 89 28 9 02 v tre lee ne 561 641 91 Let Tel Sit 66 8 19 15 se 61 e s l SJO E evo gzz 02 v6l 841 21 oet 244 86 28 99 09 ve 2 121010 14 au 922 602 61 LL 191 621 16 T8 99 6v ee b ej ove 722 802 261 9 1 091 vel 921 eu 96 08 v9 9r e 9 0 _ 4 40 0 2 a 6 8 L 9 S v t 0 Ng 9 dH 552 6 2 522 1 161 661 T 56 6L 9 t St 415 2 F 9 Bee ee 902 061 vil BST evi ott v6 BL 29 9v 0 yt nlAnie fla IUVNIX C tSc 182 122 904 681 elt LST Sel 601 86 m 19 9 62 SINISI Q W 252 982 022 702 881 eti 951 vol 80r 26 94 09 bt 2 el 0 zi li I TI MT 152 Stc 612 02 181 TT 561 61 cl 101 16 SL 66 ey le 1 S al Fi 3 X 1 052 VES 810 202 981 041 vst 9er 221 901 06 v 8 e 92 OL Z LZ f x 62 Eez 102 581 691 esT 11 121 SOT 68 L Lg lr 92 6 4 0 1 9 71 A t AL I 6 2 2 912 002 vel 891 est 9 1 021 01 88 96 ov ve 8 X UIXH 8 Lye 12 Ste 661 491 IST SET 611 01 18
130. 16 94 64 r IL JL L 4 ty tye ole 052 2 812 202 Es ger 221 901 06 vL 89 ev 92 or lt 4 ll Qgjlez v use 6 2 ete Le 102 set 691 4 1 Tel SOT 68 L 18 Iv 52 6 J JL jer F lola Fla Bre eg 92 002 891 291 get 021 vor 98 24 95 0 72 ol a QJ nz 152 514 661 Eer 191 IST SeT 611 01 18 u 99 6 1 A 5 4 5 M 5 L yl t s 972 062 vU 861 281 991 091 201 98 0 Be 22 9 111014 H als al alo se i 3 Ste 622 ere 161 18 91 evt eer TOT 58 69 s 18 S FIN QO n ein au s 3 vto 822 212 961 087 t91 get eet OTT 001 v 89 es 9t 02 Y Jixi3 Fule gaoa pl ala v j O tls 122 661 641 91 Stt 66 8 19 18 61 5 9 ef s o s o ec 2 96 2 2 922 042 61 BAL 291 9 ott Li 86 28 99 09 ve i 2 z rji zal ele 1 522 602 e61 LL T9t Set 621 ert 16 18 9 6v 1 1912 ein bl ove voc 802 261 091 ti get eu 96 08 79 25 9 9 E gjg 514 S o d a a a X 6 8 L 9 6 t e T 0 92 68 22 102 161 6ST Let 96 6L 9 Ly ST L ol Ulm 7T J Y U Oo 4 amp R 9 tS 862 222 90 061 714 BST evt 921 9 6 81 29 9v 0t 124 F lt ESZ Le Tee 502 681 et dst Wr 601 6 19 Sr 62 lt z
131. 16 SL 65 le u Y SIAI F 092 vee 812 202 981 0 ST BET ect 901 06 vL 9s ev 9c or o 910 olaj zi f Zz f f 6 2 eez na 102 581 691 Tet 901 68 LH 18 lv 6 10159 7 6 9ve 252 912 002 781 891 251 91 921 98 24 94 ov v 9 x 8 nz lec 912 661 91 191 Set 611 01 18 u 86 6 2 1 nu I 9 19147 92 082 vie 861 281 991 OST vel i 201 98 0L vS gE 22 9 I 9 9 NII FS Al A 9 9 9 622 ete 161 Tel 691 eet 101 58 69 6 18 12 I 1 9 9 a g S 96 GA 74 212 961 08 v91 eet 001 v8 89 29 96 092 t I PIL altis the in 861 91 n SIL 66 t9 19 16 61 t v o s f 2 3 evo 92 012 761 8 1 291 9vl oet vu 96 28 99 05 ve e 12100 I1 q a we 2 602 60 191 621 16 18 9 6v T ble 0 2 22 902 261 941 091 get eu 96 08 v9 et 91 0 _ d dqo o a 6 8 9 S v t T 0 31 A OSI 952 62 622 102 161 681 6 6L 9 ay 1e st 5101793 2 I 222 902 061 vil 891 zvl ott v6 8L e9 9v 0 v 8 9 01 ul lt tSc 152 Tee 502 681 LST 112 1 601 6 m 19 Sv 6c gt nie n tiu LW 252 982 022 702 881 2 951 vel 801 26 9 09 vy 82 Yl a sHt Ek 1 VTI 1 gee 616 502 181 1t 561 eel 101 16 sZ 65 ey l
132. 161 s91 671 AIL 101 58 69 9 18 12 o En e e 2 Pe nl ai 822 ee 961 v91 grt eet 0901 89 e 9 o uyo bie ere Lee 112 S61 n let SIL 66 8 19 19 61 t 1 434 9 5 4 evo 922 012 v6l 291 991 081 vll 86 28 99 0s vt 8r 3 11 1 qjala tle Ive 71 602 61 T9t Sol 621 elt 16 18 99 6v zt ni b e lO lv 07 802 261 091 wl 921 96 08 9 e 9t 0 y1 9 919 40 E 2 a v 6 8 L 9 Y t 4 T 0 8 2d sjeg 04 6 Wal 8 2d WGI 7 9 Chapter 7 Emulation 952 662 EZZ 102 161 8 1 6st La ut 96 6L 9 t St L M o A m BEZ 222 902 061 1 851 evt 921 OIL 76 84 29 9 09 JL wy u NI 92 122 502 681 151 Set 601 6 LL 19 Sv 62 l a 9 rit alt elg E 962 022 02 gat ett 951 ovt vol 901 26 9L 09 ww 82 e 1 1 Ee wl Ss oOo 1 gt 71 8 152 gee 612 500 191 ut Sst 6l eel LOT 16 SL 6 tv It JL L 1 45 4 X 3I 9 092 yee 912 202 981 ST get 221 901 06 85 ev 92 OL 2 61 nieiz itfizip j mg 672 ttc 192 Sgt 691 est eT Tel 901 68
133. 2 cpi 12 point upright style normal stroke weight Characteristic Value example Escape Sequence Symbol set Roman 8 ESC 8U Spacing Fixed ESC sOP Pitch 12 cpi ESC s12H Height 12 point ESC s12V Style Upright ESC s0S HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 Characteristic Value example Escape Sequence Stroke weight Normal ESC s0B Typeface Letter Gothic ESC s4102T To select this LetterGothic font send the following escape sequence to the printing sys tem ESC 8U ESC sOP ESC s12H ESC s12V ESC s0S 5 50 ESC s4102T Any escape sequence with two similar consecutive letters after the ESC parameter can be combined as in the transformation of the LetterGothic font below ESC 8U ESC s0p12h12v0s0b4102T The FSET command of PRESCRIBE utilizes a similar font selection method The sym bol set selection is made with the CSET command Note the similarities in the FSET command sequence below FSET 0p12h12v0s0b4102T Several other LaserJet codes should be considered for font management See the Font Management section of the HP LaseJetPrinter commands on page 56 and onwards LaserJet Symbol Sets Symbol set has the highest priority in the HP font selection The factory default symbol set is IBM PC 8 10U for the LaserJet emulation The LaserJet printer has many other symbol sets not directly accessed by the INTL command Temporary selection of one of these symbol sets can be made with the CSET Change s
134. 201 98 0L 9t 9 m Jid ol 4 3 4 9 1 3 See 622 ele 161 181 SOT 6 eel 101 58 69 eg 18 5 Joja FIN eo vro 822 212 961 081 91 281 91i 001 v8 89 29 96 02 2 Ja a4 buo jve 3np a a v O I ere Lee 1 S61 641 91 Tet Sti 66 8 19 16 se 61 t s 2 s o e o evo 922 012 761 BT 291 971 oet vl 96 28 99 05 8t 2 1111 4 ojx We 522 602 61 LLI T9t Stl 621 16 6v it 1 191217 ble 0 22 802 261 911 09 vil 921 Hii 96 08 v9 9r oT 0 9 5141 4 910 5 a 2 a 6 8 L 9 S v t T 0 852 62 22 102 161 691 evt el iii 6 61 9 i Ini 1 L Ulm 15 Se BEZ 222 902 061 vL 851 evt 921 OIL v6 aL 29 9 vl ule lt 52 152 Tee 504 681 n Ie set 601 t6 LL 19 St 62 9 D r Y o 252 962 022 02 881 951 Ort BOT 26 91 09 tb 82 et 1 1 3 8 T N u 182 gee 612 02 991 6 get 101 16 69 tv ra JL L 1 gt z r aliali i oja 092 vto 812 20 981 9 ST get 44 9010 06 vL 98 ev 92 or loldi y 11 1 eve 652 Le 102 881 691 esT LET Tet 901 68 eL 15 ly 6 1 L 4A T a r 6 Q N eve 262 972 002 781 891 E 9 041 vot 98 24 9 0 8 o l a
135. 26 91 09 vv 82 21 m 0 73 lll V1 Eds 152 gee 612 02 191 ut SST 21 LOT 16 SL 6S er JIL E adl diay ci s 052 vec 812 202 981 SI Ber eel 901 06 vL gs ev 92 01 olx a H ei z OZ rl ct ale 8 672 eez 2 102 set 691 st S0t 68 1 17 Sc 6 m L of a zie 4 t A I 6 Co tio 252 912 002 vet 891 251 9et OZI 88 eL 95 Or vo 8 151 4a INI ale Lye lec 912 661 eet 191 IST SeT 611 01 18 u 86 6 2 4 LAI JIAN Vio 8 te 9 2 052 712 861 28 991 OST ver gii 201 98 04 ee ec 9 hinj olmi JA H 979 7 97 622 ete 161 Tel 591 6 eet LU TOT 98 69 9 18 S nenas see 822 961 081 v9l 21 OIL 001 Y8 89 25 9e 0 t V 1PLG bie ere Lee 661 611 91 Tet SIL 66 8 19 16 5 61 olaj xH q 581250 c la HA 922 012 v6l 8 1 291 OT 0er 86 28 99 09 ve gt 2 olo oo 119 z we 922 602 61 191 621 11 16 18 9 6v t rii 1 I gt ove 722 802 261 9 1 091 vel gel elt 96 08 9 9v 2 91 0 d 140 o Ei a a 6 8 L 9 S v t c T 0 992 662 22 14 161 SLT 681 ert nai ae 56 6L 9 t St Nam iq Ol 3 vse BE eec 902 061 vll 861 evi 921 id v6 cya 29 9 0t aq gt ff luf INI lt Y 6 452 122 602 681 edt 191 Tel 521 601 6 LL 19 5 62 l
136. 30 selectfont 50 50 moveto Have a nice day show showpage D Print the above on page End of job control D 99 o0 AP DP 09 AP AP AP AP AP oe The initial SEM 9 ensures that the printing system is in the KPDL mode If the printing system is already in the KPDL mode SEM 9 is ignored The percent signs and the words to the right are comments Comments are included only to explain the operators and can be omitted when typing operators Try using one of the methods explained on the following page to enable delivery of the result of the above example The print result appears as shown in Figure 7 43 on page 117 KPDL Operators Figure 7 43 Sample Printout File transfer One way to transfer a file is to place all lines above in a file and transfer the file to the printing system The basic requirements are Except for SEM 9 and EXIT which can be in either uppercase or lowercase letters all operators must be typed in lowercase letters exactly as shown The file must not contain any extraneous control codes as are frequently added by word processing software The file must be sent as a file not printed If you print the file you will only obtain printed output KPDL Summary This section lists all KPDL operators their operands and their results When received from the computer operators and operands are placed in an area in the printing system s memory called
137. 39 0123456789 40 1 One of the following FIM pattern types 0 A Country Reply Mail with POSTNET Business Reply Penalty and Franked Mail without POST NET C Business Reply Penalty and Franked Mail with POSTNET D Readable Mail without POSTNET 4 125 0123456789 0 42 80 printable characters ASCII codes 32 to 126 43 1 20 0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ 44 3 32 0123456789 abcdetn and space 5 7 Chapter 5 Barcodes 5 8 Table 5 3 Location of POSTNET and FIM POSTNET BARC 39 Clear Zone 8 x 4 1 Not drawn to scale FIM BARC 40 Clear Zone Preferred location for left most bar Barcode read area 4 113 Table 5 4 Bar Height and Width Classes Type Tall bars Width classes Default dots 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 0 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 2 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 3 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 4 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 5 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 6 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 7 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 8 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 9 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 10 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 11 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 12 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 13 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 14 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 15 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 l6 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 17
138. 3H 81 OST TIJSV SIP Toe 2 1 0 1 0 CU er H lt Jo uearJauy UT e7 Ystueds C UBTAPUIDUPJS J39 u23u844 bii jag J8328JPUj 6286 Co OU 0 ST CO CD y 5 1 II3SV ISNV 5 5565 we ono AA oe 119 V6 cb EE Cc 04 JS OS OS aS 0 e io 2 19 24 a ae a iG eE 34 e 6 ET NE e M Ap ae Mate u SS S ZH NEC ETATE SN ER AR bd Eros IRR ul de ee ense qr e i OS OSlorloeloe 8 S003 8 eueyejey 7 110 HP 7550A Emulation KC GL Mode 8 KC GL Limits This section provides limit values for the various KC GL parameters Plotter units are used unless otherwise specified Standard Character Sizes Table 7 32 Standard Character Sizes Paper size Width mm Height mm 4 0 187 0 269 0 285 0 375 Letter 0 187 0 269 Ledger 0 285 0 375 Maximum Plot Area Table 7 33 Maximum Plot Area Paper size X Y Plotter units Dots Plotter units Dots 11477 3389 7999 2362 A3 16398 4842 11
139. 4 29 9v 0 vU JL Iar Zi X Vi uj lt vt 452 142 502 681 eT ist lei Set 601 t6 dL T9 Sv 62 Zl io 2 292 92 022 702 881 ett 951 ovt vel 901 26 9L 09 vv 82 et zl enum rs l rs 7116 152 Gee 612 502 191 ut 851 61 cl LOT 16 SL 6S JL L QM 2101 le 052 veo 912 202 981 9 St Ber 221 90 06 vL 99 ev 92 01 m ll ni z fiz f 8 6 2 EEZ 102 581 691 Let 121 501 68 eL 15 Ww 52 6 m L El giolla rA 6 C to Bre eec 912 002 v8l 891 est 9 021 OL 88 eL 98 ve 9 o Ul ria ugrexuxH si Lye Tee 912 661 8 197 TST Set 61 01 48 TL 99 6 1 7 5 3 M 9 tle 9 062 vlc 861 281 991 0st vel BIT eot 98 86 22 9 nl 2 4 IH 622 tle 161 181 91 61 eel uu 101 99 69 eg 18 12 S 3 1 sly si 822 212 961 081 vor 261 001 vU 89 29 9 02 Lid 9 tre 2 1 861 67 91 Lu SIT 66 eg 19 15 61 t uogdHd linej si sol e eve 922 012 234 841 291 91 oet YU 96 28 99 05 BI e 208 71 9 2 4 4 a tle Tre 922 602 61 Lit 191 621 Diii 16 18 9 6 tt 4 a g BR ro nb ile Ore voc 802 261 911 091 821 eu 96 08 9 ey e 9t 9 0 Eg g d a o a 6 8 L 9 S Y 0 N8L YSPUNL 68 2d 992 662
140. 4 draw a line between two points that are specified in terms of absolute coordinates On line 5 the PMRP Path Move to Relative Position command moves the cursor to the point half an inch to the right and one inch above the current cursor position that is the point at which the first line ends Then the PDRP Path Draw to Relative Position com mand on line 6 draws a line to the point inch to the left of the new position and inch below it The line thickness is changed to 0 04 inches by the SPD command on line 7 Finally the STRK command on line 8 strokes the path onto the page PAGE prints out the page and EXIT ends the PRESCRIBE mode Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial Line Ends The line end type determines how PRESCRIBE renders the ends of lines when they are stroked onto the page PRESCRIBE provides three kinds of line ends These include Figure 2 16 Line Ends Butt caps SSS Round caps The default line end type is butt caps You can switch from the current line end type to any of the other types with the SCAP command This command uses the following for mat SCAP line cap mode Values for line cap mode include 1 for square caps 2 for butt caps 3 for round caps Use of this command is illustrated in the following example RES UNIT C CMNT Sets unit to cm NEWP CMNT Starts new path SPD 5 CMNT Sets line width to 5 SCAP 1 CMNT Sets square caps PMZP 2 2 PDZ
141. 45678910 EXIT 23456 78910 The short and tall parameters specify the short and tall bar heights in the unit designated by the UNIT command default inches The short and tall parameters must be both specified or both omitted If they are omitted the default values as shown in Table 5 3 must be specified Only barcode types 0 to 12 35 to 38 and 39 have two bar heights For types 13 to 34 40 and 41 the bar height is determined by the short parameter and the tall parameter 1s ignored Even when all bars are the same height however the command syntax requires that when a short parameter is specified the tall parameter must be specified too Examples UNIT I BARC 15 1234567890 2 2 EXIT UNIT I BARC 8 Y 123456 6 7 EXIT 123456 When two bar heights with human readable text are used in some cases the tall bars may overlap the text The bar to bar4 and space to space4 parameters adjust the width of the bars and spaces Fine adjustment of these parameters may be needed to obtain scannable barcodes for a particular scanner and type of paper The dots unit UNIT D is convenient Bar code 40 USPS FIM ignores all these parameters and therefore has a constant height and space Some barcode types have only two classes of widths bar bar2 spacel space2 Oth ers have three or four classes Regardless of the barcode type when any width parameter Is specified all eight width parame
142. 487 3392 Letter 10776 3182 8236 2432 Ledger 16872 4982 10776 3182 Coordinate Values Table 7 34 Coordinate Values Mode A RO 0 Paper size P1x Ply P2x 2 4 430 200 10430 7400 380 430 15580 10430 Letter 80 320 10080 7520 Ledger 620 80 15820 10080 Table 7 35 Coordinate Values Mode A RO 90 Paper size P1x Ply P2x 2 A4 200 430 7400 10430 A3 430 380 10430 15580 Letter 320 80 7520 10080 Ledger 80 620 10080 15820 Table 7 36 Coordinate Values Mode B RO 0 Papersize P1x Pty P2x P2y A4 4700 2480 4700 2480 A3 6680 4700 6680 4700 Letter 4348 2598 4348 2598 Ledger 6916 4348 6916 4348 7 111 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 112 Coordinate Values Mode B RO 90 Paper size P1x Ply 2 2 4 4700 2480 4700 6680 4700 6680 Letter 4348 2598 4348 Ledger 6916 4348 6916 Summary of KC GL Instructions The table below lists KC GL instructions supported by the printing system The follow ing legend is used c Character string d decimal 128 0000 to 127 9999 1 integer 32768 to 32767 sd scaled decimal 32768 0000 to 32767 9999 Table 7 37 KC GL Instructions Sheet 1 of 2 Instruction Parameters Description AA x coordinate i sd y coordinate i sd Arc absolute center angle
143. 4I 2 733449 Yes Yes Yes Yes Flush Flush all ESC amp r0F 26723046 Yes Yes Yes Yes Pages complete pages Flush all page ESC amp r1F 26723146 Yes Yes Yes Yes data FreeMemory Request free ESC sIM 1B2A73314D Yes Yes Yes Yes Space memory status Echo Echo value ESC s X 2A 73 tt Yes Yes Yes Yes 32767 to 58 32767 PROGRAMMING HINTS End of Line Enabled ESC amp s0C 1B26733043 Yes Yes Yes Yes may Disabled ESC amp s1C 1B 26733143 Yes Yes Yes Yes 7 61 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 62 Table 7 24 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 14 of 16 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal Desk Floor Desk Floor Value toptype type toptype type B amp W B amp W Color Color Display ON ESCY 1B 59 Yes Yes Yes Yes Functions OFF ESCZ IB 5A Yes PCL Vector Graphics Switching Set Up Picture Frame Enter PCL Use previous 5 0 1B 25 3041 Yes Yes Yes Yes Mode PCL cursor position Use current ESC 1A 1B 25 31 41 Yes Yes Yes Yes HP GL 2 pen position for cursor position Enter HP Use Previous ESC 0B 1B 25 30 42 Yes Yes Yes Yes GL 2 Mode HP GL 2 pen position Use current ESC 1B 1B 25 31 42 Yes Yes Yes Yes PCL cursor position Current PCL ESC 2B 1B 25 32 42 Yes Yes Yes Yes coordinate system old HPGL pen position Current PCL ESC 3B 1B 25 33 42 Yes Yes Yes Yes coordinate system curren t PCL CAP HP GL 2 Plot Horizontal ESC c K 1B 2 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes Horizontal size
144. 5 IBM Proprinter Fonts Font name Character spacing ALTF No Draft Sans serif 10 cpi 12 cpi 0 Courier 10 cpi 1 Prestige Elite 12 cpi 2 Draft Sans serif Condensed 15 cpi 3 Courier Prop Proportional 4 A substitute font can be any resident font if you use the SFNT command to assign the font number See the SFNT command page in PRESCRIBE Commands Command Reference To assign a font number to resident fonts for substituting the emulated fonts in IBM Pro printer X24E emulation all the option parameters including symbol set compression and angle for the SFNT command must be specified Landscape orientation is another feature the printing system can offer that the IBM printer cannot If you command R SPO L EXIT the printing system rotates the current font and prints text in landscape orientation The printing system supports the IBM printer s bit image graphics in portrait orientation so graphics software using the IBM Proprinter X24E emulation will print charts graphs and pictures without the need for PRESCRIBE commands The print model and clipping features of the PRESCRIBE path mode graphics will be ignored with the IBM bit image graphics however If you attempt to print beyond the right margin the characters will wrap around and print on the next line IBM Proprinter X24E Control Codes 7 6 This section provides IBM Proprinter X24E control codes which is supported by the printing system under X24E Proprinter emula
145. 512 661 EBr 1491 Tet Set 611 eor 18 u 56 6 4 I one 062 967 281 991 051 vel git 201 98 OL 9e 22 9 119190 JIA d 9 78 E 622 ele 1617 Tet S91 tT eet TOL 58 69 6 16 12 6 9 jig n 1 s 922 ale 96i OBI ger 91 007 v8 89 26 9 02 v biel gilga 1 P Li a GA nz Tle 861 641 9l Tet Siu 66 8 19 ls se o a 61215101 F eve 922 ote v6 BT 291 9tt oet vu 86 28 99 0s vt 9r 2 au we 922 602 60 Lt Tet StI 621 et 46 18 9 6v ee T i Ove 22 902 261 911 09r 24 get 21 96 08 v9 9r 9 0 aly y _ d nj 80 d a 2 a8 6 8 L 9 S Y t T 0 10 ueiey 61 051 sjeg Joqui g qo Aemion 09 051 7 68 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 992 62 622 102 161 51 6ST i 56 6L t9 ly 1e St 4 F O 792 Bee ec 902 061 714 9st evt OTT v6 BL 29 9 0 i 49 0 lt 2 Lee Tee 9 681 LST wi Sel 601 6 m T9 Sv 6c SIA 6 252 92 022 702 881 ett 951 OvT 901 26 94 09 22 82 et m s 8 l 9 TIO Ip ISZ Stc 612 02 181 ut 997 6 1 621 LOT 16 SL 65 tv I P SA RIF a gia yla 082 vee 812 202 981 ST eet 901 06 vL 85 ev 92 ot
146. 52 512 661 eer 491 ma 611 01 18 u 5 6t fc 1 8 AIDI L 9 2 062 vl 861 281 991 twi vet 201 98 04 5 8e 22 9 I 9 9N I 4 9 9 Ste 622 eie 461 91 E eel AIT TOL 98 69 5 LE 12 I I 9 8 n oelnigH s 9e vie 822 ele 961 081 v9t eet 00 78 99 29 96 02 t 1 P L a tre 2 S61 611 tor SIL 66 8 19 19 se 61 t 90234 s of S O HA 922 072 61 Jii 291 9vt oet 86 28 99 08 te 8r a T a ie Ez 602 61 191 T SW 621 iii 16 18 59 6 ee ri T diy 1 i Ove 722 802 261 001 get eit 96 98 79 Br e 91 0 ue 91 140 0 d a a V 6 8 L 9 S v t 4 T 0 562 662 622 2 161 ST 651 56 6L 9 17 1g St 52 862 222 902 061 891 evt ott v6 8L 29 97 o vl FA g lF qQ lt Lee Tee 502 681 LST WI Set 601 6 LL 19 Sv 62 in FE 2 8 eju 252 982 022 02 981 et 95 vel 801 26 9L 09 vv 82 21 m 59 157 gt 152 962 612 02 n 991 661 21 16 SL 64 gr IL 3 v Xl 052 72 812 202 981 97 eet 901 06 vL 8s eV 92 or a s z EC Z f x 6 2 662 102 681 691 est Tet SOT 68 L 45 Iv 52 6 ESTE SETS EO A ThA 1 6 Bre 262 912 002 891 291 961 1 vr 98 21 95 0 ve aly 8 2 Tee
147. 552 682 22 10 161 Sit 6ST Let ut 56 6L 9 n 1e 1 bi glo Ol alx 952 BEZ 222 904 061 vl 8S1 zot 921 ott v6 8L 29 9v 06 v JL ajf Q lt vt ESZ y 122 502 681 eT LST iv Set 601 6 m T9 9 62 lt z meet 292 922 022 702 881 ett 951 Ort vel got 26 94 09 82 et 1 1 gt 7 6 152 See 612 502 Sst 6 1 621 LOT 16 SL 66 ey 4E IE wl Ag T I Pi PE 9 052 14 812 202 98t 041 ST eet 901 06 vL 96 2 92 OL l lli lel zi filz e 6 102 581 691 est Ter 901 68 L 18 152 6 1 L Fi t a r e6 O 2 252 912 002 891 est 9et OZI 98 24 96 ov 8 3 L X H S8 Lye Te 912 661 81 191 IST Set 611 eor 18 u 95 6 2 F4 in 6 mio 9 082 vto 861 991 OST vel git ZOT 98 04 HS 8e 22 9 111154 fl elol ol sity 622 ete 161 S91 61 101 5 69 es 18 12 Li E sie 822 ete 961 081 91 BHI eet 901 8 89 eS 9g 0c Jixi3i bi 8 tre Lee Hn 661 41 eo Tel SIL 66 ee 19 19 61 1111141 1101 5 eve 922 02 vet 291 9vt 0981 vll 96 28 99 06 ve gt 2 z I L H o g a qd we 5 2 602 261 Lt 191 Srt 621 16 18 99 6v 1 pt 191217 alo ove veo 902 261
148. 58 eye 922 012 761 8 1 291 OT vi 96 18 99 05 8r e 2 I 4 4 We 522 602 61 191 Sel 621 16 18 99 6v 1 Fig r T nunjbejlowviriilsg e Ove vee 9802 261 911 991 get 96 08 v9 gv et 91 0 Z 4 2 a WT 6 8 L 9 S Y t 0 26 amp ueuueo 97 7 27 Chapter 7 Emulation 552 682 22 102 161 SLT 6ST Let TIT 96 6L 9 ni ST L Ul al 4 52 82 22 902 061 til evt 91 v6 BL 29 9 9 1 4 rp gt ol Ni lt j co ef e 552 5 122 502 681 LST 1528 Sel 601 6 LL 19 oy 62 1 pm 1 2191 3 292 92 02 02 881 951 01 vel 801 26 91 09 22 82 21 J 4 u o W gt nu 152 Ste 612 02 431 ut 51 61 eet LOT 16 SL 68 ey 052 872 202 981 st eT 221 901 06 89 ev 92 OT Jolia ll ale 21 6 2 62 Le 102 Set 691 est 181 Tet SOL 68 tL 18 i 62 6 elelr 1 L 1Q 2 T A I 6 QN 2 912 002 v8 891 291 9t 041 wor 98 24 9S or ve 8 of a 61 lt Lee Te Fini 661 81 191 191 Set 61 01 18 14 99 EZ 1 Li s ore 2 vio 86
149. 6B 1B 28 73 3642 Yes Yes Yes Yes Ultra Black 57 1B 28 73 3742 Yes Primary Typeface Family Typeface Albertus ESC s4362T 1B28733431 Yes Yes Yes Yes Family 36 32 54 Antique Olive ESC s4168T 1B 28 73 3431 Yes Yes Yes Yes 36 38 54 Clarendon ESC s4140T 1B 28 73 3431 Yes Yes Yes Yes 34 30 54 Coronet ESC s4116T 1B 28 73 3431 Yes Yes Yes Yes 31 36 54 Courier ESC s3T 1B 28 73 33 54 Yes Yes Yes Yes GW Kai ESC s37357T 1B 28733337 Yes Yes Yes Yes 33 35 37 54 Courier ESC s4099T 1B 28 73 3430 Yes Yes Yes Yes 39 39 54 ITC Zapf ESC s4141T 28 73 3431 Yes Yes Yes Yes Dingbats 34 31 54 Garamond ESC s4197T 1B 28 73 3431 Yes Yes Yes Yes Antiqua 39 37 54 Letter Gothic ESC s4102T 28 73 3431 Yes Yes Yes Yes 30 32 54 LinePrinter ESC s0T 28 733054 Yes Yes Yes Yes Marigold ESC s4297T 1B 28 733432 Yes Yes Yes Yes 39 37 54 CG Omega ESC s41I3T 1B28733431 Yes Yes Yes Yes 3133 54 CG Times ESC s4101T 1B28733431 Yes Yes Yes Yes 303154 Univers ESC s4148T 1B 28 73343 Yes Yes Yes Yes 34 38 54 Arial 5 5166027 1 28733136 Yes Yes Yes Yes 36 30 32 54 7 55 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 56 Table 7 24 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 8 of 16 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal Desk Floor Desk Floor Value toptype type toptype type B amp W B amp W Color Color MS Mincho ESC s28752T 1B 28733238 Yes Yes Yes Yes 37 35 32 54 MS Gothic ESC
150. 79 x 639 0 16 12 0 1 8 3 54 x 8 666 255 x 623 Custom 11 7x 17 7 842x 1274 0 11 8 0 11 8 11 47 x 17 47 826 x 1258 a For A3 ledger models b For A4 letter models Numerics 16 bit word 4 13 A Absolute coordinates 2 19 Absolute position 2 2 Arc 2 10 path mode drawing 2 24 B Baseline 1 8 Beveled line join 2 21 B zier curve 2 26 Binary number 2 13 4 13 Bitimage 2 34 Bitmap font 4 6 Bitmap fonts 1 6 4 6 block 2 10 Box 2 6 Butt cap 2 20 C Cartesian X Y coordinates 2 5 Case 1 12 exception 1 13 Cassette size 1 4 Character cells 1 8 Character path 2 33 Character set KC GL 7 97 Character spacing 1 8 Character string 1 11 Check digit 5 2 Circle 2 9 Clipping a path 2 16 Clipping path 2 32 basic concept 1 9 Clipping rectangle 2 32 Closed path 2 29 Command name 1 4 Command parameter angle parameter 1 11 character string 1 11 numeric parameter 1 10 special parameters 1 13 Complex curves 2 26 Compressing raster data 2 34 Index Compression SENT 4 8 Control byte 2 34 Control codes Diablo 630 7 14 Epson LQ 850 7 24 HP LaserJet series 7 49 IBM Proprinter 7 6 Coordinates 1 7 1 9 2 2 Creating new symbols 4 12 Current path 2 18 Current position 1 7 Cursor 1 7 Cursor position 2 2 Curved line 2 16 Curves drawing in path mode 2 24 D Dash pattern 2 23 defining 2 23 user defined 2 23 Dash type 2 22 Dashed line 2 22 Decimal place 1 11 Default fon
151. 8 16 6t t 11714 11921 1 2 9 922 012 761 291 OFT Di vil 86 28 99 09 ve 9t 2 2 4 2 4 1 Tre 922 602 861 Lt 191 Stl 621 16 18 59 6v ee 4 4 MS 1912 T bl el One yee 802 261 911 09t vrl get Hii 96 08 v9 2 91 0 ih 2 5 4d es a gjo 8 1 a a 6 8 L 9 S Y t T 0 87 z y4euueg 01 7 30 Epson LQ 850 Emulation Mode 5 862 4 73 102 161 6ST e 96 6L t9 t Te St 2 5 U T V 862 222 902 061 1 9st evi 921 ott v6 BL 9 oe Fle lt 5 16 122 904 681 dst Set 601 t6 dL 19 Sv 62 1 292 962 0 702 887 ett 991 vet 801 Z6 91 09 vv 82 21 J 4 gt 160 Stc 612 0 851 23 eei LOT 16 SL 68 tv TT L L x I 9 a A o E NUN NO 052 812 202 981 ot vst ger eel 901 06 vL 85 ev 92 OL lt 4 il a ea 2 eee rin 102 Set 691 est Tet SOT 68 tL 18 152 6 lol ri iF 192 FTFIA I 6 Bre etc 912 002 781 991 291 9 021 01 88 94 ov ve 8 o 1 6 4 xX ul x H 8 QJ Lee 152 siz 661 191 Set 611 Eor 18 u 95 68 z 1 144 972 02 861 281 991 051 vtt i
152. 9 091 vv get eu 96 0g 9 gv 2 9t 0 151514 al d a 6 8 L 9 S Y t c X 0 29 98 2d 7 11 Chapter 7 Emulation Diablo 630 Emulation Mode 2 7 12 To set the power up emulation for Diablo 630 send the printing system the following PRESCRIBE command sequence P1 2 FRPO P3 1 EXIT The Diablo uses ten symbol sets as shown below To select one of these symbol sets use the INTL command or the operator panel keys Permanent setting of the symbol set is made with the FRPO U6 and U7 parameters The factory setting for the symbol set at power up is IBM PC 8 for all emulation modes Table 7 7 Diablo 630 Emulation Symbol Sets Symbol set Message display FRPO commands US DIABLO US FRPO U6 0 FRPO U7 2 France DIABLO France FRPO U6 1 FRPO U7 2 Germany DIABLO Germany FRPO U6 2 FRPO U7 2 UK DIABLO U K FRPO U6 3 FRPO U7 2 Denmark DIABLO Denmark FRPO U6 4 FRPO U7 2 Sweden DIABLO Sweden FRPO U6 5 FRPO U7 2 Italy DIABLO Italy FRPO U6 6 FRPO U7 2 Spain DIABLO Spain FRPO U6 7 FRPO U7 2 Japan DIABLO Japan FRPO U6 8 FRPO U7 2 US Legal US Legal FRPO U6 9 FRPO U7 2 00 03 parameters of the FRPO command will be ignored in the Diablo emulation The line and character spacing are always 6 lines and 10 characters per inch at power up and af
153. 9 6v a 1 ulg N WiFi ty Dye PEU ove vee 902 261 091 vel 921 Hii 96 08 v9 gv 26 9t 0 Jala o V a 6 8 L 9 Y t 0 N6L SwopulM 552 6 2 73 102 161 91 6ST 56 6L t9 ly 16 St amp LI is Tes 792 gee 222 902 061 vu 9st evt 188 6 BL 29 9v 0 vt Z I Z I i u vi NI lt 90 18 122 902 681 edt 151 Set 601 6 m 19 Sv 62 Z XZ3 tu IW 252 982 022 702 88t et 951 vel 801 26 9L 09 92 lt 4 n 5 gt 152 Gee 612 02 181 561 eet 101 16 SL 65 TE gt J gt Ffal lal 052 yee 202 981 TSl BET 221 901 06 vL 85 e 94 OL Z i Z 58 Z f Zz f i 62 eee 1 102 Sgt 691 EVI Let Tet SOT 68 eL Lg 2 92 6 19 2 a i O m A 16 etc 912 002 vel 891 est 9er 021 01 98 21 95 ov h Al a X UXIH 8 162 Sic 661 EBT LOT 191 Set 611 0t 18 99 68 52 1 9 94D Lu 9 062 vc 861 99t OST vel BIL eot 98 OL BE 22 9 4 1 D i F Al al 9 79 622 ele 161 181 691 6v eet Aa 101 98 69 6 18 a n In en S LZ 822 212 961 OST 91 348 261 OTL 001 v8 89 29 9 9 v i ere Lee Tle 561 641 9t Tet SIT 66 19 1S se 61 912 0 2 e Fl 561215101
154. 91 OST vet BIT 201 98 OL 9t 22 9 A J3 A 4 9 5 92 622 Din 161 s91 6vl 33 LIL 101 69 tS 18 12 9 XI 9 5 nieln uls 4 822 elo 961 081 91 eet OTT 001 v8 89 28 9 02 v bleg eo gag D 2 S61 64 91 Tet 66 t8 19 Tg S 61 e ee eve 922 02 761 8L 21 971 oet vll 96 28 99 05 ve 9r H e EP ue X qua jz u We See 602 61 1 191 621 16 18 9 6v t 4 1 diyie siVv S EL 0 voc 802 261 911 091 vel 821 el 96 08 v9 ev e 91 0 gl d 8 0 8 a a 2 a Ww 6 8 L 9 S v t 0 esz ureds 014210 552 662 22 10 161 SIT 661 Lei TH 96 6L 9 t St Aig 752 gez 222 902 061 vt 8st ev 921 OIL v6 BL 29 9v 0t Yl F Agl QF IE E INIS 0 652 162 122 902 681 Tii 151 Wt Set 601 6 LL 19 Sy 62 252 9 2 022 02 881 ett 951 vel 801 26 9L 09 vv 82 el 4 gs 39 2 Due gt 152 92 612 02 181 ut SST 681 cl LOT 16 SL 68 er n 4 gt S AE 9X ol Mi tft 052 vee 812 202 981 51 ger 221 901 06 vL 89 ev 92 ot 2 595029 z Ciz Es 6v na 102 Sgt 691 esT P 121 SOT 68 tL 4S i 92 6 e Elie oP 6 872 eec 912 002 781 891 24 9 21 toT 88 eL 95 0 X u X H 8 na Te 972 661 81 91 1ST Set 611 00 18 u 85 68 c L m 5 972 062 i 861 91 991 097 vel 8t
155. 912 002 vel 99r 291 91 oet vot 88 24 96 Ov ve 8 ol amp l a E A4 o x uxiH 8 QI Lye 152 912 661 191 Ist Sel 611 80 18 IL 86 6 tc L 1141 9 2 062 Li 861 281 991 OST vel 201 98 0L 5 ee ec 9 1 l 0 v 3 A 4 9 9 13 622 ele 161 SOT 6vl eel TOL 58 69 es n Te 5 ojd 4 FIN ele mr ef a a o 14 822 212 961 081 91 281 OT 001 78 89 26 9e 2 J a a Fle gt 5 ere 122 12 961 611 91 n SIT 66 ee 19 TS 61 t Li il n oe 9e sijo s o e 2 922 012 v6l 841 291 91 091 Lii 86 28 99 05 ve gt e i 4 Tre 922 602 61 LL 191 Sel 621 16 18 9 6t t 44 1 21 Figi r E e5 bejov ir i sje Ove vee 902 261 091 get eil 96 08 v9 9v 26 9 9 d n 8 E a Ww 6 8 L 9 S t 2 T 0 ureds 91 ozz 01 7 28 Chapter 7 Emulation 852 682 622 102 161 SLI 6ST ra ut 6 6L 9 i Te St L 2 5 Ua 21 752 BEZ 222 902 061 714 8st evt 921 OIL v6 BL 29 9 0 vU a Ii Fr gt ul gliolu Qin lt lg ESZ n 122 902 681 191 lvl Sei 601 6 T9 Sv 62 er um z 9 r 4 I uy HY 2 2 9 2 022 704 881 ett 961 Ort vel 801 26 94 09 22 82 et 4 u o Midj gt nM ISZ Er 612 02 181 ut S
156. 912 661 81 LOT 181 Ser 611 501 18 u 99 6 2 Pe L ejh tle 972 062 12 861 281 991 rii vel git 201 98 04 os ge FI 9 5 E n H ux no 4 LOB Syo 622 161 691 691 eel TOL 8 69 eg 4E 12 a 6 gig 822 ore 961 081 OT get eel OIL 001 v8 89 26 9t 02 t I Pl Lia tiS bie ere Lee 112 561 6 1 91 SIT 66 8 19 16 Se 61 121114 lala I 8 9 S O e eve 92 012 Y6l 841 291 9 0er v 96 28 99 0 ve gt 2 0d 4 Lj a s auac tje 192 522 602 61 Ll 19 621 16 18 9 6v ee F g oloo a il le Ove vee 802 261 911 091 wI get eit 96 08 9 ay 2 91 0 4 400 a a 6 8 L 9 S L4 t 4 T 0 8 2d 992 682 EZ 102 161 6ST pai 56 61 9 a Te ST F uJ IN O 92 862 222 902 061 viU 861 9et 144 6 BL 29 9v 0t 1 I LIN lt 652 152 2 902 681 eL 197 Set 601 t6 LL T9 Sv 62 l gab ung ju SJN 2 982 022 702 881 21 961 ovt vel 801 26 91 09 22 82 lt e HF gli WES 152 962 672 602 181 ut 861 6tt 154 LOT 16 SL 69 ev gj I I 1 052 veo gie 202 981 ot vSl BEL 221 901 06 vL 85 ev 92 OL z ZI 6 rua 102 981 691 est n Tet SOT 68 tL 15 Ww 52 6 neni 16
157. B4 25 7x36 4 728x1032 0 42 12 0 35 10 24 83 35 70 704x 1012 A4 21 0x29 7 595x842 0 42 12 0 35 10 20 14 28 99 571 x 822 A4 Small 21 0x29 7 595x842 0 875 25 0 875 25 19 22 x 27 94 545 x 792 AS 14 8x21 0 421x595 0 42 12 0 35 10 14 x 20 28 397 x 575 A6 10 5x14 8 297x421 0 42 12 0 35 10 9 63 14 14 273x 401 B5 18 2x25 7 516x729 0 74 21 0 35 10 16 72x 25 01 474 x 709 B6 12 8x18 2 364x516 0 42 12 0 35 10 11 99 x 17 49 340 x 496 Int DL 11 0x22 0 312x624 0 42 12 0 35 10 10 16x21 3 288x604 Int B5 17 6x25 0 499x 708 0 42 12 0 42 12 16 75 x 24 13 475 684 Int C4 229 324 649x919 0 42 12 0 35 10 22 0x31 7 625 899 Int C5 16 2x22 9 459x649 0 42 12 0 35 10 15 34 x 22 18 435 x 629 Double postcard 14 8x20 0 421 x 595b 0 42 12 0 49 14 14 00 x 20 00 397 x 567 420 x 5674 0 35 10 0 35 10 14 11 x 19 30 400 x 547 Postcard 10x 14 8 297 x 4215 0 46 13 0 35 10 9 56 x 14 14 271x401 283 x 420 0 35 10 0 35 10 9 28 x 14 11 263 x 400 Ledger 11x17 792 x 1224 0 16 12 0 11 8 10 68 16 78 768 1208 Legal 8 5x14 612 x 1008 0 16 12 0 1 8 8 18x 13 78 588 x 992 Letter 8 5x 11 612 x 792 016 12 0 1 8 8 18 x 10 78 588 x 776 Ltr Small 8 5 11 612 x 792 0 35 25 0 35 25 7 8 x 10 3 562x 742 Executive 7 25x 10 5 522x756 0 16 12 0 11 8 6 93 x 10 28 498 x 740 Com 10 4 125x9 5 297 x 684 016 12 0 1 8 3 79x 9 28 273 x 668 Monarch 3 875x 7 5 279x540 0 16 12 0 11 8 3 555 x 7 28 255 x 524 Com 6 3 625x6 5 261 x 468 0 16 12 0 1 8 3 29x6 28 237x452 Com 9 3 875 x 8 875 2
158. BE tray numbers MP tray tray 1 tray 1 tray 1 tray 1 tray 1 tray 1 99 EF 1 UF 1 bool setdefaulttrayswitch Set the default paper tray switch true Autocass false Autocass off defaulttrayswitch bool Get default paper tray switch true Autocass false Autocass off bool settrayswitch Set the current paper tray switch true Autocass false Autocass off trayswitch bool Get the current paper tray switch true Autocass false Autocass off 4 Find tray containing A4 size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for A4 size paper 5 Find tray containing A5 size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for A5 size paper Find tray containing A6 size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for A6 size paper bStray Find tray containing BS size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for BS size paper b6tray Find tray containing B6 size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for B6 size paper legaltray Find tray containing legal size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for legal size paper lettertray Find tray containing letter size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for letter size paper executivetray Find tray containing executive size paper se
159. Boldltalic CGOmega Italic CGTimes CGTimes Bold CGrTimes Boldltalic CGTimes Italic 44 Font Name Clarendon Condensed Bold Coronet Courier Courier Bold Courier BoldOblique Courier Oblique CourierPCL CourierPCL Bd CourierPCL BoldlItalic CourierPCL Italic Garamond Antiqua Garamond Halbfett Garamond Kursiv Garamond KursivHalbfett Helvetica Helvetica Bold Helvetica BoldOblique Helvetica Narrow Helvetica Narrow Bold Helvetica Narrow BoldOblique Helvetica Narrow Oblique Helvetica Oblique LetterGothic LetterGothic Bold LetterGothic Italic Marigold NewCenturySchlbk Bold NewCenturySchlbk BoldlItalic NewCenturySchlbk Italic NewCenturySchlbk Roman Palatino Bold Palatino BoldlItalic Palatino Italic Palatino Roman Symbol Symbol MT Times Bold Times BoldlItalic Times Italic Times Roman TimesNewRoman TimesNewRoman Bold TimesNewRoman BoldlItalic TimesNewRoman Italic Univers Bold Univers Boldltalic Univers Condensed Bold Univers Condensed Boldltalic 4 5 Chapter 4 Fonts 4 6 Font Name Univers Condensed Medium Univers Condensed Mediumltalic Univers Medium Univers Mediumltalic Wingdings Regular ZapfChancery Mediumltalic ZapfDingbats Substituting a Bitmap Font The printing system does not contain any bitmap fonts except LinePrinterBM8 5 Roman If the printing system receives a request for the bitmap fonts that the previous lineups of the printers supported tabled on page 4 4 a scalable font is substituted
160. C t75R 1B 2 743735 Yes Yes Yes Yes Resolution 52 100 dots inch ESC t100R 1 2 743130 Yes Yes Yes Yes 30 52 150 dots inch ESC t150R 1B2A 743135 Yes Yes Yes Yes 30 52 200 dots inch ESC t200R 1B 2A 743230 No Yes Yes Yes 30 52 300 dots inch ESC t300R 1B 2 743330 Yes Yes Yes Yes 30 52 600 dots inch ESC t600R 1B2A 743630 Yes Yes Yes 30 52 Orientation Raster Graphics Raster Follows ESC r0F 2 723046 Yes Yes Yes Yes Graphics orientation Presentation Follows ESC r3F 1B 2A 723346 Yes Yes Yes Yes physical page Start Raster Left Raster ESC r0A 1B 2 723041 Yes Yes Yes Yes Graphics Graphics Margin Current ESC rlA 1 2 723141 Yes Yes Yes Yes Cursor Scale mode ESC r2A 1B2A 723241 No No Yes Yes logical left page boundary Scale mode ESC r3A 1B 2A 723342 No No Yes Yes at CAP Raster Y of Raster ESC b Y 1B 2A 62 fi Yes Yes Yes Yes Offset Lines of 59 vertical movement Set Raster Unencoded ESC b0M 1B2A62304D Yes Yes Yes Yes Compression Run Length ESC bIM 1B2A62314D Yes Yes Yes Yes Mode Encoded Tagged Image ESC b2M 1B2A62324D Yes Yes Yes Yes File Format Delta Row ESC b3M 1B2A62334D Yes Yes Yes Yes Adaptive ESC b5M 1B2A62354D Yes Yes Yes Yes compression Replacement ESC b9M 1B2A98394D Yes Yes Yes Yes Delta Row HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 Table 7 24 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 11 of 16 Funct
161. EF 4 lee 912 661 eal 191 TST Set 611 01 18 TE 6 1 45 el 972 062 vu 861 291 991 Ost vel 8tt 201 98 0L v8 9e 22 9 spar LE AL em s 59 622 ele 461 181 591 671 eet 101 98 69 tS 18 9 le d t F jNj Oe e n e n 83 S 2 272 74 212 961 081 91 261 OIL 001 v8 99 25 9 v Jia Xp s cm es s gm ero Lee 112 861 6 91 Tel Sii 66 8 19 61 111114 1121 9 ere 922 072 761 8 1 291 91 081 yu 86 28 99 05 ve aL e 4 Te 922 602 60 191 621 elt 16 18 9 67 ni F amp b ejo vT i g e 0 2 voc 802 261 911 091 vrl 821 eu 96 08 v9 a7 2 91 0 E 9 6 8 L 9 S Y T 0 951 97 21 eoueuy une 7 31 Chapter 7 Emulation 952 682 73 102 161 Si 681 e ut 6 64 9 1 Te St EX ole Ulm T fy uo O0 amp 5 2 882 222 902 061 vl 9st 921 OT 76 84 2 9 0 vl gt ir ynuniN s 3 9 92 182 122 502 681 yaa LST Ter Set 601 6 LL 19 Sy 62 1 1 91 m E 982 022 702 881 edt 9S1 vet 801 26 91 09 17 21 1 1 m gt 152 982 612 902 181 SST get LOT 16 SL 68 er It ib kk x I 19
162. GPAT command The source image is any raster graphics image standard mode graphic lines or shapes produced by filling or stroking a path or text printed using any bitmap or scalable font The manner in which white bits in the pattern and source image are processed varies according to the transparency mode There are two transparency modes the source transparency mode and the pattern transparency mode When the source transparency mode is 0 transparent white bits in the source image have no effect on the destination image when the source transparency mode is opaque white bits in the source image are applied to the destination image Similarly when the pattern transparency mode is 0 transparent white bits in the pattern do not affect the destination image but the area of the source image replaced by the pat tern dots is applied to the destination image when the pattern transparency mode is opaque The figure on the next page illustrates the results that are obtained by printing images using image modes that is using different combinations of source and pattern transpar ency modes Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial Figure 2 38 Image Models Source transparency mode 0 transparent Pattern transparency mode 0 transparent Source transparency mode 0 transparent Pattern transparency mode 1 opaque 4 Source transparency mode 1 opaque Pattern transparency mode 0 transparent h
163. Job control Number of copies 1 Page control Cassette Upper R4 Orientation Portrait C1 Paper size Installed tray size R2 VMI 6 Ipi UO U1 HMI 10 cpi Top margin 50 dots Text length Paper size 1 2 inch top 1 2 inch bottom Left margin Left logical Right margin Right logical Perforation skip On Line termination CR CR LF LF FF FF Fonts Font Courier Symbol set IBM PC 8 U6 U7 Underline mode Off Font management Font id 0 Character code 0 Raster graphics Raster graphics resolution 75 Rectangular area fill Horizontal rectangle size 0 Vertical rectangle size 0 Area fill id 0 Macro Macro id 0 Troubleshooting command End of line wrap Off Display functions Off LaserJet PJL The HP LaserJet emulation loads a Printer Job Language PJL that controls communica tion between the printing system and the system The PJL works for both KPDL and HP LaserJet emulations It enables the user to change some default states but more impor tantly allows current printing system states to be communicated back to the host system The Kyocera printing systems described in this manual support only a subset of the HP PJL commands To check supported PJL features see the table that follows Table 7 22 Supported PJL Commands Command Group Command Description Kernel Commands Universal Exit Language UEL Exits current printer language and returns cont
164. Kk Wm nj la a si vee 822 961 081 791 grt eet 91 0901 ve 89 26 9 02 v 19 er 122 51 611 91 SIT 66 8 19 16 Eri 61 t 9 Z II F 6121519 t evo 922 072 v6l 8 1 291 OFT OET vU 96 28 99 05 ve gt 2 9 8 ql el Tre 522 602 61 LL 191 Set 621 16 l8 59 6v t 2 b ej viri Ore yee 802 261 941 091 vel get 96 08 v9 97 26 91 0 31e 0 d a 2 a g 6 8 L 9 Y t T 0 LSO9 YSSN NZL 49919 OSI 7 86 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 952 682 102 161 Sit 6ST eri ut 6 64 9 ly 1 ST Ula L s uig uoo amp 952 862 222 902 061 1 861 921 ott v6 84 29 9v 08 vU 3 aL jor o u JL alol IN lt 7 2 Le 122 902 681 11 91 S21 601 6 19 oy 62 l ey 2 982 02 v0c ger ell 9ST Ovi vel got 26 9 09 vv 82 2 W axequilir1 1i 182 See 612 02 181 Sst 6t 21 LOT 16 SL 66 v u IL x13 e 052 vez 812 20 98 041 VST 221 907 06 vL 84 ev 92 0t Olt a alala zi r 9 eee yard 102 681 691 est Let TEL S01 68 eL 1S Ww Sec 6 d 16 174 eec 912 002 yet 891 E 961 021 01 88 24 95 0 ve 8 Lye 162
165. L symbol set coding See page 7 37 Code set at powerupin U7 daisywheel emulation 0 Same as the default emulation mode Pl 0 1 IBM 2 Daisywheel 3 HP Roman US ASCII 4 Sameas3 5 EpsonLQ 850 6 HP Roman 8 qu 99 HP PCL symbol set coding See page 7 37 Font pitch for fixed U8 Integer value in cpi 0 99 10 pitch scalable fonts 709 Fraction value in 1 100 cpi 0 99 0 Font height for the vo Integer value in 100 points 0 9 0 default scalable font yj Integer value in points 0 99 12 V2 Fraction value in 1 100 points 0 25 50 75 0 Default scalable font V3 Name of typeface of up to 32 characters enclosed with single or double quotation marks Ignored in some emulation modes For models supporting A3 and ledger size paper Characters higher than 127 are printed regardless of the C8 value However setting C8 to 0 does not print character code 160 P4 P5 Automatic Emulation Switching The FRPO P4 command establishes Automatic Emulation Switching AES between KPDL and the alternative emulation With the P4 value of 1 the printing system will switch from KPDL emulation to non KPDL emulation or vice versa Switching is triggered by the command specified by the FRPO P7 value The FRPO P5 value specifies the alternative emulation to which the printing system switches from KPDL The factory default for P5 is the HP LaserJet The automatic emulation switching mode may n
166. O 57 China 2K 75 75 ISO 17 Spain 2S 83 83 50 ISO 2 IRV 2U 85 85 50 ISO 10 Sweden 35 115 15 51 ISO 16 Portugal 45 147 47 51 Roman 9 4U 179 79 51 ISO 84 Portugal 55 179 79 51 ISO 85 Spain 6S 211 11 52 PCSet 1 8Q 273 73 52 HP Roman 8 8U 277 77 52 PC Extension 9Q 305 5 53 IBM PC 8 10U 341 41 53 IBM PC 8 D N 110 373 73 53 IBM PC 850 12U 405 5 54 PC 858 13U 437 37 54 Symbol Sets for Scalable Fonts The following table lists symbol set support for resident scalable fonts To power up the printing system in one of these symbol set use the following FRPO U6 and U7 values Table 7 17 Symbol Sets for Scalable Fonts Sheet 1 of 2 Symbol Set HP Symbol Set ID Value FRPO U6 Value FRPO U7 Value ISO 60 Norway OD 4 4 50 ISO 15 Italian 01 9 9 ECMA 94 Latin 1 ON 14 14 ISO 11 Sweden 0S 19 19 ISO 6 ASCII 00 21 21 ISO 4 U K 1E 37 37 ISO 69 France 1F 38 38 ISO 21 Germany 1G 39 39 US Legal 1U 53 53 ISO Latin 2 2N 78 78 ISO 17 Spain 2S 83 83 7 38 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 Table 7 17 Symbol Sets for Scalable Fonts Sheet 2 of 2 Symbol Set HP Symbol Set ID Value FRPO U6 Value FRPO U7 Value PC Cyrillic 3R 114 14 51 PS math 5M 173 73 ISO Latin 5 5N 174 74 Windows Latin5 ST
167. OFF 1B 34 Yes ESC 5 Forward printing mode 1B 35 Yes ESC 6 Backward printing mode 1B 36 Yes ESC 7 Print suppression 1B 37 5 8 Clear horizontal tab at current position 1B 38 Yes ESC 9 Set left margin at current position 1B 39 Yes lt Reverse printing mode 3C ESC gt Reverse printing mode OFF 5 Auto center IB3D ESC Auto carriage return ON Yes ESC Auto carriage return OFF 21 Yes ESCA Alternate font 1 for red ribbon 1 41 Yes ESCB Alternate font 0 for black ribbon 1B 42 Yes ESCC Clear top and bottom margins 43 ESCD Reverse half linefeed 1B 44 Yes ESCE Underline ON 1B 45 Yes ESCG Hyplot ON absolute move 1B 47 ESC G BEL Hyplot ON absolute plot 1B 47 07 ESC L Set bottom margin at current position 4C Yes ESC M Auto justify IB 4D ESCN Restore normal carriage settling time 1B 4E ESCO Bold printing ON 1B4F Yes ESCP Proportional spacing ON 1B 50 Yes ESCQ Proportional spacing OFF IB 51 Yes ESCR Underline OFF 52 Yes ESCS Reset character spacing 1B 53 Yes ESCT Set top margin at current position 1B 54 Yes ESCU Half linefeed IB 55 Yes ESCV Hyplot ON relative move 1B 56 ESC V BEL Hyplot relative plot 1B 56 07 ESC W Shadow printing ON 57 Yes ESC X Bold shadow and underline OFF 58 Yes ESC Y Printwheel spoke 0 character 59 ESCZ Printwheel spoke 95 character 1B 5 7 15 Chapter 7 Emulation
168. OU RR ep eee qr rete qrac eee es 4 2 KP DEAE ONS ios torus rU BU UI e xiv item stud artt 4 4 Substituting a Bitmap Font seis ere e er 4 6 vi iiec 4 7 Font Selection by PRESCRIBE Commands esses 4 7 Placement of Font Commands essssssssssseseseeeeeee nennen nennen nennen nennen ener nennen 4 11 Creation of New Symbols and Characters eene enne enne nennen 4 12 Symbol Set eden E 4 13 International Characters bites ei de Ii te Ue ete eerie 4 14 Selecting HP Symbol Sets Gin eec tret dere ep re pU T Ta E 4 14 Barcodes PDF417 Symbol Description eee ee he ede tede e sese Re E Ee Re ein 5 10 Printing a Two dimensional 2 121 2 2 2 4 0 200441000000000000000000000 00000000000000000004 5 12 Limitations of Two dimensional 2 esses 5 13 Macro PDFA I ee etr ettet ie p oe p ute qd Da tret Edif 5 14 Creating a Macro PDF 417 nne 5 14 Permanent Parameters Interface dependent Parameters 6 2 Interface independent Parameters 120400200 6 5 Emulation Automatic emulation amp
169. Oo w Tl i ove vee 902 261 911 09t Trl 211 96 08 v9 96 9t 0 Q Jala o V a 6 8 L 9 G Y t 0 rz 07 552 62 EZZ 10 161 51 651 TU 56 64 9 Ly Te SI L U m 4 O 2 9 758 BES 222 902 061 714 9st evt 921 ott v6 BL 29 9v oe tl JL m a gt r uwysju Nu 9 182 122 502 681 ell 151 Set 601 6 LL 19 Sv 62 n o T 252 962 022 702 881 21 961 ovi vel 901 26 09 vv 82 el 1 4 m3 9 gt nu 82 See 62 502 191 ut 991 681 gl LOT 16 SL 68 tv IL dt L ANg 9 X V MN 2 n 052 ve 812 202 987 get 21 907 06 vL 85 ev 92 Or F iQ z Cizie i l glu 6t c fi 10 981 691 est Tet S01 88 4S lv 6 1 1 je riy 210a ITF al rie 262 912 002 vel 891 est 9e1 oet vot 98 eL 96 or ve oll a QI na Tee 912 661 EBr 191 Ist Set 611 eor 18 99 68 c 1 0 5 5 M 5 97 082 vie 861 e8t 991 OST vel SIT 201 98 04 22 9 uU JMdili 0 v 3 A 4 9 5 3 5 2 622 ez 161 IST 91 228 tel 101 58 69 eg Le 1e 1 14 14 EIN 5 73 22 961 081 91 261 OTT 001 78 99 25 98 02 t Jee al FH ulel 9 3 P L G T S O I the 122 i 561 611 91 Ll Tel SIL 66 28 19 16 Sg 6t 111114 Il 519 s o
170. P 4 4 SCAP 3 CMNT Sets round caps STR PAGE EXIT Figure 2 17 Printout of SCAP Example Note that the line 1s rendered with round caps rather than with square ones Although square caps is set before constructing the path the line type is changed to round prior to 2 20 Path Mode Graphics stroking the path PRESCRIBE refers to the line cap type when the current path is stroked onto the page rather than while the path is being constructed Therefore the pro gram above renders the line with round caps rather than square ones Line Joins When a path consists of multiple connected line segments the manner in which they are stroked onto the page depends on the current ine join type PRESCRIBE provides four types of line joins These are called beveled mitered round and notched These are illustrated below Figure 2 18 Joins Beveled join Mitered join Round join Notched join The default line join type is beveled With beveled joins connected line segments end with butt caps and the notch at the larger angle between the segments is filled with a tri angle With mitered joins the edges of connected line segments are extended until they meet This type of join is limited by the miter limit explained below With round joins connected line segments are joined with circular caps Notched joins leave a notch at the larger angle between the connected line segments You can switch from the cur
171. PAGE EXIT Figure 2 9 A Filled Arc The ARC command on line 8 of the command sequence draws an arc with an inner radius of 1 centimeter an outer radius of 2 centimeters a starting angle of 0 straight up and an ending angle of 90 degrees The ARC command does not draw a line around the boundary of the filled in area 2 11 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial Defining Fill Patterns With a little work you can construct your own fill patterns You can generate 8 x 8 dot patterns using the FPAT generate Fill PATtern command or 16 x 16 dot patterns using the XPAT generate eXpanded fill PATtern command This section gives examples of both IR RES MZP 1 1 FPAT 16 40 68 130 65 34 20 8 BLK 1 1 PAGE EXIT Line 4 of this command sequence prints a filled block using a fill pattern defined by the FPAT command on line 3 Each of the eight numbers in the FPAT defines one row of an 8 x 8 dot pattern The pat tern follows Figure 2 10 Dot Pattern and a Filled Block For this pattern the numbers across the top indicate the value of each column The num bers down the right side are the sums of the values of columns that contain black dots in that row Once this pattern has been defined by the FPAT command it is used as the fill pattern until printing system parameters are reset with RES another pattern is selected with PAT a different pattern is defined with FPAT or a shade of g
172. Qu N 252 92 022 02 981 9ST OvT vol BOL 26 9L 09 vv 92 ANT gt 182 92 612 02 181 SST LOL 16 SL 68 v r3 05 3 ay P 092 veo 872 20 9gt ST 221 901 06 vL 96 ev 92 OL ga s 8 S 2 F IZ f ct 6vc 102 Sgt 691 st Tel 501 68 eL 16 Tr 6 Om t A I 6 Bre 252 912 002 991 291 987 021 VOL 88 eL 99 0v vc 8 9 20H Lt 162 912 661 191 IST Set 611 gor 18 u e 1 51 121 18 92 062 9 861 81 991 051 vel BIT 201 98 OL vS ee 22 9 1 il 4 4 J Al 912 Soz 622 elc 161 591 etl Tot 58 69 tS Le 14 o oylix neinis s 9e 822 22 961 081 91 grt Zel 00 v8 89 25 9e 02 t oe 9 Bl 12 S61 6 91 Tet SIL 66 8 19 18 61 t 9 0Y 3 512150 4 92 072 761 8 1 91 9 ott vl 96 28 99 05 ve 8t 2 9 1 qA a a Tre See 604 6t ALT 191 Set 621 elt 16 18 59 6v et ri 1 i Ore 22 802 261 911 09t wi 821 96 08 79 8t 26 91 0 d adaOo o A a 6 8 L 9 S Y t T 0 6 6 une OSI 76 00 2 7 80 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6
173. R GUN SGT SEEN OR tots 1 11 Upper and Lowercase Letter Son tet e E P RR RENE PT ERU ae VERTES UE 1 12 Special Parameters er ERE RO ERE B RENE DU ers 1 13 Graphics Tutorial Drawing Lines uk RR Re e e ue I REOR RR ERE SE 2 2 Drawing Boxes and Circles eerte teet eate eo Ta e Re GER re Ne Rs 2 6 Drawing Filled Shapes aniei eer e eet eed ed eee etd 2 9 Path Mode Graphite vss s ps tede ea PEU i etti rei eei 2 16 Path pene E E Ie Ft alah rd ce eite e EO 2 16 Drawing Lines een rie ee hae ire efe EET RR TRU EO eH age hs 2 18 Miter Lamit o eere Readiness 2 21 Drawing Arcs nd Curves eise ape HH t e e s 2 24 Drawing Complex Curves cese eee dene e ob te Re RE e eee 2 26 Closed Paths 2 29 Billed Areas or ee REESE UR RE E Ae oe RE 2 30 Clipping Rectang le 5 nte ot PD B HERE OE re 2 32 Printing with Character Paths eee re E O cette ORT S 2 33 Raster Graphics iecit ode Re ate eite i P p en nde eats 2 34 Raster Data Compression Formats sess eere eene nnne nnne enne 2 34 Commands for Printing Raster Data 1 421 202121 2000 6 4000000000000000000000000000000000000000004 2 35 Printing Raster Data csi ee eee D eH Ue ER UT QU ERES 2 37 Changing the Printing System s Imaging Model sse 2 37 Saving and Restoring the Graphics State sse 2 39 Macros Examples of cue Rau quete tiq dp e E T n ees 3 3 Fonts List ofEonts oro
174. ST 6er cl 16 SL 69 er 4 N 092 veo 912 202 981 221 901 06 89 92 ot 4 4 DEUS LESE 6 2 tte Lie 102 581 691 est 161 121 801 68 7 15 ly 92 6 AT a 972 E 912 002 891 291 961 oet 88 21 96 0v vo 9 o 19 bk 4 19 lye lec 912 661 eet 191 Ist Sel 611 Eor 18 u 95 66 4 1 4 E olol lmi 5 M 5 9 062 vl2 861 281 991 OST vet BIL 201 98 04 22 9 elo 9 9 3 622 2 161 181 591 744 eel TOT 98 69 eg Le 12 9 121 141 Fiyi QO ginjel no a s 2 822 ele 961 08 91 get 261 OIL 001 78 99 eS 9 Y tre lee S61 748 91 ni Tel SIL 66 eg 19 15 56 61 Li 1 d l o o e s eve 922 012 761 841 291 oet vit 86 28 99 05 ve gt e 4 lq alal zin we 922 602 61 LL 191 621 16 18 59 6v ee it 1 19217 ren 4 9 Ove vee 902 261 911 091 get 96 08 v9 9v 9t 0 59 o S d A a 2 9 6 8 L 9 S v t 0 9L AeMION 01 92 662 22 102 161 651 1 96 61 9 ly 1e St Um T b lt 15 752 2 902 061 vU 8st 921 ott 6 94 29 9 oe JL gt 22 d r uy u N 2 97 ESZ 452 122 902 681 LST Set 601 6 m T9 Sv 62 er 9 DS r
175. Source transparency mode 1 opaque Pattern transparency mode 1 opaque 5 h PRESCRIBE establishes the printing system s imaging model with the SIMG Set IMaGe model command This command uses the following format SIMG operation mode operation mode is a number from 1 to 6 that determines the image model as follows Operation mode Source image Pattern 1 Transparent 2 Opaque 2 38 Raster Graphics 3 Transparent Transparent 4 Transparent Opaque 5 Opaque Transparent 6 Opaque Opaque With operation modes 1 and 2 the SIMG command addresses the transparency of the source image only For operation mode 1 the white pixels of the source image do not overlay on the destination For example you cannot pattern a character With operation mode 2 the SIMG command applies the white pixels of the source image onto the desti nation directly The following program example illustrates use of the SIMG command Try changing the value specified for SIMG on line 3 and see the effect on the result the figure on the pre vious page RES UNIT C NEWP SIMG 3 CMNT Try changing this value PMZP 5 15 PMRP 2 2 PDRP Qi 2 250 Op 2 5 2 05 PDRP 2 0 0 2 2 0 0 2 FILL 1 SFNT TimesNewRoman 90 PMRP 1 2 1 GPAT 6 TEXT A FILL 1 Saving and Restoring the Graphics State The graphics state consists of a variety of items that affect
176. XIT When completed this macro will draw a circle after it has been sent to the printing sys tem CALL EXIT If you want circles of different sizes you can make the radius into a so called dummy parameter Dummy parameters in macro definitions are denoted using percent symbols 96 as below MCRO CIRCLE MZP 4 5 5 CIR 1 ENDM EXIT After this definition CALL CIRCLE 1 drawsa one inch circle CALL CIRCLE 2 draws a two inch circle and so on Note the commas are required to separate the macro name from the radius parameter in these CALL statements 3 3 Chapter 3 Macros Example 2 The next in the pre file presents a more ambitious project It makes the graph drawing commands ceding section into a pair of macros to draw multiple graphs This file may help you to better understand the macro creating process The DAM command in the first line is a safety precaution that clears any previous macros out of memory IR RES UNITC DAM MCRO LOCATE SLM 1 STM 22 ENDM MCRO GRAPH UNIT C SPD 0 05 SCS 0 23 0 7 3 TEXT 1 MAP 0 0 BOX 6 7 MAP 0 1 0 5 TEXT Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 0 2 DAP 1 53 DAP 2 4 DAP 3 5 DAP 4 6 DAP 5 7 DAP 6 8 ENDM CALL LOCATE 2 9 CALL GRAPH Temperature 2 5 3 5 1 9 3 0 3 8 2 8 3 3 CALL LOCATE
177. Yes Yes Ledger ESC amp i6A 1B 266C 3641 Yes Yes Yes Yes AS ESC amp 25A 1B 266C 3235 Yes Yes Yes Yes 41 4 ESC amp D26A 1B266C3236 Yes Yes Yes Yes 41 ESC amp 27A 1B 26 6C 3237 Yes Yes Yes Yes 41 JIS B5 amp 45 1B 266C 3435 Yes Yes Yes Yes 41 JIS B4 ESC amp 46A 1B 26 6C 3436 Yes Yes Yes Yes 41 Hagaki ESC amp 71A 1B266C3731 Yes Yes Yes Yes 4 Oufuku ESC amp 72A 1B266C3732 Yes Yes Yes Yes Hagaki 41 YOUKEI 2 ESC amp 2052A 1 26 6C 32 30 Yes Yes Yes Yes 35 3241 YOUKEI 4 ESC amp 2053A 1 26 6C 32 30 Yes Yes Yes Yes 35 33 41 FOLIO ESC amp 2051A 1B266C3230 Yes Yes Yes Yes 353141 STATEMENT ESC amp 2050A 1 266 3230 Yes Yes Yes Yes 35 3041 OFICIO II ESC amp 2033A 1B 26 6C 3230 Yes Yes Yes Yes 33 33 41 7 51 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 52 Table 7 24 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 4 of 16 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal Desk Floor Desk Floor Value toptype type toptype type B amp W B amp W Color Color International ESC amp 100A 1B 266C 3130 Yes Yes Yes Yes 3041 Custom ESC amp 101A 1B 266C 3130 Yes Yes Yes Yes 3141 Monarch ESC amp 80A 1B266C3830 Yes Yes Yes 41 10 ESC amp 81A 1B266C3831 Yes Yes Yes Yes 41 DL ESC amp 90A 1B266C3930 Yes Yes Yes Yes 41 International ESC amp 91A 1B266C3931 Yes Yes Yes Yes 41 Page Length of Lines ESC amp i P 1B 26 6C Yes Yes Yes Yes 050 Orientation
178. Yes Yes Yes Condensed ESC s4S 1B 28 73 3453 Yes Yes Yes Condensed ESC s5S 1B 28 733553 Yes Yes Yes Yes Italic Compressed ESC s8S 28 733853 Yes Yes Yes Yes Extra Condensed Expanded ESC s24S 1B 28 733234 Yes Yes Yes Yes 53 Outline ESC s32S Yes Yes Yes Yes 1B 28 73 33 32 53 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 Table 7 24 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 7 of 16 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal Desk Floor Desk Floor Value toptype type toptype type B amp W B amp W Color Color Inline ESC s64S 1B28733634 Yes Yes Yes Yes 53 Shadowed ESC s128S 1B28733132 Yes Yes Yes Yes 38 53 Outline ESC s160S 1B28 733136 Yes Yes Yes Yes Shadowed 30 53 Stroke Weight Primary Font Ultra Thin ESC s 7B 1B28732D37 Yes Yes Yes Yes Stroke Weight 42 Extra Thin ESC s 6B 1B28732D36 Yes Yes Yes Yes 42 Thin ESC s 5B 1B28732D35 Yes Yes Yes Yes 42 Extra Light ESC s 4B 1B28732D34 Yes Yes Yes Yes 42 Light ESC s 3B 1B28732D33 Yes Yes Yes Yes 42 Demi Light ESC s 2B 1B28732D32 Yes Yes Yes Yes 42 Semi Light ESC s IB 1B28732D31 Yes Yes Yes Yes 42 Medium ESC s0B 1B 28 733042 Yes Yes Yes book or text Semi Bold ESC s1B 1B 28733142 Yes Yes Yes Yes Demi Bold ESC s2B 1B 28733242 Yes Yes Yes Yes Bold ESC s3B 1B 28733342 Yes Yes Yes Yes Extra Bold ESC s4B 1B 28 733442 Yes Yes Yes Yes Black ESC s5B 1B 28733542 Yes Yes Yes Yes Extra Black ESC s
179. ace for the buffered label before printing it length characters linefeeds TERM length The length ofthe longest line in the buffered label in character plot cell spaces characters integer representing the number of printing characters and spaces in the longest line of the buffered label A backspace is counted as 1 whereas character with automatic backspace counts as zero linefeeds integer representing the net number of linefeeds that will occur when the buffered label is drawn An inversed line feed VT counts as 1 and a line feed LF counts as 1 OO Output Options This instruction returns eight ASCII coded integers separated by commas The integers indicate plotter options supported by the printing system as follows 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 TERM Buffer allocation Polygon instruction Arc and circle plotting instructions are supported Pen selection is supported is not down until the paper feeding completes in auto feed mode OP Output P1 and P2 This instruction returns the coordinate values of the current scaling points P1 and P2 The coordinates are given in plotter units by ASCII coded integers as follows Plx Ply P2x P2y TERM 7 105 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 106 OS Output Status This instruction returns an integer from 0 to 255 giving one byte of status information as follows Status ERM The following table describes the individual bits in th
180. ality Prestige Elite 12 cpi This is Letter Quality Courier Proportional IBM PC word processing capabilities include both emphasized and double strike printing superscripts and subscriptsS lt 2 gt underlines overlines DOUBLE WIDE and DOUBLE H TH and even DOUBLE WIDE and DOUBLE HIGH The IBM Proprinter X24E emulation supports embedded commands for double wide double high printing emphasized printing double strike printing superscripts 7 5 Chapter 7 Emulation subscripts underlining backspace vertical and horizontal tabulation line spacing and paper length The font mode set for the IBM Proprinter X24E emulation is 0 the printing system adjusts nothing automatically for font attributes unless you change it by the FTMD command If you do not need exact character spacing you can improve the appearance of some fonts by changing the font mode to 13 FTMD 13 EXIT It should be noted that for FTMD 13 the default Draft Sans serif font will be printed in 12 cpi and the Courier Proportional font will be printed in fixed pitch To use some of the page printing system s other fonts you can select them with font selection commands but a more convenient method is available You can substitute other fonts for the four embedded fonts with SETF SET alternate Font commands This works because the printing system obtains these fonts from the following default values of the SETF command Table 7
181. ame ALTF 7 setting Table 7 12 Epson LQ 850 Fonts Sheet 1 of 2 Font name Character spacing ALTF No Draft Epson Courier 10 cpi Proportional 0 12 cpi 1 15 cpi 7 Condensed 10 cpi 8 Condensed 12 cpi Condensed proportional 9 Epson Roman 10 cpi proportional 2 12 cpi 3 15 cpi 7 Condensed 10 cpi 8 Condensed 12 cpi Condensed proportional 9 Epson Sans Senf 10 cpi 12 cpi proportional 4 15 cpi 5 Condensed 10 cpi 8 Condensed 12 cpi Condensed proportional 9 Epson LQ 650 Emulation Mode 5 Table 7 12 Epson LQ 850 Fonts Sheet 2 of 2 Font name Character spacing ALTF No Epson Prestige 10 cpi 12 cpi Proportional 6 15 cpi 7 Condensed 10 cpi 8 Condensed 12 cpi Condensed proportional 9 You can alter these default SETF assignments to suit your own purposes In the example below four of the SETF assignments are changed to proportional fonts and the font mode is changed to 15 The sample text is then printed by selecting pica for the title elite for the first paragraph compressed for the second paragraph compressed elite for the third paragraph and elite for the last paragraph SETF 0 12 CMNT Draft 10 Swiss721BM12 Bold SETF 1 2 CMNT Draft 12cpi Dutch801BM10 Roman SETF 7 13 CMNT Draft 15 1 Swiss721BM8 Roman SETF 8 14 CMNT Condensed 10 Swiss721BM6 Roman EXIT To select a scalable font for the SETF assignments first ass
182. ameters Table 6 1 Interface dependent Parameters Sheet 1 of 3 Environment Parameter Value Factory setting Top margin Al Integer value in inches 0 A2 Fraction value in 1 100 inches 0 Left margin A3 Integer value in inches 0 4 Fraction value in 1 100 inches 0 Page length 5 Integer value in inches 13 17 A6 Fraction value in 1 100 inches 61 30 P Page width 7 Integer value in inches 13 17 8 Fraction value in 1 100 inches 61 30 Page orientation CI 0 Portrait 1 Landscape 0 Default font No C5 First two digits of power up font 00 C2 Middle two digits of power up font 00 C3 Last two digits of power up font 00 Operation panel C6 0 Not saved at power off 1 settings saving 1 Saved at power off PCL font range C8 0 HP compatibility mode Characters higher 0 than 127 are not printed 32 Conventional mode Characters higher than 127 are printed Supported symbol sets ISO 60 Norway 00D ISO 15 Italian 001 ISO 11 Sweden 00S ISO 6 ASCII 00U ISO 4 U K 01E ISO 69 France 01F ISO 21 Germany 01G ISO 17 Spain 02S Symbol 19M KC GL options GO 0 Mode A formfeed to SPO 0 1 Mode B formfeed to SPO 2 Mode A no formfeed to SPO 3 Mode B no formfeed to SPO 4 Fixed mode A formfeed 5 Fixed mode B formfeed 6 Fixed mode A no formfeed 7 Fixed mode B no formfeed 8 Mode A formfeed 9 Mode B formfeed 10 Mode A no formfeed 11 Mode B no formfee
183. amp 4 1B 26 6C 3444 Yes Yes Yes Yes 6lines inch ESC amp i6D 1B 26 6C 3644 Yes Yes Yes Yes 8 lines inch ESC amp 8D 1B 26 6C 38 44 Yes Yes Yes Yes 12 lines inch ESC amp 12D 1B 266C 3132 Yes Yes Yes Yes 44 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 Table 7 24 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 5 of 16 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal Desk Floor Desk Floor Value toptype type toptype type B amp W B amp W Color Color 16 lines inch ESC amp 16D 1B 266C 3136 Yes Yes Yes 44 24 lines inch ESC amp 24D 1B 26 6C 3234 Yes Yes Yes Yes 44 48 lines inch ESC amp 48D 1B 26 6C 3438 Yes Yes Yes Yes 44 Alphanumeric of bytes ESC amp n W 1B 26 6E Yes Yes Yes Yes ID operation 57 String CURSOR POSITIONING Vertical and Horizontal Vertical of Rows ESC amp a R 1B2661 452 Yes Yes Yes Yes of Dots ESC p Y IB 2A 70 st Yes Yes Yes Yes 59 of ESC amp a V 1B2661 456 Yes Yes Yes Yes Decipoints Horizontal of Columns ESC amp a C 1B 2661 43 Yes Yes Yes Position of Dots ESC p X IB2A70 Yes 58 of ESC amp a H 1B2661 4 48 Yes Yes Yes Yes Decipoints Half Line Feed ESC 1B 3D Yes Yes Yes Yes End of Line Termination Line CR ESC amp k0G 1B 26 6B 3047 Yes Yes Yes Yes Termination LF LF FF FF CR CR LF ESC amp KIG 1B 266B3147 Yes Yes Yes Yes LF LF FF FF CR CR ESC amp k2G 1B 26 6B 3247 Yes Yes Y
184. ample RES UNEI 5 SPD 0 1 MZP 8 8 CIR 1 CIR 2 CIR 3 PAGE EXIT Figure 2 7 Circles Lines 1 2 and 3 start PRESCRIBE mode reset the printing system to its default parame ters establish the unit of measurement as centimeters and set the line width to 0 1 centi meters Next the MZP command moves the cursor to the point that is 8 centimeters to the right of the left edge limit and 8 centimeters below the top edge limit Lines 5 6 and 7 draw three circles with radii of 1 2 and 3 centimeters Drawing Filled Shapes The standard graphics mode provides two types of filled shapes arcs and blocks Such shapes are filled with one of the printing system s predefined patterns or with a user defined pattern Filled areas of other shapes can be printed using path mode graphics For details see the explanation in section Path Mode Graphics on page 16 2 9 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial 2 10 A filled block consists simply of a rectangle of any desired dimensions A filled arc is an area enclosed by an arc segment and the line segments extending from the ends of the arc to the center of the circle of which the arc is a part This section shows how to select a fill pattern and print a filled block or arc Drawing Filled Blocks The following command sequence prints the block shown below IR RES UNIT P MZP 72 72 PAT 6 BLK 72 144 H PAGE EXIT Figure 2 8 A Filled Block
185. angle proc Get current halftone screen currentshared Return the current stroke adjust parameter currentsmoothness num Returns the current arc smoothness Q currentstrokeadjust bool Return the current stroke adjust parameter Q currentsystemparams dict Return current values of all system parameters currenttransfer proc Get current gray transfer function currentundercolorremoval proc Return the under color removal function currentuser params dict Return current values of all user parameters xl yl x2 y2 x3 y3 curveto Create B zier cubic curve from current point to x3 y3 num string cvi int Convert number or string to integer obj cvlit obj Convert object to literal string cvn name Convert string to name num string real Convert number or string to real num radix string CVIS substring Convert number to representation in radix obj string cvs substring Convert object to substring of string obj obj Convert object to executable object key value def Place key and value in current dictionary Table 7 44 KPDL Page Description Operators Sheet 4 of 11 KPDL Operators Preceding stack Operator Result Description matrix defaultmatrix matrix Replace matrix with device default matrix key font definefont font Define font as a font dictionary associated with key key in
186. at happens if you attempt to draw a diagonal line from below the bottom edge limit to a point to the right of the right edge limit when the standard mode logical page is used The fine line represents the line as specified by the user the thick line shows what 1s actually drawn by the printing system With the path mode logical page coordinates are not adjusted even if they fall outside of the edge limits In this case as shown in the lower right page in the preceding figure the line is defined by the specified starting and ending points but parts falling outside ofthe edge limits are clipped Command Parameters Numeric Parameters Many of the PRESCRIBE commands use number values to specify parameters For example numbers are used to specify distances in inches centimeters points or dots Negative numbers are also allowed 1 10 Command Parameters For computer code values beyond four decimal places the fifth and subsequent decimal places are ignored Examples Number output by computer Number used by printing system 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 0 123456 0 1234 Some commands have angle parameters Angles are specified in degrees The printing system does not recognize radians The printing system rounds off all angles to the near est integral degree Only angles in the range from 360 degrees to 360 degrees are recog nized Angles less than 360 degrees are ignored and angles greater than 360 degrees are
187. ates these internally into ALTF commands By placing two SETF commands at the top of a file you can designate any two desired fonts by ribbon color commands Word processing programs that support the LaserJet printer have font description com mands Kyocera printing systems understand these commands You can use them to select any of the fonts in the printing system When you select fonts by selecting your software s own commands your software rec ognizes the command and is not thrown off in its tracking of characters per line or lines per page The IBM Epson and LaserJet emulations support enough embedded com mands to meet nearly all font selection needs Only in the Line Printer emulation must you rely wholly on PRESCRIBE commands for font selection Details on font selection by embedded command appear in Chapter 7 Creation of New Symbols and Characters With a little work it is possible to design completely new bitmap characters by con structing their dot maps This technique can be used to obtain special characters and symbols not provided in any of the symbol sets The relevant command is the LDFC LoaD Font Character command One LDFC command defines one character specifying its font number character code dimensions orientation and bit map An entire new font can be created by specifying an LDFC command for each character The command format appears as follows LDFC font code height width y offset x offset cell wid
188. attern 1 Horiz Line ESC cIG 1B2A633147 Yes Yes Yes Yes 2 Vert Lines ESC c2G 1B2A633247 Yes Yes Yes Yes 3 Diagonal ESC c3G 1B2A633347 Yes Yes Yes Yes Lines 4 Diagonal ESC c4G 2 633447 Yes Yes Yes Yes Lines 5 Square Grid ESC c5G 2A 633547 Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 Diagonal ESC c6G 2A 63 3647 Yes Yes Yes Yes Grid USER DEFINED PATTERN MANAGEMENT CREATION User Defined Delete all ESC c0Q 1B2A 6303051 Yes Yes Yes Yes Pattern patterns Control Delete all ESC cIQ 1B2A6303151 Yes Yes Yes Yes temporary patterns Delete current ESC c2Q 1B2A6303251 Yes Yes Yes Yes pattern Make pattern ESC c4Q 1B2A6303451 Yes Yes Yes Yes temporary Make pattern ESC c5Q 1B2A6303551 Yes Yes Yes Yes permanent Set Pattern Rotate with ESC pOR 2 703052 Yes Yes Yes Yes Reference orientation Point Follow ESC plR 1B2A 703152 Yes Yes Yes Yes physical page MACROS Macro ID MacroID ESC amp f Y 1B2666 59 Yes Yes Yes Yes HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 Table 7 24 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 13 of 16 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal Desk Floor Desk Floor Value toptype type toptype type B amp W B amp W Color Color Macro Control Start ESC amp f0X 1B 26 66 30 58 Yes Yes Yes Yes Definition Stop Macro ESC amp fIX 1B26663158 Yes Yes Yes Yes Definition Execute ESC amp f2X 1B26663258 Yes Yes Yes Yes Macro Call Macro am
189. ble of encoding over a kilobyte of data per label This 18 important for applications where a barcode must be more than merely an identifier an index to reference a database The portable data file approach is well suited to applications where it is impractical to store item information in a database or where the database is not accessible when and where the item s barcode is read Because a PDF417 symbol can store so much data item data such as the content of a shipping manifest or equipment maintenance history can be carried on the item without requiring access to a remote database Encoding data into a PDF417 barcode is a two step process First data is converted into codeword values of 0 928 which represent the data This is high level encoding Then the values are physically represented by particular bar space patterns which is ow level encoding Decoding is the reverse process In addition PDF417 is an error correcting symbology designed for real world applica tions where portions of labels can get destroyed in handling It performs error correction by making calculations if necessary to reconstruct undecoded or corrupted portions of the symbol PDF417 Symbol Description module codeword At first glance a PDF417 symbol looks like a set of stacked barcodes When we look closer to analyze how the symbol is put together there are several key elements These are rows start patterns stop patterns codewords and modules whose
190. box with respect to the cursor depends on the positive or negative value specified for width and height The box 15 drawn to the right of the cursor if width Is positive and to the left of the cursor if width is negative Similarly the box is drawn below the cursor if height is positive and above the cursor if height is negative This relation is illustrated in the figure that follows By default the position of the cursor is not affected by this command However you can also specify an option parameter to make the cursor move to an adjacent or diagonally opposite corner of the box down by one text line or to the left margin on the next text line The following figure shows some examples 2 7 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial Figure 2 6 Cursor Positioning Options BOX 4 2 H Moves the cursor to the horizontally adjacent corner Cursor position BOX 4 2 V Moves the cursor to the vertically adjacent corner _ BOX 4 2 E Moves the cursor to the diagonally opposite corner BOX 4 2 L Moves the cursor down one line _ BOX 4 2 N Moves the cursor to the beginning of the next line to Left margin the left margin 2 8 Drawing Circles The CIR draw circle command draws a circle of a specified radius using the line thick ness set by the SPD set pen diameter command The circle drawn is centered on the current cursor position the position of the cursor remains unaffected See the following ex
191. che CurScreenStorage int Indicate in bytes the memory size used by the current screen CurSourceList int Indicate in bytes the host buffer size used by the current input device CurUPathCache int Indicate in bytes the memory size used by the current user path cache DoAutoContinue bool Turn on off the front panel display when a KPDL error occurs true error display off false error display on DoPrintErrors bool Turn on off error printing when a KPDL error occurs true error print on false error print off DoStartPage bool Indicate whether or notto print status at power on as a bool object true print status false do not print status FactoryDefaults bool Indicate with a boolean object whether to initialize the following parameters at power on true initialize false do not initialize factory default SystemParamsPassword StartJobPassword FactoryDefaults MaxFontCache MaxDisplayList MaxScreenStorage MaxUPathCache MaxPatternCache MaxOutlineCache MaxFormCache FontResourceDir GenericResourceDir GenericResourcePathSep FontResourceDir string Identify the font resource directory on the harddisk Defaults are in fonts GenericResourceDir string Identify the directory for resources other than fonts on the harddisk Defaults are in Resource GenericResource PathSep string Specify the separator character
192. clipping path initgraphics Reset graphics state parameters initmatrix Initialize current transfer matrix x y userpath instroke bool Test pixels in the current path instroke for insideness Table 7 44 KPDL Page Description Operators Sheet 6 of 11 KPDL Operators Preceding stack Operator Result Description y userpath inueofill bool Test the user path on the even userpathl userpath2 inueofill odd rule for insideness y userpath inufill bool Test the user path for insideness userpathl userpath2 inufill X y userpath inustroke y userpath matrix inustroke userpathl userpath2 inustroke bool Test pixels in the user path for userpathl userpath2 inustroke insideness matrix matrix matrix2 invertmatrix matrix2 Replace matrix2 with inverse of matrix ISOLatinl Encoding array Push the ISO Latin 1 encoding vector x y itransform Xy Transform coordinates from device to user space x y matrix itransform Xy Transform coordinates by inverse of matrix dict key known bool Test whether key is in dictionary proc string kshow Print string executing proc between characters languagelevel int Return the language level num stringl le bool Test whether num stringl is less num string2 than or equal to num string2 array length int Get number of elements array dict length int Get number of key value pairs
193. command can be either stroked or filled See the following example RES UNIT P NEWP PAT 26 SFNT Helvetica Bd 54 PMZP 72 144 CPTH xyz FILL 1 PAGE EXIT Figure 2 35 Character Path Line 2 of this program sets the unit to printing system s points 1 point 1 72 inch then the NEWP command on line 3 empties the current path if any making ready for con struction of a new path The PAT command on line 4 selects predefined pattern number 26 as the current fill pattern 2 33 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial Next the SENT Select current FoNT by typeface on line 5 selects Helvetica Bold a scalable outline font as the current font and scales the font to a height of 54 points Use of SENT and other font selection commands are explained more fully in PRESCRIBE Commands Command Reference The PMZP command on line 6 moves the cursor to the point that is 72 points 1 inch from the left edge limit and 2 inches from the top edge limit The CPTH command on line 7 constructs a path using the outline of the characters in the string xyz The cursor is moved to the end of the string Finally the FILL command fills the path with the selected pattern and PAGE prints out the page Raster Graphics 2 34 While the graphics commands of the standard and path modes draw shapes such as lines circles and boxes raster graphics commands specify individual dots to draw images The dot resolution 15
194. cts are available for all five fonts Chapter 7 Emulation 7 22 Figure 7 11 Epson LQ 850 Font Printout This is Draft Epson Courier font 10 cpi and condensed picthes are available This is Epson Roman 10 cpi This is Epson Sans Serif 10 cpi This is Epson Prestige 10 cpi Various LQ 850 word processing capabilities include italicization at the press of a key plus emphasized print and double strike print superscripts 1 and subscripts underlining and overlining strike threugh TDOU EISE wIIIDOE DOUBLE HIGH and even DOUBLE WIDE AND HIGH The five LQ 850 fonts actually use the printing system s resident fonts The font mode in the Epson emulation is 0 The printing system does not automatically adjust character spacing If you do not need exact character spacing you can improve the appearance of these fonts by changing to font mode 13 The printing system generates double wide and double high effects for these emulating fonts To use other printing system fonts select them with font commands FONT SFNT and FSET Since the printing system emulates certain LQ 850 fonts in different spacings by using the same resident font it should be noted that substituting one font will also change the other fonts emulated by that font For example if you change the Draft 15 cpi font which is emulated by the PrestigeEliteBM7 2 Roman font this will also affect the other 15 cpi LQ 850 fonts using the s
195. d 12 Fixed mode A formfeed 13 Fixed mode B formfeed 14 Fixed mode A no formfeed 6 2 Table 6 1 Interface dependent Parameters Sheet 2 of 3 Environment Parameter Value Factory setting 15 Fixed mode B no formfeed KC GL pen width G1 through G8 0 to 99 dot 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Interface release time out J2 0 to 99 in units of 5 seconds 6 KC GL enlarge mode J9 Off 0 A2 1 0 B3 B2 BO Duplex mode N4 Simplex mode 0 Long edge binding Short edge binding Default emulation mode Line Printer 6 IBM Proprinter X24E Diablo 630 Epson LQ 850 HP LaserJet KC GL KPDL Carriage return action P2 Ignores 0x0d 1 Carriage return Carriage return linefeed Linefeed action P3 Ignores 0 1 Linefeed Linefeed carriage return Automatic emulation sensing P4 ep met ees m SS ae ES AES disabled 0 AES enabled Alternative emulation P5 ame as the values except that 9 is ignored 6 HP LJ Automatic emulation switching trigger P7 90 20 QN tA de DS OE Co 9 e Page eject commands 10 None Page eject and Prescribe EXIT Prescribe EXIT Page eject commands Formfeed L Page eject Prescribe EXIT and formfeed Prescribe EXIT and formfeed Page eject commands if AES fails resolves to alternative emulation P5 Non
196. d on the paper P1 and P2 can be moved by an instruction which defines any rectangle independent of the actual paper size The default positions of the scaling points in modes A and B are listed at the end of this section as Coordinate Values Sample KC GL Program The following file draws circles according to the KC GL instructions The result appears in Figure 7 29 on page 103 IN 0 0 400 400 SC0 1 0 1 DT SPI PA10 19 CI 1 PR0 1 CI 2 PR0 2 CI 4 PR0 4 CI 8 PR0 8 SP2 CI1 6 PR0 1 6 CI3 27PR0 73 2 SP8 CT 1 PR 5 5 SP2 CS0 SI 2 3 LBCURSOR SP 1 2 7 102 Initialize plotter P1 and P2 1 cm square Scale user unit 1 cm Select pen 1 Move Draw four circles Select pen 2 Draw two circles Select pen 8 Draw circle Select pen 2 Print label This instruction locates at 0 0 and P2 at 400 400 in plotter units 400 plotter units 1 cm 0 025 mm x 400 ETX End of Text character code 03 is required as a terminator HP 7550A Emulation KC GL Mode 8 Figure 7 29 KC GL Sample Program CURSOR Plotter Status Information When the RS 232C interface is used in addition to receiving data the plotter printing system can return information such as the current pen position pen status and error numbers This return information applies to the following KC GL instructions Instruction Desc
197. dering Source Priority within same priority source 1 Downloaded and LDFC generated fonts Smaller font ID 2 Memory card fonts Top slot bottom slot 3 Resident and optional fonts Alphabetic order Users should note two differences in the source priority of font selection Ordering prior ity 1 uses the original HP method whereby the internal number assigned to a font would be evaluated and the lowest number given the higher priority This method applies to fonts downloaded to the printing system and any LDFC generated fonts Ordering prior ity 3 evaluates the font in alphabetic order This method applies to the resident fonts and the KPDL fonts An FRPO command FRPO C8 can modify this evaluation method by turning off eval uation of either the resident or scalable fonts or KPDL fonts or both The resident scal able fonts are not affected by this FRPO command These fonts were designed by Agfa and observe the alphabetic ordering method used by Agfa Regular and Dark Courier Letter Gothic The stroke weight bolding of Courier and Letter Gothic is changeable between regular and dark The default is regular and matches the Hewlett Packard It can be changed to dark which was the default stroke weight of Courier and Letter Gothic in order Kyocera printing systems by changing the FRPO V9 parameter LaserJet Font Escape Sequences The example below shows an HP font selection escape sequence that selects a LetterGot hic font with fixed pitch 1
198. dmark Expected mark not found on stack 25 unregister Internal error 26 vmerror Virtual memory is exhausted or illegal access was attempted 27 badpassword Bad password 28 invalidnumber Invalid number 29 nomemory Memory unavailable 30 configurationerror Setpagedevice request cannot be satisfied 31 invalidcontext Improper use of context operation 32 invalidid Invalid identifier for external object 33 undefinedresource Resource instance not found O8 fatal Fatal error User memory exhausted KPDL Printable Area This printing system does not quite print to the edges of the paper The edge limits of the printable area vary depending on the paper type as determined by the paper type KPDL operator The edge limits are located as shown in the following figure and table They adjust automatically to the size of the paper cassette although not to the size of manually fed paper 7 141 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 142 Figure 7 52 Printable Area Horizontal edge limit Table 7 53 Paper Sizes and Printable Area Printable area l Direction of paper feeding i Vertical limit Paper type Paper size Edge limits A above Printable area B above Horizontal Vertical cm Points cm Pt Pt A32 29 7x42 0 842 1191 0 42 12 0 35 10 28 85 41 31 818x 1171
199. e Control Instructions on page 114 Table 7 30 Status Information Response Description 1 The buffer is full 9 The buffer is empty normal 17 The buffer is full and the printing system 15 off line 7 107 Chapter 7 Emulation Table 7 30 Status Information Response Description 25 The buffer is empty and the printing system is off line 33 The buffer is full with the printing system under one ofthe following conditions cover open paper empty or paper jam 41 The buffer is empty with the printing system under one of the following con ditions cover open paper empty or paper jam Fonts and Symbol Sets in KC GL KC GL uses a special stroke font The fonts employed in the other emulations cannot be used in KC GL The default height and width of the stroke font vary depending on the paper size The following character sets are available for the KC GL emulation Table 7 31 KC GL Fonts and Symbol Sets No Symbol Set ISO No 0 10 ANSI ASCII 006 1 11 HP 9825 Character Set 2 12 French German 3 13 Scandinavian 4 14 Spanish Latin American 6 16 JIS ASCII 014 7 17 Roman Extensions 8 18 Katakana 013 9 19 ISO IRV International Reference Version 002 30 40 ISO Swedish 010 31 41 ISO Swedish For Names 011 32 42 ISO Norwegian Version 1 060 33 43 ISO German 021 34 44 ISO French 025 35 45 ISO United Kingdom 004 36 46 ISO Ita
200. e if AES fails resolves to alternative emulation Page eject commands if AES fails resolves to KPDL Emulation switching after receiving R Current emulation Default emulation P1 Alternative emulation P5 Sorter sharing 50 Stand alone Multi users Multiple interfaces Sorter mode 51 Sorter 0 Collator Stacker Mailbox Sorter message S2 TORP Bee par SS Remove sorter paper messaged 0 Remove sorter paper deactivated except at power up Remove sorter paper deactivated Sorter overfilling behavior S3 Interrupts printing until trays are emptied 0 Bypasses printing to the face down tray Job separate mode S8 Whole pages 0 Ist page only Line spacing UO Lines per inch integer value 6 Line spacing Ul Lines per inch fraction value 0 Chapter 6 Permanent Parameters Table 6 1 Interface dependent Parameters Sheet 3 of 3 Environment Parameter Value Factory setting Character spacing U2 Characters per inch integer value 10 Character spacing U3 Characters per inch fraction value 0 Country code U6 0 US ASCII 0 1l France 2 Germany 3 UK 4 Denmark 5 Sweden 6 Italy 7 Spain 8 Japan 9 US Legal 10 IBM PC 850 Multilingual 11 IBM PC 860 Portuguese 12 IBM PC 863 Canadian French 13 IBM PC 865 Norwegian 14 Norway 15 Denmark 2 16 Spain2 17 Latin America 50 99 HP PC
201. e Edge Limits and Margins on page 5 The edge limits adjust automatically to the size of the paper cassette although not to the size of manually fed paper The edge limits can also be set to various standard sizes by the SPSZ set paper size command or by the equivalent HP LaserJet commands In HP LaserJet emulation the edge limits slightly vary according to the page orientation as also shown in Edge Limits and Margins on page 5 The top and left margins are set in centimeters or inches in relation to the top and left edge limits of the page The bottom and right margins can also be set as a distance from the top and left edge limits or they can be set in terms of page width page length or lines per page Basic Concepts Figure 1 4 Edge Limits and Margins imits in HP emulation Page width Portrait Orientation A9 Page Length Bottom Margin Edge limits in HP emulation Right Margin Left Margin Page Width Landscape orientation Page Length Bottom Margin Right Margin Left Margin When the printing system passes the bottom margin while printing text it prints the page and feeds to the next page Spacing is carried over so if the bottom margin does not occur at an exact number of lines excess space 18 printed at the top of the next page If you are using word processing software that sets the margins automatically you should not set them with PRESCRIBE commands
202. e PARC command uses the format PARC x y radius angl ang2 where x and y describe the zero relative coordinates of the center of the arc radius describes the radius of the arc ang describes the arc s starting angle and ang2 describes the arc s ending angle Coordinates and radius are measured in the unit cur rently designated by the UNIT command and the starting and ending angles are mea sured clockwise from the positive x axis The PARC command draws a line between the cursor position and the beginning of the arc See the following example RES UNIT C NEWP SPD 1 PMZP 5 5 PARC 5 5 3 45 135 STRK PAGE EXIT Path Mode Graphics Figure 2 22 Printout of the PARC Example After the arc is drawn the cursor is located at the end of the arc If you wish to eliminate the straight line segment in the above example leaving only the arc the cursor position must be moved in advance to the position at which drawing of the arc begins This is shown in the following example in which the cursor is moved to the coordinates as specified by the PMRA Path Move to Relative position specified by Angle command prior to drawing the arc RES UNIT C NEWP SPD 1 PMRA 5 5 3 45 PARC Sy 55 35 745 35 STRK PAGE EXIT In this current example the PMRA command moves the cursor from coordinates 5 5 as measured from the left and top edge limits of the page through the distance o
203. e center points However we will not close it explicitly Then we execute the FILL command This implicitly closes the path drawing a line between the ending point of the second arc and the starting point of the first one then fills the closed path with the selected gray scale pattern Note that we could have filled the path with a standard mode fill pattern instead of a gray scale pattern The only change necessary would be to replace the GPAT command on line 3 with a PAT or FPAT command specifying the pattern to be used The format of the FILL command is FILL rule The rule parameter specifies the convention according to which the path is filled Path Mode Graphics With simple convex paths such as that shown below the entire enclosed area is filled Figure 2 32 Simple Filled Paths However when a path consists of multiple closed subpaths or intersects itself as shown in the next two figures the rule determines areas that are deemed to be inside the path RES 2 FILL PMZP PMRA PARC PMRA PARC PMRA PARC FILI PAGI EXIT Figure 2 33 Li Be cr UNIT C D OF Sy Duy 2 0709 5 5 25 0 3607 OZ DaZpele r OF 5 2 522 1 5 0 360 08 55 54 De Die 20200 3605 1 4057 10 5 425 22 OF 10 5 4 5 2 0 360 OF 2 OF ll 6 27 00 30057 12 15 lt 2 02 12 15 2 0 36
204. e included in the macro call not in the macro definition This enables strings containing commas semicolons consec utive spaces apostrophes and quotation marks to be printed If a macro with the same name has already been defined the new definition is ignored To redefine a macro you must first delete the old definition with the DELM DELete Macro or Delete Macros command or by switching the printing system power off There is no particular limit on the length of a macro The maximum number of macros that can be defined is limited only by the amount of the available memory in the printing system Each command in a macro is limited to 255 characters in length Figure 3 1 PRESCRIBE Macro Limitations Macro limitations are summarized as follows Examples of Macros Maximum number of macros downloadable to the printing system Depends on the available printing sys tem s memory Maximum nesting levels 20 Maximum length of macro name 4 characters Maximum number of parameters 19 Maximum length of CALL command 255 bytes PRESCRIBE commands that should not be contained within a macro definition EXIT LDFC MCRO DELM DAM RDMP ENDD ICCD WRED EPRM Examples of Macros Example 1 The following macro example draws a circle It first names the macro that issues the PRESCRIBE commands for drawing a circle in the middle of a page MCRO MZP 4 5 5 CIR 1 ENDM E
205. e positions below the origin See the figure on page 10 When the top and left margins are changed the physi cal position of the origin changes accordingly Text Positioning The printing system always keeps track of its current position on the page The current position can be thought of as a cursor that moves as data is printed At any instant the 1 7 Chapter 1 Introduction to PRESCRIBE cursor indicates where the next character will be printed or the next graphics will be drawn The printing system does not have separate cursors for text and graphics Text and graphics can be positioned at arbitrary locations on the page by moving the cur sor with positioning commands MAP for example Figure 1 7 Text Positioning TITLE IR BOX 1 1 MRP 2 1 EXIT LABEL B TL Orientation M9 Carriage Return MRP 2 1 BOX 1 1 Space after EXIT Cursor ends here Character Spacing Each character is printed within an individual cell as shown below The character sits on a line called the baseline Characters such as y descend below the base line In some character fonts all the character cells are the same size so the number of charac ter positions per inch is fixed In other fonts the size of character cells is proportional to the size of characters These proportional fonts produce text that is easier to read How ever in order to align the right margin you must use software that supports the prin
206. e status byte After powered up or an IN instruction bit positions 3 and 4 turn on making the bit value to be 24 Bit position 3 1s cleared subsequently after delivering the status Bit Position Bit Value Description 0 1 OT Output carousel 1 2 16 32 64 128 The pen is down P1 or P2 has been changed This bit is cleared when actual P1 and P2 values are read via the RS 232C interface or when the IN instruction is executed A digitized point is ready for output This bit is cleared when the point is output via the RS 232C interface or when the IN instruc tion is executed Initialized This bit is cleared when a status byte is output via the RS 232C interface or when the IN instruction is executed Ready to receive next data Error This bit is cleared when an error number is output via the RS 232C interface or when the IN instruction is executed SRQ was set Reserved This instruction delivers information on the current carousel type and stall occupancy This may be used to determine those information in a remote location OT TERM Response type map TERM The current carousel type and its pen map are delivered as 2 ASCH integers each sepa rated by comma The type field can contain the values 1 through 4 which have the fol lowing values Bit value when stall is occupied Pen stall 1 oo WN HP 75504 Emulation KC GL Mode 8 OW Output Window This instruc
207. e to r In this manual PRESCRIBE commands are printed in upper case for readability Outside of PRESCRIBE mode the printing system always distinguishes between upper case and lowercase letters and prints exactly what is sent Parameters Some PRESCRIBE commands use unquoted strings of characters as parameters Exam ples for these are the FSET change current font set by characteristic command and the CSET change symbol set by symbol set ID command See Chapter 4 for a detailed explanation of how these commands are used to select fonts The FSET and CSET commands use parameters that closely resemble the command parameters used for font control in Hewlett Packard s printer control language For example the PRESCRIBE command FSET 0p12h12v0s0b6T selects the font whose characteristics most closely matches the following font parame ters e Monospaced font 0 e Character spacing of 12 characters inch 12h e Character height of 12 points 12v Upright style 0s Medium weight 0b LetterGothicBM12 Roman typeface 6T In Hewlett Packard s PCL the corresponding command would be ESC s0p12hn12v0s0b6T 1 13 Chapter 1 Introduction to PRESCRIBE Similarly the PRESCRIBE command CSET 110 designates use of the PC 8 Dan ish Norwegian symbol set The corresponding Hewlett Packard PCL command is ESC 11U 1 14 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial PRESCRIBE provides a wide variety of graphics operat
208. eEliteBM10 Roman SETF 2 8 CMNT LetterGothicBM12 Roman EXIT Then use R ALTF1 EXIT within the document to select font 6 and R ALTF2 EXIT to select font 8 The advantages of ALTF and SETF are that numbers are easy to remember 1 and 2 instead of 6 and 8 Allthe font number assignments are collected in one place where they can be easily checked e If you change your mind and decide to use LetterGothicBM12 Bold font 9 instead of LetterGothicBM12 Roman all you have to change is one SETF command from SETF 2 8 to SETF 2 9 In emulation modes 1 2 and 5 the SETF command can team up in a very effective way with embedded word processing commands See Chapter 7 for details The SCF Save Current Font and RPF Return to Previous Font commands enable font numbers to be managed in stack fashion These commands are particularly useful at the beginning and end of macros and when you are using embedded commands of word processing software To ensure that the saved font 1s retrieved with the correct code set add the SCCS Save Current Code Set and RPCS Return to Previous Code Set com mands to the SCF and RPF command respectively For instance to select a font using embedded commands you can save the current font call a new font enter the text and return to the previous font as in the following sequence SCF FONT 7 EXIT Text of footnote RPF EXIT This sequence leav
209. eas and a path may intersect itself in an arbitrary manner The order of the segments that define a path is significant A pair of line segments is said to connect only if they are defined consecutively with the second segment starting where the first one ends Non consecutive segments that meet or intersect fortuitously are not connected A subpath 1s a sequence of connected segments A path is made up of one or more sub paths Subpaths may be either open or closed Path construction begins with a NEWP NEW Path command Path construction ends with the CLSP CLoSe Path command or with any paint operator that paints the region enclosed by the path or draws a line along it such as STRoKe or FILL Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial Drawing Lines The following example shows how to draw a line in the path mode RES NEW PMZ PDZ STR Figure 2 14 Drawing Lines Path Mode 2 18 1 1 2 3 Line 1 of the program switches the printing system to the PRESCRIBE mode and resets printing system parameters including the unit to inches line width to 3 dots and var ious other aspects of the graphics state Path construction begins with the NEWP command on line 2 This command empties the current path if any making it possible to start a new one In doing so it makes the posi tion of the cursor undefined The PMZP Path Move to Zero relative Position command on line 3 move
210. ed Retained A detailed description of the FRPO N9 command follows Note that the factory default setting for the N9 command is 0 N9 0 resource protection is off No resources will be protected during emulation switching regardless of whether they are temporary or permanent When the user returns to the mode 6 emulation the print environment will be reset The print environment includes items such as number of copies orientation and margins HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 N9 1 permanent PCL resources The printing system will store in memory all are protected resources marked as permanent soft fonts macros user patterns and symbol sets and protect these resources during emulation switching All resources marked as temporary soft fonts macros user pat terns and symbol sets will be lost during emulation switching The print environment will be reset when it is returned to the mode 6 emulation N9 2 permanent and temporary The printing system will store in memory all PCL resources are protected resources both temporary and permanent and pro tect them during emulation switching Instead of resetting the mode 6 environment upon switching back the printing system will restore the previous print environment This option demands a large share of printing system memory Resource protection becomes operational under any of the following emulation switch ing conditions An SEM command is sent to the printing sy
211. ees The angle for normal characters is 0 Negative values result in backward tilting characters The angle parameter accepts any value from 1 459 to 1 45 Examples appear below Angle Angle 0 IVI Angle 1 Font Selection The parameters for symbol set compression and obliquing must be either all specified or all omitted Selecting Fonts Using the FSET Command The FSET command provides a method of selecting fonts based on font characteristics and font location in the printing system Font characteristics upon which selection is based appear in order of priority from high est to lowest as follows Characteristic Priority of selection Symbol set Highest Spacing 2 nd Pitch 3 rd Point size height 4 th Style 5th Stroke weight 6 th Typeface family 7 th Location 8 th Orientation Lowest In selecting a font the printing system searches the available fonts to match a character istic based on the highest priority If this matching produces only one font that font is selected If many fonts match this highest priority then matching begins with the next highest characteristic The printing system continues going down the list until only one font is left then that font is selected A font may reside in any of three locations printing system ROM for resident fonts and option fonts if installed memory card for card option fonts and printing system RAM for downloaded fonts A font in printing s
212. eg 2 982 022 02 881 eu 9st ovt vel 801 26 91 09 11 ge db ap 411715 152 962 612 02 181 861 681 eel LOT 16 S4 68 tv R E i x 1 cy ell 052 Hez sz 202 980 ger 22 90T 06 vL 89 e 92 OT 012 ei 2 z z 6vc 92 lle 102 681 691 esT Lel Tet 601 68 7 Lg It 92 6 Al rit Eolo 4 6 872 2 2 972 002 yet 891 est 9et oet tor 98 24 95 ov 8 ol xiI X 4X H 8 Lye 152 2 91 IST Set 61 01 18 Lu 99 66 1 8 5 Tle 972 oez 712 991 OST vel BIT 201 98 OL I 22 9 111 DIU AL 979 7 v 622 in 991 61 eel At 58 69 55 15 12 S 8 0 s S e 82 22 oT OIL 1 89 75 9 04 bo yo 15 bl tre Lee 12 591 Tel Stt 66 9 19 IS 6t qo gis eve 922 ote 291 9 001 TIU 96 28 99 08 HE 81 2 9 Wwe 522 602 191 344 621 16 18 59 6 ee 4 1 Ove veo 802 091 I get eu 96 08 9 2 9t 0 4 dalo 4 a a a 6 8 L 9 S v t T ol N94 usan 268 9 7 90 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 992 6 2 10 Tet Sit 6ST rai 6L 9 12 1 t 2 O l aj 72 92 2 902 061 vil est evi 921 91 v6 8
213. emulation To select font mode 13 in the other emulations place the fol lowing sequence at the top of your program or file RES FTMD 13 EXIT Place FTMD after RES because RES resets the font mode One reason for selecting font mode 13 over font mode 15 is that a self adjusting line spacing feature can create disastrous affects with software applications designed to han dle line spacing without the assistance of PRESCRIBE For lower font mode such as the default font modes in emulation modes 1 through 5 spacing and orientation adjustments may be necessary when you change fonts Use the following commands SCS Set Character Spacing or SCPI Set Characters Per Inch to adjust the character spacing SLS Set Line Spacing or SLPI Set Lines Per Inch to adjust the line spacing SPO Set Page Orientation to adjust the page orientation The following sequences both use the FONT 19 command to select the 10 point Dutch 801 font with landscape orientation and proportional character spacing Neither sequence affects the line spacing FONT 19 SPO L SCS 0 EXIT or Font Selection FTMD 13 FONT 19 EXIT For making many font changes within a document use the ALTF change to ALTernate Font and SETF SET alternate Font commands instead of FONT To switch repeatedly between fonts 6 and 8 for example place the following sequence at the beginning of your document IR SETF 1 6 CMNT Prestig
214. entation bool setoverprint Set the overprint parameter bool setpacking Set the array packing mode dict setpagedevice Install a page output device Parameters for this operator is fully detailed in KPDL Page Device Parameters on page 136 pattern setpattern Establish the specified pattern as the current color red green blue setrgbcolor Set red green blue levels converted to gray level freq angle proc setscreen Set halftone screen bool setshared Same as setglobal num setsmoothness Set the smoothness to num bool setstrokeadjust Set the stroke adjust parameter dict setsystemparams Set the system parameters for interpreter proc settransfer Set mapping from user gray scale to device gray scale mark blimit setucacheparams Set user path cache parameters proc setundercolor removal Set the under color removal function parameter dict setuserparams Set user parameters for each context int setvmthreshold Set the allocation thresholdused to trigger garbage collector shareddict dict Same as globaldict SharedFontDirectory dict Same as GlobalFontDirectory dict shfill Fill the current clipping path with the shading defined by shading dictionary string show Print string on page showpage Print and reset current page angle sin real Find sin of angle in degrees num sqrt real Find square root of number int srand Set rand
215. enting the numeric values of binary tokens Revision int Indicate the interpreter s revision number StartJobPassword int string Indicate the password for ExitServer and StartJob StartupMode int Indicate by numeric value whether to execute the Sys Start file on the harddisk when first booting KPDL after power on 0 default 1 use Sys Start SystemParams int string Indicate the password for changing system Password parameters WaitTimeout Indicate the default wait timeout value MaxImageBuffer int Limit the working area for processing a single image MaxStoredFontCache int Limit the maximum font cache value stored on the disk CurStoredFontCache int Return in bytes the font cache value found on the current disk a Read only KPDL User Parameters KPDL Operators The following table summarizes the user parameters The user parameters establish tem porary policies on functions such as naming the current job for a user Table 7 47 KPDL User Parameters Preceding stack Parameter Result Description AccurateScreens bool Turn on offthe accurate mode flag for the setscreen operator true detail screen on false default JobName string Returnthename of thejob currently being processed by the printer JobTimeout int Return the current job timeout value MaxDictStack int Indicate the maximum size of the dictionary stack MaxExecStack int Indicate the maximum size o
216. epresents the typeface name and 10 represents font height in the unit of points Note that the SFNT command recognizes all character heights in terms of points regardless of the specified unit value The SENT command is particularly useful when you want to assign the font number to a scalable font and alter its appearance by compressing expanding or obliquing it The following example selects a scalable Dutch font sizes it to 10 points assigns it the font number 1001 and the Roman 8 symbol set compresses it to 90 percent of its normal width and obliques the font so that it tilts forward at an angle of 13 5 degrees SENT TimesNewRoman 10 1001 277 9 3 EXIT In this sequence the assignment of font number 1001 enables it to be selected using the FONT command Once this assignment has been made it remains effective until changed with another SFNT command or until the power is turned off Following the font number assignment value 277 selects the symbol set Roman 8 A full list of symbol sets and values appear on the SFNT command page in PRESCRIBE Commands Command Reference The value 9 following the symbol set parameter indicates compression to 90 percent of normal width Compression can be specified in a range from 0 3 30 percent to 3 300 Compression 0 3 1 Compression 3 1 Finally the value 3 concluding the font selection sequence specifies a forward tilt of 13 5 degr
217. er paper sources 2 Performs paper selection which is compatible with HP LJ8000 3 Combination of value 1 and 2 8 Performs paper selection in driver priority mode 9 Combination of value 1 and 8 10 Combination of value 2 and 8 11 Combination of value 1 2 and 8 Automatic continue for YO 0 Off 0 Press GO 1 On Automatic continue Y1 number from 000 to 495 in increments of 5 6 timer seconds Quick fuser heater Y2 0 On Oorl 1 Off Error message for Y3 0 Doesnotdisplay error message and pause 0 device error the job when the device error occurs 1 Displays an error message when duplex printingisnotexecuted because ofa possible limitation 2 Displays an error message and pause the job when running out of staples 3 Combination of value 1 and 2 4 Displays an error message and pause the job when the waste punch box is full 5 Combination of value 1 and 4 6 Combination of value 2 and 4 7 Combination of value 1 2 and 4 8 Displays an error message and pause the job when the maximum number of stapling is exceeded 9 Combination of value 1 and 8 10 Combination of value 2 and 8 11 Combination of value 1 2 and 8 12 Combination of value 4 and 8 13 Combination of value 1 4 and 8 14 Combination of value 2 4 and 8 15 Combination of value 1 2 4 and 8 16 Displays an error message when stapling puching offset or rotate collate is not executed because of a
218. er to the computer Some software will dis play these error names on the computer screen Table 7 51 KPDL Error Messages Code Error Meaning 00 Cannot initiate KPDL 01 dictfull Dictionary full no new entries can be added 02 dictstackoverflow many begins 03 dictstackunderflow Too many ends 04 execstackoverflow Execution stack nesting depth exceeded 250 05 handle Name of error reporting procedure 06 interrupt Control C was received 07 invalidaccess Attempted violation of access attribute 08 invalidexit Exit not enclosed in any loop 09 invalidfile Invalid access string for file operator 10 invalidfont Invalid font name or invalid font dictionary format 11 invalidrestore Restore would destroy composite object created after save KPDL Operators Table 7 51 KPDL Error Messages Code Error Meaning 12 ioerror Input output error 13 limitcheck Path too complex more than 6 files open etc 14 nocurrentpoint No current point is defined 15 rangecheck Operand out of allowed range 16 stackoverflow Operand stack overflow 17 stackunderflow Operand stack underflow 18 syntaxerror Syntax error in program 19 timeout Time limit exceeded 20 typecheck Wrong type of operand 21 undefined Name not found in dictionary 22 undefinedfilename File cannot be found 23 undefinedresult Overflow underflow or meaningless result 24 unmatche
219. es Software provided font selection commands will work for the printing system as they would for the HP LaserJet series printers If a requested font is not present in the printing system s memory the page printing system will choose from the characteristics of the closest matching font The LaserJet emulation supports 600 1200 dpi raster graphics for printing system models with the 300 600 1200 dpi resolution support There is also support of delta row com pression and compressed raster data for run length encoding and TIFF The printing system supports the LaserJet vector graphics which draw vertical or hori zontal ruled lines and create rectangles filled with a pattern or gray scale 7 34 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 The margins in this emulation differ from the parameters of the FRPO command They recognize the page size of the default cassette If you attempt to print beyond the right margin the characters will be discarded Cassette Line per Character size page line Letter 60 80 4 64 77 Assuming 6 lines per inch and 10 characters per inch The proportional spacing is not identical to the LaserJet s proportional spacing Right margin justification may not be correct when using the LaserJet printer driver when a LaserJet driver is selected within the application software LaserJet Fonts The printing system emulates the LaserJet fonts as listed below Table 7 15 LaserJet Fonts
220. es Yes LF CR LF FF CR FF CR CR LF ESC amp k3G 1B 26 6B 3347 Yes Yes Yes Yes LF CR LF FF CR FF Push Pop Position Push Pop Push ESC amp f S 1B 26 663053 Yes Yes Yes Yes Position Pop ESC amp f S 1B 26663153 Yes Yes Yes FONT SELECTION Symbol Set Selection Primary ISO 60 ESC 0D 1B 28 30 44 Yes Yes Yes Yes Symbol Set Norwegian ISO 4 United ESC IE 1B 28 31 45 Yes Yes Yes Yes Kingdom Windows 3 1 ESC 9E 1B 28 39 45 Yes Yes Yes Yes Latin 2 ISO 69 ESC 1F 1B 28 31 46 Yes Yes Yes Yes French ISO 21 ESC 1G 1B 28 31 47 Yes Yes Yes Yes German ISO 15 Italian ESC OI 1B 28 30 49 Yes Yes Yes Yes Microsoft ESC 6J 1B 28 364A Yes Yes Yes Yes publishing DeskTop ESC 7J 28 37 4 1004 ESC 9J 1B 28 39 Yes Yes Yes Yes PS Text ESC 10J 1B 2831304A Yes Yes Yes Yes MC Text ESC 12J 1B 2831324A Yes Yes Yes Yes Wingdings ESC 579L 28353739 Yes Yes Yes Yes 4C PS Math 5 5 1B 28 35 4D Yes Yes Yes Yes 7 53 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 54 Table 7 24 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 6 of 16 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal Desk Floor Desk Floor Value toptype type toptype type B amp W B amp W Color Color Math 8 ESC 8M 1B 28 38 4D Yes Yes Yes Yes Symbol ESC 19M 1B 28 313940 Yes Yes Yes Yes ECMA 94 ESC ON 1B 28 30 4E Yes Yes Yes Yes Latin 1 ISO L2 ESC 2N 1B 28 32 4E Y
221. es Yes Yes Yes ISO L5 ESC 5N 1B 28 35 4E Yes Yes Yes Yes ISO 8859 10 ESC 6N 1B 28 36 4E Yes Yes Yes Yes Latin 6 ISO 11 ESC 0S 1B 28 30 53 Yes Yes Yes Yes Swedish ISO 17 ESCQS 1 283253 Yes Yes Yes Yes Spanish Windows 3 1 5 5 1B 28 35 54 Yes Yes Yes Yes Latin 5 PC Turkish 5 9 1 28 39 54 Yes Yes Yes Yes ISO 6 ASCII ESC 0U 1 28 30 55 Yes Yes Yes Yes Legal ESC 1U 1B 2831 55 Yes Yes Yes Yes Roman 8 ESC 8U 1B 28 38 55 Yes Yes Yes Yes Windows 3 0 ESC 9U 1B 28 39 55 Yes Yes Yes Yes Latin 1 PC 8 ESC 10U 1B 28313055 Yes Yes Yes Yes PC 8 D N ESC 11U 1B 28313155 Yes Yes Yes Yes PC 850 ESC 12U 1B 28313255 Yes Yes Yes Yes Pi Font ESC 15U 1B 28313555 Yes Yes Yes Yes PC 852 ESC 17U 1B 28313755 Yes Yes Yes Yes Windows 3 1 ESC 19U 1B 28313955 Yes Yes Yes Yes Latin 1 ANSI PC 775 ESC 26U 1B 28 323655 Yes Yes Yes Yes Windows 3 17 ESC 19K 1B 28 313948 Yes Yes Yes Yes Japanese Spacing Primary Fixed ESC s0P 1B 28 73 3050 Yes Yes Yes Yes Spacing Proportional ESC slp 1B28733150 Yes Yes Yes Yes Pitch Primary Pitch Characters ESC s H 1B 2873 48 Yes Yes Yes Yes inch Set Pitch Mode 10 0 ESC amp k0S 1B 26 6B 3053 Yes Yes Yes Yes Compressed ESC amp K2S 1B266B3253 Yes Yes Yes Yes 16 5 16 7 Elite 12 0 ESC amp k4S 1B266B3453 Yes Yes Yes Yes Point Size Primary Points ESC s V 1B 2873 56 Yes Yes Yes Yes Height Style Primary Style Upright ESC s0S 1B 28 73 3053 Yes Yes Yes Yes Solid Italic ESC s1S 1B 28 733153 Yes
222. es the current font prints the footnote in font 7 PrestigeEliteBM7 2 Roman then returns to the previous font Placement of Font Commands It is important to note that most existing word processing software will not recognize PRESCRIBE font selection commands However this software typically accommodates embedded print commands whereby the PRESCRIBE command placed in a document is recognized as a print command and not as document text The following command sequence demonstrates the embedded commands which might appear in a document Example of an appropriate command placement end of previous paragraph IR ALTF 2 EXIT Title or Heading R ALTF 1 EXIT Start of next paragraph The first ALTF command appears on a blank line The second ALTF command is placed at the end of a short title or heading so that it fits on the same line and does not affect the line count Chapter 4 Fonts Font Selection by Embedded Commands Word processing programs with IBM and Epson printer drivers include support for a set of specific typefaces The Kyocera printing system internally assigns these typefaces to match similar typefaces already in the printing system Kyocera users may reassign these fonts to create a custom font list To make this change refer to the SETF command in PRESCRIBE Commands Command Reference Word processing programs that support the Diablo 630 printer use embedded ribbon color commands The printing system transl
223. et Left Margin 1B 6C Yes ESCQn Set Right Margin 1B 51 Yes BS Backspace 08 Yes ESC nl n2 Set Absolute Print Position 1B 24 Yes ESC nl n2 Set Relative Print Position 1B5C Yes HT Tab Horizontally 09 Yes ESC D nl n2 n32 null Set Horizontal Tabs 1B 44 Yes Print Size and Character Width ESCP Select 10 CPI 1B 50 Yes Epson LQ 850 Emulation Mode 5 Table 7 13 Epson LQ 850 Control Codes Command Function Code hex Supported ESCM Select 12 CPI 1B 4D Yes ESC g Select 15 CPI 1B 67 Yes ESC pn Turn Proportional Mode On Off 1B 70 Yes SI Select Condensed Mode Yes ESC SI Select Condensed Mode 1B OF Yes DC2 Cancel Condensed Mode 12 Yes SO Select Double wide Mode one line OE Yes ESC SO Select Double wide Mode one line 1B 0E Yes ESCWn Turn Double wide Mode On Off 1B 57 Yes DC4 Cancel Double wide Mode one line 14 Yes ESC wn Turn Double high Mode On Off 1B 77 Yes Print Enhancement ESCE Select Emphasized Mode 1B 45 Yes ESCF Cancel Emphasized Mode 1B 46 Yes ESCG Select Double strike Mode 1B 47 Yes ESCH Cancel Double strike Mode 1B 48 Yes ESC Sn Select Superscript or Subscript 1B 53 Yes ESC Cancel Superscript Subscript Mode 1B 54 Yes ESC nl n2 m dl d2 Select Score 1B282D Yes ESC n Turn Underline Mode On Off 1B 2D Yes ESC q Select Character Style 1B 67 Yes Word Processing ESCan Select Justification 1 61
224. etailed parameters of punching See CopyMode below CopyMode int Print on transparency separator 1 Do not print on separator 2 Printon separator PreRenderingEnhance bool Control resolution enhancement When HWResolution is set to 600 dpi true Fast 1200dpi false 600dpi DeviceRenderingVividInfo dict Model FS 5900C only Control vivid color mode Ex lt lt DeviceRenderingVividInfo lt lt VividColor bool gt gt gt gt setpagedevice bool true Vivid mode on false Vivid mode off DeviceRenderingRGBInfo dict Controls RGB emulation Ex lt lt DeviceRenderingRGBInfo lt lt VirtualColorDevice lt lt ColorTransform name gt gt gt gt gt gt setpagedevice name sRGB lt lt DeviceRenderingRGBInfo lt lt VirtualColorDevice null gt gt gt gt setpagedevice RGB emulation is not performed DeviceRenderingCMYKInfo dict Controls ink simulation Ex lt lt DeviceRenderingCMYK Info lt lt VirtualColorDevice lt lt ColorTransform name gt gt gt gt gt gt setpagedevice name SWOP EURO Normal Normal ink simulation lt lt DeviceRenderingCMYKInfo lt lt VirtualColorDevice null gt gt gt gt setpagedevice Does not perform ink simulation a Available media type strings are as follows Plain Transparency Preprinted Labels Bond Recycled Vellum Rough Letterhead Color Prepunched Envelope Card Stock CoatedPaper Duplex Custom Typel
225. ette and the fourth feeder cassette 14 The second feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette 15 The third feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette 16 Main cassette the first feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette 17 Main cassette the second feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette 18 Main cassette the third feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette 19 The first feeder cassette the second feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette 20 The first feeder cassette the third feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette 21 The second feeder cassette the third feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette 22 Main cassette the first feeder cassette the second feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette 23 Main cassette the first feeder cassette the third feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette 24 Main cassette the second feeder cassette the third feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette 25 The first feeder cassette the second feeder cassette the third feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette 26 Main cassette the first feeder cassette the second feeder cassette the third feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette 99 Switched according to the page size command in data Default paper size R2 0 Size ofthe default paper cassette See R4 0 1 Monarch 3 7 8 x 7 1 2 inches 2 Business 4 1 8 x 9 1 2 inches 3 Interna
226. evel 2 or level 3 Table 7 44 KPDL Page Description Operators Sheet 1 of 11 Preceding stack Operator Result Description obj Write object to standard output print string obj Write object to standard output with syntax markings lt lt mark Push mark object on operand stack mark valuel gt gt dict Create a dictionary containing valuen the specified key value pair mark Push mark on stack mark obj0 obj n 1 array End array starting at topmost mark numl abs num2 Get absolute value of num1 numl num2 add sum Add numl and num2 array aload 0 1 array Load array elements into stack below array string target anchorsearch tail target true or Test whether target is initial string false substring of string int booll int bool2 and int bool3 Bitwise or logical AND x yrangl ang2 arc Create counterclockwise arc x yrangl ang2 aren Create clockwise arc xl yl x2 y2r Q arct Create line ending in arc xlylx2y2r arcto xtl ytl yt2 Create line ending in arc return arc coordinates int array array Create array of null objects ax ay string ashow Print string with adjusted character spacing 0bj0 0bj n 1 array array Pop elements from stack into array num den atan angle Get arctangent of num den in degrees cy chr ax ay string awidthshow Print string with ashow and widthshow effects dict begin Push dic
227. f 3 centi meters at the angle of 45 degrees from the positive x axis At this point the PARC com mand starts to draw the arc which ends at the angle of 135 degrees Figure 2 23 Printout of the PRA Example Circles can be constructed by drawing arcs with angular extents of 360 degrees To draw a circle you will also need PMRA command to eliminate the line extending from the center of the circle to the beginning of the circle See the following example RES UNIT C NEWP SPD 1 3y 35 1 455 PARC 3 3 1 5 0 360 STRK PAGE EXIT 2 25 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial Figure 2 24 Printout of a Circle Made with PMRA Q Drawing Complex Curves PRESCRIBE also provides a second curve drawing operator for constructing complex curves that are referred to as B zier curve segments The PCRP Path Curve to Relative Position uses the following format PCRP xl yl x2 y2 x3 y3 Figure 2 25 B zier Curves x2 y2 x1 y1 Current position x3 y3 x1 y1 x3 y3 Current position x2 y2 x2 y2 E x1 y1 Current position x3 y3 A B zier curve segment is one that is geometrically defined by a starting point the cur sor s current position two control points x y and x2 y2 and an ending point x3 y3 Coordinates of each of these points are specified as an offset from the cursor s previ ous position 2 26 Path Mode Graphics The curve leaves the current
228. f the execution stack MaxFontItem int Indicate the maximum number of bytes used by a pixel array for a single character in the font cache MaxFormlItem int Indicate the maximum number of bytes used by the form of a single cached form MaxLocalVM int Indicate the maximum number of bytes ofthe local MaxOpStack int Indicate the maximum size of the operand stack MaxPatternItem int Indicate the maximum number of bytes used by the form of a single cached pattern MaxScreenltem int Indicate the maximum number of bytes used by a single half tone screen MaxUPathltem int Indicate the maximum number of bytes used by a single cached user path MinFontCompress int Indicate the threshold value for storing characters in the font cache not as complete pixel arrays but in compressed form VMReclaim int Indicate the automatic garbage collection mode VMThreshold int Indicate the threshold at which automatic garbage collection is executed once this number of bytes has been allocated after garbage collection WaitTimeout int Return the current wait timeout value 7 135 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 136 KPDL Page Device Parameters The page device parameters for setpagedevice allow manipulating the output devices to receive or provide various finishing operations on the printed outputs For example the OutputType parameter allows to choose paper stack as follows To receive the output pages in the default printer stack OutputType PRINTI
229. ferable because the fonts are integrated directly into the software In the absence of this support the user should read the following information on choosing and placing PRESCRIBE commands Font Selection by PRESCRIBE Commands The PRESCRIBE commands associated with font selection include FSET change current Font SETting by characteristic SENT Select current FoNT by typeface ALTF select ALTernate Font and SETF SET alternate Font SCF Save Current Font and Return to Previous Font SCCS Save Current Code Set RPCS Return to Previous Code Set 4 7 Chapter 4 Fonts CSET Change current symbol SET FTMD set bitmap FonT MoDe e FONT select current FONT by number SFA Set bitmap Font Attributes The FTMD and SFA commands are only valid with bitmap fonts which are simulated by resident scalable fonts The following is a guideline to the use of these commands Also these commands are fully detailed in PRESCRIBE Command Reference Selecting Fonts Using the SFNT Command 4 8 Use the SFNT command to specify a font by typeface or to assign a font number to a scalable font making it possible to select a scalable font with the FONT command See Selecting Fonts with the FONT Command on page 4 10 For example to print text using the scalable Times font TimesNewRoman at 10 points use the following sequence SENT TimesNewRoman 10 EXIT Here TimesNewRoman r
230. from the factory the printing system is set to emulate the HP LaserJet For best results look for an appropriate printer driver in your software application You can also find the appropriate printer driver for your model in the CD ROM supplied with the product Or you are encouraged to visit our Internet home page to directly download the printer driver of the latest version This chapter first explains how to select an emulation Then it gives some general infor mation applying to all the emulation modes Finally it goes over each of the modes explaining the printing system s word processing capabilities and showing its character sets Tables of control codes and escape sequences are also given at the end of each emu lation section Chapter 7 Emulation Selecting an Emulation 7 2 When installing a printing system you can select an emulation that best suits the require ment by the application software In most cases the emulation will be the factory default setting mode 6 HP LaserJet Refer to the following diagram to locate the next level emulation in case you need to change the emulation For example in printing environments using the HP plotter model HP 7550A KC GL the user should select mode 8 In PostScript printing environments mode 9 should be selected an option on some models To set an emulation mode send the printing system the FRPO commands listed in the table Mode 6 factory setting HP LaserJet
231. g Q currentdevparams dict Returnall parameters for device 7 119 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 120 Table 7 44 KPDL Page Description Operators Sheet 3 of 11 Preceding stack Operator Result Description currentdict dict Pushcurrent dictionary on oper and stack currentfile file Get file currently being executed currentflat num Get current flatness tolerance currentfont font Get current font dictionary Q currentglobal bool Return the VM allocation mode currently in effect currentgray num Get current gray level gstate currentgstate gstate Copy the current graphics state currenthalftone halftone Return the current halftone dictionary currenthsbcolor hue sat brt Get current hue saturation and brightness currentlinecap int Get current line end type currentlinejoin int Get current corner type currentlinewidth num Get current line width matrix currentmatrix matrix Replace matrix with current transform matrix currentmiterlimit num Get current miter length limit currentobjectformat int Return the object format parameter currently in effect Q currentoverprint bool Return the value of the overprint parameter Q currentpacking bool Returnthecurrentarray packing mode Q currentpagedevice dict Return a device parameter on the current page currentpoint Xy Get coordinates ofcurrent point currentrgbcolor red green blue Get current red green blue levels currentscreen freq
232. g wcheck bool Test if object is write accessible key where dict true or false Find dictionary in which key is defined cx cy char string widthshow Print string with adjusted spacing for specified character file int write Write one character to file file string writehexstring Convert string into file of hexadecimal character codes file obj tag writeobject Write a binary object sequence to file file string writestring Write string characters to file obj xcheck bool Test if object is executable int booll int bool2 xor int bool3 Bitwise or logical exclusive OR string numarray Q xshow Print characters with x displacement string numarray xyshow Print characters with x y displacements string numarray yshow Print characters with y KPDL Status Operators 7 128 displacement The operations in the table below can be used when the status dictionary is open Some also require a password Table 7 45 KPDL Status Operators Sheet 1 of 5 Preceding stack Operator Result Description buildtime int Identify the build of the interpreter byteorder bool Get the native order in binary encoded tokens true low order byte first false high order byte first int string checkpassword bool Check printing system s password true valid password false invalid password defaulttimeouts job manual wait Get timeout values diskonline bool Check disk online true disk unit online false disk
233. g of digits with one optional decimal point and an optional plus or minus sign preceding the first digit Only one decimal point may be used It must also be placed somewhere after the first digit Digits are unnecessary after the deci mal point Examples of valid numeric variables 0 123456 123 456 657000 2468 Examples of invalid numeric variables 123456 decimal point must be preceded by at least 1 digit 123 45 6 Only 1 decimal point is allowed in a numeric variable 657 000 Commas should not be used in numeric variables Strings Strings should be enclosed in quotation marks and consist of any combination of charac ters of ASCII codes from 32 through 255 including 9 horizontal tab but excluding 34 quotation marks Examples are as follows Examples of valid strings Model lt HT gt FS 9500DN Tabs are allowed in a string The Arlington Ball Park Examples of invalid strings It is 3 5 long A string should not contain quotation marks Telephone number lt CR gt 01234 5678 lt gt is out of the valid range of ASCII characters for a string HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 Invalid Commands Invalid commands are in two general types those with syntax errors and those with syn tax or semantic warnings The printing system handles each of those types different ways Syntax errors contain errors such as unrecognized commands and command modifiers strings wi
234. ges Also the difference is more noticeable with lower print resolu tions for example 300 dpi resolution The following programs illustrate the results of setting the flatness to higher values IR RES UNIT C NEWP SPD 1 FLAT 30 PMZP 5 5 4 2 5 4 4 0 STRK PAGE EXIT Figure 2 29 Curve with Flatness 30 Path Mode Graphics RES UNIT C NEWP SPD 1 FLAT 60 PMZP 5 5 PCRP 4 2 5 4 4 0 STRK PAGE EXIT Figure 2 30 Curve with Flatness 60 Both of these programs draw an identical curve The only difference between the two is in the flatness which is specified on line 2 Closed Paths When the end point of a path connects to its starting point the path is said to be closed closed path can be stroked in the same manner as an open path or it can be filled with gray scale shading or a standard mode fill pattern Simply ending a path at the path s starting point does not make it a closed path such a path remains open until it is closed Closure can be done either explicitly by means of the CLSP CLoSe current Path command or implicitly by means ofthe FILL command The following example illustrates construction and closure of a path RES UNIT NEWP SPD 5 PMZP 4 2 PARC 3 3 1 90 270 PARC 5 3 1 270 90 CLSP STR PAGE EXIT In this example the PMZP command on line 2 places the current cursor at coordina
235. gnored For example the following macro names are all the same ABCD abcd ABCDE Abcdxyz The name must start with a letter but the other characters can include digits and special symbols such as hyphens For example F 1 and GRY2 are valid macro names The dummy sign the default is the percent sign indicates dummy parameters in the body of the macro Dummy parameters enable you to place different variables when the mac ros are called By using dummy parameters the same macro will execute differently according to the values given on the CALL command Dummy parameters are written by writing the dummy sign followed by a number for the first dummy parameter 2 for the second dummy parameter and so on up to a maximum of 19 dummy parameters The same dummy parameter can be used any number of times Values are assigned to dummy parameters when the macro is called by the CALL command You do not have to specify the dummy sign in the MCRO command unless you want to use a dummy sign different from the percent sign or want to specify a comment The printing system ignores the comment A useful comment would be a list of the meanings of dummy parameters In particular a macro can contain the CALL command permit ting one macro to call another Macro calls can be nested in this way up to a maximum depth of 20 If the body of the macro contains TEXT RTXT or CTXT commands and these have dummy parameters the enclosing quotation marks should b
236. hbbox lix ury Get bounding box of current path move line curve close pathforall Do named procedures for current path elements obj pop Discard top object on stack string print Write string to standard output obj tag printobject Write a binary object sequence to the standard output product string Get product name prompt Prompt for interactive input pstack Write entire stack to standard out put array index object put Insert object int array at index location dict key value put Place key and value in dictionary string index int put Replace character in string at index location array 1 index array2 putinterval Replace subarray of array1 starting at index by array2 string index string2 putinterval Replace substring of string starting at index by string2 quit Terminate KPDL interpreter rand int Generate pseudo random integer array dict file string recheck bool Test if object is read accessible dxldyldx2dy2dx3 rcurveto Create B zier cubic curve to dy3 relative point file read int true or false Read one character from file return false if end of file file string readhexstring substring bool Read hexadecimal characters from file into string file string readline substring bool Read line from file into string return true if filled array dict file string readonly array dict file Enable read access only string file string readstring substring bool Convert file of hexadecimal character codes into character string return true
237. he computer screen This makes it easy for you to customize printing and add features that may not be supported by your application This chapter presents an introduction to PRESCRIBE starting with an explanation of the commands by which you start and exit PRESCRIBE It is followed by an introduction to some basic concepts of PRESCRIBE then a discussion of the command format and command parameters Chapter 1 Introduction to PRESCRIBE Entry and Exit The printing system can be thought of as having a multiple personality When its power is switched on it performs the normal printing system functions of printing out files and other data Application software can control the printing system using one of the seven emulations When the printing system uses an emulation it is said to be printing in emu lation mode PRESCRIBE is an additional mode of operation in which the printing system under stands data it receives not as text to be printed but as commands to be executed The PRESCRIBE mode is available at any time during operation from any emulation mode The initializing string that takes the printing system from the usual text printing mode into the PRESCRIBE mode is R The command that returns it from the PRESCRIBE mode to the emulation mode is EXIT These transitions are diagramed in the figure below Figure 1 1 Mode Transitions PRESCRIBE Mode Power Off IE EXIT Line Printer Emulation Mode Diablo 630 Emulation Mode Ep
238. he printing system the following PRESCRIBE command sequence FRPO Pl 0 1 U6 1 EXIT The Line Printer character set options are the same as for the IBM emulation FRPO U6 1 selects the full IBM US ASCII character set which includes many international char acters graphic symbols and mathematical symbols in addition to standard ASCII If you leave the U6 parameter at its 0 factory setting you will get a subset excluding some international characters and symbols The other options are US Legal FRPO U6 9 and the Danish character set FRPO U6 4 See Section for details The line printer emulation is virtually featureless It uses only the control codes listed below 7 3 Chapter 7 Emulation Table 7 2 Line Printer Control Codes Character code Abbreviation Meaning decimal 8 BS Backspace 10 LF Linefeed 12 FF Formfeed 13 CR Carriage return Other control codes are ignored In particular the escape code ESC character code 27 is ignored If the printing system receives the escape sequence ESC A for example it ignores the escape code and prints the letter A Therefore this emulation requires PRE SCRIBE commands for controlling the printing system In font mode FTMD 15 the printing system automatically gives the innate character spacing line spacing and page orientation for each bitmap font and character spacing and page orientation for each scalable font
239. her Continuous ESC t J 2 743135 No No Yes Yes tone smooth 4A Mono ESC t J 1B 2 743136 No No Yes Yes continuous 4A tone detail Mono ESC t J 1B 2 743137 No No Yes Yes continuous 4A tone smooth Continuous ESC t J 1B 2A 74 31 38 No No Yes Yes tone basic 4A Mono ESC t J 1B 2 743139 No No Yes Yes continuous 4A tone basic Select Palette PaletteID ESC amp p S 1B 26 70 53 No Yes Yes Set Viewing of Bytes ESC l W IB 2A 69 No No Yes Yes Illuminant 57 7 63 Chapter 7 Emulation Table 7 24 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 16 of 16 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal Desk Floor Desk Floor Value toptype type toptype type B amp W B amp W Color Color Simple Color 3 ESC r U 1B2A722D33 No No Yes Yes Device CMY 55 Palette 1 Plane K ESC r U 1B 2 723155 No No Yes Yes palette 3 Plane ESC r U 1B 2A 723355 No No Yes Yes Device RGB Palette Transfer of Bytes ESC b V 2A 98 No No Yes Yes Raster Plane 56 Not supported by HP PCL 7 64 HP GL 2 Context Printer Commands HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 In the command tables below parameters in brackets are optional Table 7 25 HP GL 2 Context Printer Commands Sheet 1 of 2 Command Mnemonic Parameters DUAL CONTEXT EXTENSIONS ENTER PCL MODE ESC A 0 Retain previous PCL cursor position 1 Use c
240. high altitude adventure will find Mt Baker a rewarding Figure 1 3 PRESCRIBE Example WELCOME TO WINDFALL NATIONAL PARK The park entrance is located in the rolling hills of the Northern Woods a forested area abundant in deer elk squirrel rabbit opossum lynx wolf and other wildlife It is the park s most popular area featuring excellent trails and campsites for hiking and backpacking Hikers should avoid this area during hunting season Hikers in search of high altitude adventure will find Mt Baker a rewarding The previous example contains five sequences of PRESCRIBE commands The basic configuration of a PRESCRIBE command sequence 15 IR command command command EXIT There is a limit to the number of commands you can include between the initial R and the final EXIT The initial R must be followed by a space and each command must end with a semicolon The use of PRESCRIBE commands in document files is conditional on the behavior of your word processing software Some word processing programs add control codes that inter fere with PRESCRIBE If you cannot control software in this way try using a non word pro cessing mode ASCII text function for example of the software 1 3 Chapter 1 Introduction to PRESCRIBE Format of PRESCRIBE Commands The basic format of a PRESCRIBE command is ee ooro oo e command name parameter parameter The comma
241. hs or filling the area enclosed by them PRESCRIBE provides a variety of path construction operators and painting opera tors for stroking or filling paths Path In PRESCRIBE a path is a set of straight or curved line segments either connected or disconnected that describes the shape and position of one or more objects or regions Paths can be used to draw lines and curves and to specify boundaries of filled areas A path is stroked by drawing a line of arbitrary width along it The line may be solid black all white or any intermediate shade of gray It may also be a dashed line of any pattern of segment lengths A path is filled by painting the entire area that it encloses with a gray scale pattern rang ing from black to white or with one of the printing system s predefined patterns In order to be filled a path must be closed that is it must return to its starting point A path is constructed by means of one or more path construction operators The path construction operators modify the current path usually by appending to it However a path in itself does not produce any image on the page Once a path has been constructed it can be used to control the application of one of the painting operators of PRESCRIBE defining the boundary of the area in which images can be printed 2 16 Path Mode Graphics There are no restrictions on the shape of a path A single path may include multiple closed subpaths representing several ar
242. if string is filled realtime int Return the real time clock value x y width height Q rectclip Clip with a rectangular path numarray numstring y width height rectfill Fill with a rectangular path numarray numstring y width height Q rectstroke Stroke with a rectangular path xy width height matrix rectstroke numatray rectstroke numarray matrix rectstroke numstring rectstroke numstring matrix rectstroke old new renamefile Change the name of a file int proc repeat Do proc int times file resetfile Clear buffer for file template proc scratch category resourceforall Enumerate all instances of a specified resource category key category Save status size true false resourcestatus restore reversepath Return status information about a named resource instance Restore saved virtual memory Reverse direction of current path printing system s software Q revision int Get product revision Table 7 44 KPDL Page Description Operators Sheet 8 of 11 KPDL Operators Preceding stack Operator Result Description dx dy rlineto Create line from current pointto relative point dx dy rmoveto Move current point by relative amount ob n 1 0b0 ni roll ob i 1 0b0 Roll top n objects on stack by i ob n01 obi mod rootfont font Return a root composite dictionary angle matrix rotate matrix Rotate matrix tran
243. ign a font number to the scal able font by sending the command SFNT commands to the printing system as shown below The font number assigned should not duplicate a number already use SENT Swiss742SWC Bold 12 3000 277 1 SFNT Dutch801SWC Roman 10 3001 277 1 SENT Swiss742SWC Roman 9 3002 2TT 1 SENT Swiss742SWC Roman 6 3003 277 1 EXIT option parameters for SENT including symbol set compression and angle required for assigning font numbers to a scalable font when altering the SETF assign ments for the Epson emulation Landscape printing is possible in the LQ 850 mode If you send the command R SPOL EXIT the printing system rotates fonts and prints them in landscape ori entation In portrait orientation the printing system supports Epson bit image graphics so with graphics software for the LQ 850 printer you can use it to print charts graphs and pic tures The 9 bit graphics mode is also supported If you attempt to print beyond the right margin the characters wrap around and are printed on the next line 7 23 Chapter 7 Emulation EPSON LQ 850 Control Codes Table 7 13 Epson LQ 850 Control Codes 7 24 Function Code hex Supported Printer Opera
244. image size 3 Through the image Loads Letter A4 or size paper depending on the image size 8 Through the image Loads paper from the current paper cassette 9 Through the image Loads Letter Ledger or Legal size paper depending on the image size 10 Enlarges or reduces the image to fit in the current paper size Loads Letter Ledger or Legal size paper depending on the image size e MPS error Y6 0 Does not print the error report and display 3 the error message Prints the error report 2 Displays the error message 3 Prints the error report and displays the error message Supported only by FS 1500 series FS 1600 series FS 3400 series and FS 3600 series I0 Name of the partition in memory card The FRPO 10 specifies a memory card partition name to be automatically read at power up Only one partition may be specified The data read from the named partition at power up will be available to users accessing the currently active interface The command uses the following format FRPO IO partition name Note that a comma must be placed after the 10 parameter The partition name should not exceed 15 printable ASCII characters 20H through 7EH and be enclosed by single or double quotation marks Partition names are case sensitive so the correct upper and lowercase characters must be used in the FRPO IO string The FRPO M2 parameter enables the printing system to read the partition name into a port apart fr
245. in userdict dlenvelope Set imageable area to International DL size 110 x 220 envelope See KPDL Printable Area on page 141 This operator is in userdict 11 17 Set imageable area to 11 x 17 Ledger size See KPDL Printable Area on page 141 This operator is in userdict legal Set imageable area to legal size See KPDL Printable Area on page 141 This operator is in userdict letter Set imageable area to letter size See KPDL Printable Area onpage 141 This operator is in userdict lettersmall Set imageable area to small letter size See KPDL Printable Area on page 141 This operator is in userdict executivepage Set imageable area to executive size See KPDL Printable Area on page 141 This operator is in userdict 7 129 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 130 Table 7 45 KPDL Status Operators Sheet 3 of 5 Preceding stack Operator Result Description com10envelope 4 125 x 9 5 envelope Set imageable area to Commercial 10 envelope size See KPDL Printable Area on page 141 This operator is in userdict monarcenvelope 3 875 x 7 5 envelope Set imageable area to Monarch envelope size See KPDL Printable Area on page 141 This operator is in userdict com envelope Setimageable area to Commercial 6 envelope size See KPDL Printable Area on page 141 This operator is in userdict com9envelope 3 75 x 8 875 envelope Set imageable area to Commercial 9 en
246. in effect 5 6 7 8 buffer size The printing system utilizes each one buffer for its interfaces This enables simultaneous receiving of data from the different host computers The FRPO 5 M6 7 and 8 parameters determine the ratio among the sizes allocated to these buffers Parameters M6 and M7 are provided for option interfaces For example to allocate the buffers with size ratio of 5 1 use the following format IR M3 1 FRPO MS 5 FRPO 6 1 EXIT Ignored in some emulation modes Models of low end category only A3 ledger models only Chapter 7 Emulation The printing systems emulate the operation of seven other printers HP LaserJet mode 6 HP 7550A mode 8 Proprinter X24E mode 1 Epson LQ 850 mode 5 Diablo 630 mode 2 Standard line printer mode 0 KPDL mode 9 PostScript compatible Word processing and graphics software for any of the above printers also works with the printing system All you need to do is to set the printing system to emulate the printer your software supports and select the appropriate printer driver In rare cases when your software does not support any of the printers above install your software to drive the standard line printer and use PRESCRIBE commands to control line spacing character spacing etc Inappropriate selection of printer drivers and printer based emulations will produce undesirable results When shipped
247. in the same proprietary notices as those appearing on the original This License shall continue until the last use of the Software and Typefaces unless sooner terminated This License may be terminated by Agfa Japan if you fail to comply with the terms of this License and such failure is not remedied within thirty 30 days after notice from Agfa Japan When this License expires or is terminated you shall either return to Agfa Japan or destroy all copies of the Software and Typefaces and documentation as requested You agree that you will not modify alter disassemble decrypt reverse engineer or decompile the Software Agfa Japan warrants that for ninety 90 days after delivery the Software will perform in accordance with Agfa Japan published specifications and the diskette will be free from defects in material and workmanship Agfa Japan does not warrant that the Software is free from all bugs errors and omissions THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND MERCHANTABILITY ARE EXCLUDED Your exclusive remedy and the sole liability of Agfa Japan in connection with the Software and Typefaces is repair or replacement of defective parts upon their return to Agfa Japan IN NO EVENT WILL AGFA JAPAN BE LIABLE FOR LOST PROFITS LOST DATA OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY ABUSE OR MISAPPLICATION OF THE SOFTWARE AND TYPEFACES
248. ine 3 moves the cursor 2 inches to the right of its current position and down 1 inch from its current position Then the com mand DRP 1 5 1 draws a line from that point to a point 1 5 inches to the left of the cursor position and 1 inch above it The cursor winds up 0 5 inches to the right of the point where it started Lines 5 to 8 repeat the move and draw sequence two more times This produces three parallel lines as shown in the figure on the previous page Lines in Terms of Angles Until now all of our examples have specified positions in terms of Cartesian X Y coor dinates This example illustrates drawing lines of specified lengths and angles RES SPD 0 017 MZP 5 4 DRPA 2 149 DRPA 2 221 DRPA 2 293 DRPA 2 365 DRPA 2 437 PAGE EXIT CMNT CMNT Equivalent to 5 degrees Equivalent to 77 degrees 2 5 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial Figure 2 4 Result of Draw Commands Lines in Angles The first two lines of this command sequence initiates the PRESCRIBE mode resets printing system defaults to permanent settings and sets the line width to 0 01 inches Then the MZP command on line 3 moves the cursor to a point 5 inches to the right of the left edge limit and 4 inches below the top edge limit Next DRPA 2 149 on line 4 draws a line two inches long at an angle of 149 degrees The angle is measured clockwise from the vertical axis The subsequent DRPA com mands draw additional
249. ins Draws a line to an absolute position in a Cartesian coor dinate system whose origin 0 0 is at the intersection of the left and top edge limits of the paper Draws a line toa position specified as a horizontal and ver tical displacement from the current cursor position Draws a line toa position that is specified as a distance and angle from the current cursor position Examples of these commands are given in the sections that follow Begin with a simple task such as drawing a line between two arbitrary points on a page Use the MAP and DAP commands to specify positions relative to the top and left mar gins This task has several distinct steps selecting a line width determining the starting point of the line and determining the end point of the line The following command sequence demonstrates this process RES 2 2 Figure 2 1 Result of Draw Commands Absolute Lines Edge limits Margins DAP 2 0 5 MAP 0 5 1 The initial R command switches the printing system to the PRESCRIBE mode Remember that this command must always precede each sequence of PRESCRIBE com mands The RES RESet clears the current page from printing system memory and re estab lishes the printing system s permanent defaults Although you would not include this command in every sequence of PRESCRIBE commands we include it in this example to ensure consistent results As a standard practice include the RES at the beginning
250. inserted in future editions The user is asked to excuse any omissions or errors in the present edition responsibility is assumed if accidents occur while the user is following the instructions in this manual No responsibility is assumed for defects in the printing system s firmware Regarding Tradenames PRESCRIBE is a registered trademark of Kyocera Corporation KPDL is a trademark of Kyocera Corporation Diablo 630 is a product of Xerox Corporation IBM Proprinter X 24E is a product of International Business Machines Corpo ration Epson LQ 850 is a product of Seiko Epson Corporation HP LaserJet Hewlett Packard PCL and HP GL 2 are reg istered trademarks of Hewlett Packard Company Other product names and company names that appear in this manual are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners Typeface Trademark Acknowledgement All resident fonts in the printing system are licensed from Bitstream Inc and Agfa corporation For font license information for each model refer to the User s Manual Helvetica Palatino and Times are registered trademarks of Linotype Hell AG Century Schoolbook Stymie and Cooper Black are trademarks of Kingsley ATF Type Corporation ITC Avant Garde Gothic ITC ZapfChancery ITC ZapfDingbats ITC Souvenir ITC Benguiat and ITC Bookman are registered trademarks of International Typeface Corporation Revue is a trademark of Esselte Pendaflex Corporation in the U S Letraset Canada Ltd
251. ion Changing the print direction also changes the margins to maintain the same printable area as prior to the change The current position the physical location in which the next character will be printed and its coordinate values remain the same as in the previous print direction Changing the print direction also changes the orientation of any subsequent raster graph ics and PRESCRIBE vector graphics However it does not affect the orientation of any subsequent HP GL 2 graphics HP GL 2 graphics can only be rotated with the HP GL 2 RO command or the LaserJet orientation command Basic Concepts Figure 1 6 Print Direction Portrait print direction Landscape print direction Top margin Current Point Current Point in margin Bottom margin Right margin Left margin Bottom margin Right margin Reverse landscape print direction Reverse portrait print direction Current point Top margin Top margin Current point Bottom margin Bottom margin gt E a zi Right margin Right margin Coordinate Systems With PRESCRIBE positions on a page are described in terms of X and Y coordinates The origin of the coordinate system the position at which X and Y both equal 0 is located at the intersection of the top margin and the left margin Values of X greater than 0 indicate positions to the right of the origin and values of Y indicat
252. ion Parameter Command Hexadecimal Desk Floor Desk Floor Value toptype type toptype type B amp W B amp W Color Color Transfer of Bytes ESC b W 2A 62 Yes Yes Yes Yes Raster Data by Data 57 TOW Transfer of Bytes ESC b V IB 2A 98 No No Yes Yes Raster Data Data 56 by plane End Raster Old version ESC rB 1B 2A 72 42 Yes Yes Yes Yes Graphics Preferred ESC rC 1B 2A 72 43 Yes Yes Yes Yes Raster Height RasterRows ESC r T 2A 72 Yes Yes Yes Yes Source 54 Raster Width Pixels ofthe ESC r S 2A 72 Yes Yes Yes Yes Source Specified 53 Resolution THE PRINT MODEL Imaging Select Current Solid Black ESC vOT 2 76 30 54 Yes Pattern default Solid White ESC vIT 2 763154 Yes Yes Yes Yes HP defined ESC v2T 2 763254 Yes Yes Yes Yes Shading Pattern HP defined ESC v3T 2 763354 Yes Yes Yes Yes Cross Hatched Pattern User defined ESC v4T 2 763454 Yes Yes Yes Yes pattern Source Transparent ESC vON 1B2A76304E Yes Yes Yes Yes Opaque ESC vIN 1B2A76314E Yes Yes Yes Yes Pattern Transparent ESC v0O 1B2A76304F Yes Yes Yes Yes Transparency Opaque ESC v10 1B2A76314F Yes Logical ROP3 ESC i20 1B 2A 6C Yes Yes Yes Yes Operation input value 4F Pixel Grid ESC vOR 1B 2A 6C 3052 Yes Yes Yes Yes Placement Intersection Pixel ESC v1IR 1B 2 763152 Yes Yes Yes Yes Placement Rectangle Dimensions Rectangle of dots ESC c A
253. is bit defines page orientation 0 Landscape 1 Observes the FRPO value Default Cursor Position bit 5 This bit defines the cursor position for the page at power up 0 Upper left corner of the page X min 1 Lower left corner of the page X min Y min min Pen Selection 7 100 On an actual plotter pen thickness and color are selected by physically installing pens On the printing system the pen thickness is established with a PRESCRIBE command or by a simple front panel operation Format xx EXIT Parameters n pen number 1 penl 2 pen2 3 pen3 4 pen4 5 pen5 6 pen6 HP 7550A Emulation KC GL Mode 8 7 7 pen7 8 pen8 xx Line width in dots 0 to 99 0 line not printed Positions in the plot area can be defined as plotter units or user units These units are explained next 2 Since the pen thickness is measured in the unit of dot printing an object the 600 dpi olution will result in the thickness of lines being half that expected in the 300 dpi resolu Note tion To avoid this switch the printing resolution to 300 dpi using the FRPO N8 command or temporarily using the PRESCRIBE RESL command Alternatively if you need to use the 600 dpi resolution increase the pen thickness to the double Reducing Data Larger Than A2 Size The KC GL can print the data of paper sizes larger than A2 size reducing it onto a paper size specified
254. ited States Postal Service USPS utilizes POSTNET POSTal Numeric Encoding Technique to process bulk mail and business reply envelopes quickly and efficiently Though this barcode accepts any values within the range specified on the previous page we recommend that all parameters except type flag and string not be specified as the scanability of the barcode is most effective with the default values Also the flag parame ter for this barcode must be N do not print human readable text See the figure on 8 for POSTNET barcode location Barcode 41 USPS FIM prints a Facing Identification Mark pattern which may be printed on the envelope adjacent to the stamp The combination of a FIM and the POST NET barcode 39 barcode enables faster processing by the USPS When generating a FIM pattern all parameters except type flag and string are 1gnored The flag parameter must N Characters permitted for the string parameter are A and only and each represents one of four different FIM patterns For example Courtesy Replay Mail and stamped reply mail require the FIM A pattern while Business Reply Mail and unstamped prepaid return mail require the FIM C pattern Also see the figure on 8 for FIM location Barcode 43 Customer has four bar heights Only the shortest and tallest bar heights are specifiable the heights for the intermediate two bars being adjusted automatically Any values entered for bar and
255. ives a SP or SP 0 instruction Figure 7 28 Plot Coordinates Mode A 60 0 Mode B GO 1 0 0 Automatic Plot Coordinate Mode bit 2 0 Printing System changes the plot coordinate from mode A to mode B when it receives a IP Input P1 and P2 instruction using the negative parameter value When the IN INitialize instruction is later given the printing system reverts to mode A Chapter 7 Emulation 1 Printing System remains in mode A even when the IP instruction includes a nega tive parameter value Enhance Mode bit 3 This bit supports the enhance mode of HP 7550A and HP 758X plotters 0 Normal mode HP 7550A standard mode and HP 758X emulation mode 1 Enhance mode HP 7550A enhance mode and HP 758X standard mode The enhance mode should be turned on when the printing system uses the HP 758X mode The enhance mode affects the KC GL IW Input Window OW Output Win dow and UC plot User defined Character instructions as follows IW User units are used for specifying the parameters in scaling OW Window outputs are made in user units in scaling UC Values for the pen control increments in x and y coordinates the width and height of characters differ from the normal non enhance mode as follows Pen down Penup xly increment Char width Char Height Normal mode 299 lt 99 98to 98 6 grids 16 grids Enhance mode 29999 lt 9999 9998 to 9998 48 grids 64 grids Page Orientation bit 4 Th
256. ives notes on the printing system s various emulation modes An Index is also provided at the end of this manual Notice Most PRESCRIBE commands operate in the same way on all of these models However on particular models some commands are irrelevant Model dependent differences are noted at the pertinent locations in this manual Conventions italic 18 used for emphasis and also refers to a related chapter or section in this man ual or another related document fixed pitch means text or commands that you must type exactly as it appears Table of Contents General Infomation 2 eee ete a tret rte te on ite deerit eere 1 Introduction p lii Introduction to PRESCRIBE Format of PRESCRIBE Commands essere eere enne nennen nnne nennen 1 4 Basic Com Ce pts REIR IURE IR TERRI S REASONS 1 4 eR Ne HT oH OE S 1 4 Marinas Raten RU tete tW esa a MIR RR 1 4 Page Orientation and Direction ener enne nennen nnne nnne 1 5 Coordinate Systems deoa rte esee RE 1 7 Text Positioning 4o ioo dee nt bem ve dust 1 7 Character Spacing xe ete d e E HERE I RI HERE Ter 1 8 Patlis uu edere PR ent P DERE 1 9 Eogical Page and Physical Page urn RR RE 1 9 Command Paramietets s eto PU be Ret Arie e ERR E Fede eke 1 10 Numtieri Parameters e Rs 1 10 haracterz tEIngs 155 dte reste D ER RENTRE
257. jo a 6 8 L 9 S v t 4 T 0 L9 aouesy 014210 sjeg 04 6 069 014810 62 sn 014714 7 16 Diablo 630 Emulation Mode 2 992 662 73 102 161 Sit 6ST ert e TIL 96 6L 9 n ois Eo Ol l 752 222 902 061 713 991 evt 921 ott v6 84 29 9v 0t vl ago 4 0 _ lt 52 152 122 902 681 eL 481 Tet Set 601 6 LL 19 Sv 62 er lt AIT EIQ u 292 952 022 02 881 ett 991 ovt vet 801 6 9 09 rd et 4 gm S t9 ER S 5 152 562 62 02 181 Lut 981 6er cl LOT 16 91 68 ey 4 gt Sm dus 052 154 872 202 981 St BET 221 901 06 85 ev 9 OL z EIZO 6v2 eez Le 102 881 691 LST Tet SOT 68 tL 18 152 6 Sh 972 22 912 002 891 291 9et 0901 v0l 88 21 96 0v ve 8 zero vete X u x H 8 Lye Tee 512 661 81 191 161 SeT Eor 18 56 6 c 1 tT DIL 972 062 H 861 281 991 OST vel 201 98 04 YS ge 22 9 NI A 4 9 5 I NIJ 5 622 ele 161 Tet 8691 224 eel 101 58 69 9 18 8 2 we s 74 212 961 081 v91 24 eet 9tt 01 8 89 25 9 0 eye Lee 561 611 91 n iet SIL 66 8 19 TS 61 t iG BIO S l3 22 922 012 v6l 8t 291 9vt
258. l Terminator instruction defines the first succeeding character as a character plot terminator The character plot terminator is used to terminate the LB LaBel instruction The default terminator is the ETX character End of Text which uses ASCII code 3 If this termina tor is inconvenient the DT instruction enables the user to change the character plot ter minator to a different character Parameter Formats KC GL parameters are specified in one of the following formats Integer When not scaled integers are valid in the range from 223 to 223 1 plotter units Digits to the right of the decimal point are ignored If no sign is specified the value is assumed to be positive Real number decimal Real numbers from 223 to 223 1 are valid They can include up to eight digits to the right of the decimal point If no sign is specified the value is assumed to be positive Scaled real number scaled decimal Real numbers from 22 to 223 1 can be used with up to eight digits to the right of the decimal point If no sign is specified the value 15 assumed to be positive Scaled real numbers are used only with scaled user units All KC GL parameters that are interpreted as user units are scaled Character string A combination of characters numeric expressions and string variables When coding an instruction with two or more parameters Examples PA PR PU PD remember that the parameters must be set apart by a separato
259. lect it as current tray and set imageable area for executive size paper c4envelopetray Find tray containing International C4 envelopes select it as current tray and set imageable area for International C4 envelopes cSenvelopetray Find tray containing International C5 envelopes select it as current tray and set imageable area for International C5 envelopes 10 Find tray containing commercial 10 envelopes select it as current tray and set imageable area for commercial 10 envelopes com envelope tray Find tray containing commercial 6 envelopes select it as current tray and set imageable area for commercial 6 envelopes com9envelope tray Find tray containing commercial 9 envelopes select it as current tray and set imageable area for commercial 9 envelopes 7 131 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 132 Table 7 45 KPDL Status Operators Sheet 5 of 5 Preceding stack Operator Result Description dlenvelopetray Findtray containing DL size envelopes select itas current tray and set imageable area for DL size envelopes monarcenvelopetray Find tray containing Monarch size envelopes select it as current tray and set imageable area for Monarch size envelopes a3tray Find tray containing A3 size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for A3 size paper b4tray Find tray containing B4 size paper select i
260. lian 015 37 47 ISO Spanish 017 38 48 ISO Portuguese 016 39 49 SO Norwegian Version 2 061 7 108 HP 7550A Emulation KC GL Mode 8 Z amp MCI eb pop ee sm E 25 ow abs S q q ILS a lice leah e Losier ia V eclolrie 6 gt 4 Sie e ci olor ae Te aie oie elg y z AE Le OS OS OPES Las SCTE 7 suoisuojx3 ol lt 1 58 WE E 2 POLI JH amp ro NE AER seq UM Bb Sarees ESSET EM MIDIMISOIZ ATF IAJAISOIN 9 Ze oT iar Gar ex Wa ex qe HG e Pe ee yee D 0 1 109 OG LAS CT 0 OSV ISNV 5195 04 6 19 9y 7 109 Chapter 7 Emulation Ja32e4eu aaeds yoeg 7 2 uorsJaA APMJON OST asanBr3J0d OSI Uem M ystueds OST LE A lt 0 URO e uet e3 OST OSI GE 21 ysuad4 OSI ve ueuJa9 OSI E E uorsJaA AeMJON OST cE SaweN J04 usrpaMs OST ustpaMs OST 0E UOTSJaq 33U3J3 4
261. lor rendering dictionary redfreq redang redproc greenfreq greenang greenproc bluefreq blueang blueproc grayfreq grayang grayproc array name redproc greenproc blueproc grayproc Q setcolorscreen setcolorspace setcolortransfer Set the halftone parameter Specify a color space Set the transfer function parameter array offset setdash Set dash pattern for lines string dict setdevparams Set parameters for I O device file position setfileposition Reposition a file num setflat Set flatness tolerance smoothness of curves font setfont Set current font dictionary 7 125 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 126 Table 7 44 KPDL Page Description Operators Sheet 9 of 11 Preceding stack Operator Result Description bool setglobal Set the VM allocation mode num setgray Set gray level from 0 black to 1 white gstate setgstate Replace the current graphics state halftone sethalftone Establish a halftone dictionary hue sat brt sethsbcolor Set hue saturation and brightness converted to gray int setlinecap Set butt 0 round 1 or square 2 line ends int setlinejoin Set miter 0 round 1 or bevel 2 corner type num setlinewidth Set line width matrix setmatrix Replace current transform matrix with given matrix num setmiterlimit Set miter length limit int setobjectformat Establish the number repres
262. lt CR gt lt LF gt RDYMSG PJL RDYMSG DISPLAY message lt CR gt lt LF gt RESET PJL RESET lt CR gt lt LF gt SET PJL SET LPARM personality variable value lt CR gt lt LF gt STMSG PJL STMSG DISPLAY message lt CR gt lt LF gt Response PJL STMSG DISPLAY message CR lt LF gt UEL SPJL lt 5 gt 12345 USTATUS PJL USTATUS variable value lt CR gt lt LF gt Response PJL USTATUS variable lt CR gt lt LF gt 1 or more lines of printable characters or WS followed by CR lt LF gt lt FF gt USTATUSOFF PJL USTATUSOFF lt CR gt lt LF gt PJL lt CR gt lt LF gt 7 67 Chapter 7 Emulation 552 62 622 102 Tet 4 661 56 6 t9 n 1 0193 862 222 902 061 tL 8st evt Olt v6 BL 29 oF 0t vl FIA 9 o fia _ ce SEN 62 n 122 502 681 191 SZI 601 6 uu 19 Sb 62 et n yYW 252 952 022 02 881 21 9st ovt vet 801 26 94 09 tb 82 2 BS E gt 152 Gee 612 02 191 591 eet 40 16 SL 6 tt na IL 50 13 062 vec 812 202 981 041 eet 901 06 v 9s ev 92 OL o 9 9 Zif GA eez 102 581 691 esr Let Tet SOT 68 L 15 iv 6 eon S A tI A 1 6 Bre 29 91 002 eT 891 IRL 9gt 421 01 88 24 96 0v ve 9 8 nz 1
263. m s internal settings Most of the operators in this section are paired one operator for setting an environmental parameter and another operator for confirming the setting The setting operator starts with the letters set The confirmation operator has the same name but without the initial set Communication with the Printing System 7 116 The operations described below are performed by sending KPDL operators to the print ing system in the KPDL mode KPDL operators can be sent either by file transfer or interactively using communications software This section explains both methods As an example it uses the KPDL operator that sets the printing system to print a simple graph ics sample as shown in Figure 7 43 on page 117 Example Operators to draw a text and an enclosing box Note that in KPDL mode unit for dis tances is 1 7 inches IR SEM 9 EXIT 2 1 3 setlinewidth 30 30 moveto 0 60 rlineto 225 0 rlineto 0 60 rlineto Enter KPDL mode Set line width to 3 Move to 30 30 Draw line 60 above Draw line 225 to the right Draw line 60 below closepath Close the above path gsave Save current graphics state 0 6 setgray Set gray level to 0 6 fill Fill the path with gray grestore Restore saved graphics state 0 setgray Set gray level to 0 stroke Stroke the path setgray Set gray level to solid black Select and scale to 30 points Move to 100 100 Print the string 1 Helvetica Nr
264. mand IBM PC 863 Canadian French IBM PC 863 FRPO U6 12 FRPO U7 1 IBM PC 865 Norwegian IBM PC 865 FRPO U6 13 FRPO U7 1 By giving a particular value for the U6 and U7 parameters it is possible to use another symbol set which the Diablo does not have For details see LaserJet Symbol Sets on page 37 At power up or after a reset the printing system defaults to LetterGothic 12 points 10 cpi This default font emulates the IBM printer s Sans serif 10cpi font The default font cannot be changed in the IBM Proprinter X24E emulation The FRPO C5 C2 and C3 commands will be ignored in the IBM Proprinter X24E emulation The printing system also emulates three other IBM printer fonts Courier Prestige Elite and Courier Proportional See the table on next page These fonts can be obtained by embedded commands or by using a printer driver from your word processing software that supports the IBM Proprinter X24E No PRESCRIBE commands are needed An embedded command gives double wide versions and another give double high version of all four fonts Samples are shown on the next page Figure 7 4 IBM Proprinter Emulation Print Samples In the IBM emulation you have five basic fonts to choose from This is Draft Sans serif 10 cpi This is also Draft Sans serif but in 12 cpi And the same in Condensed spacing close to 17 cpi This is Letter Quality Courier 10 cpi This is Letter Quality Courier condensed This is Letter Qu
265. mmand remain effective until they are redefined by another XPAT command or until the printing system is turned off Drawing Pie Charts The standard graphics mode provides a convenient function for drawing pie charts See the following example RES UNIT SPD 05 2 10 10 PIE 2 0 10 20 30 40 PAGE EXIT Figure 2 12 PIE Example The PIE command uses the format PIE radius starting angle size of slice In the example above the radius is 2 centimeters since we set the unit to centimeters with the UNIT command and the starting angle is 0 degrees Four pie slices are speci fied with sizes of 10 20 30 and 40 The printing system automatically converts the slice sizes to angles totalling 360 degrees Then it draws the first slice with a cut at the angle specified by the second parameter 0 degrees in our example or straight up The remaining slices are drawn in sequence clockwise around the circle The line thickness used for drawing the circle and the lines between slices are designated by the SPD Set Pen Diameter command Any number of pie slice sizes can be specified provided that the total length of the com mand does not exceed 255 characters and that the sum of the pie slices does not exceed 9999 A I numbers specified for slice sizes must be non negative integers The PIE command does not fill in the slices with any fill pattern The PAT command can be used to create shaded
266. mode OE 4 ESC DCI n Set offset to n 1B Yes ESC SYNn Select printwheel type 16n ESC EM 1 Upper cassette for sheet 1 1B 1931 Yes ESC EM2 Lower cassette for sheet 2 1B 19 32 Yes ESCEME Manual paper feed for envelope 1B 19 45 Yes ESCEMR Eject page 1B 19 52 Yes ESC SUB SO Memory test 1B 1A 0E ESCSUB 1 Request status byte 1 1 31 ESC SUB 3 Request status byte 3 1B 1A 33 ESCSUBI Initialize printer 1B 1A 49 Yes ESCSUBR Remote error reset 1B 1A 52 ESC GS A Disable NAK error response from printer 1B 1D 41 ESC GS B Reenable NAK error response from printer 1B ID 42 ESCRS n Set n 1 48 inch line spacing IEn Yes ESCUSn Set n 1 120 inch character spacing IF n Yes ESC 96 Increase carriage setting time 1B 25 ESC amp Bold and shadow printing OFF 1B 26 Yes ESC Set plot precision 2C ESC Set vertical tab at current position 1B 2D Yes ESC n Change plot character 1B 2En ESC Auto backward printing ON 1B2F ESC Auto backward printing OFF 5C ESCO Set right margin at current position 1B 30 Yes ESC 1 Set horizontal tab at current position 1 31 Yes ESC2 Clear all vertical and horizontal tabs 32 Yes Diablo 630 Emulation Mode 2 Table 7 9 Diablo 630 Control Codes Sheet 2 of 2 Command Function Code hex Supported ESC3 Graphics mode ON 1B 33 Yes ESC 4 Graphics mode
267. n 7 4 Imaging model 2 37 International characters KC GL 7 110 K KC GL character sets 7 108 coordinates 7 99 default status 7 115 device control 7 107 emulation 7 97 instruction format 7 97 instructions table 7 112 modes A and B 7 99 parameter format 7 98 pen selection 7 100 status information 7 103 KPDL 4 4 7 116 L Line drawing 2 2 path mode 2 18 Line end caps 2 20 Line join 2 21 Line join mode 2 21 Line printer emulation 7 3 Line width 2 2 Line cap mode 2 20 Lines 2 2 relative 2 4 zero relative 2 3 Logical page 1 9 M Margins 1 4 1 6 2 2 Memory card 4 2 Miter limit 2 21 values 2 22 Mitered line join 2 21 MSI barcode 5 2 N Native language 1 1 Notched line join 2 21 Origin 1 7 Page direction 1 5 Page orientation 1 5 Path mode graphics 2 16 Pattern number 2 22 2 24 Permanent parameters 6 1 Physical page 1 9 Pie charts 2 14 Plotter units 7 101 PRESCRIBE command length limit 1 4 format 1 4 Presentation mode 2 36 Print direction 1 6 Print model 2 1 Proportional fonts 1 8 Proportional spacing 1 8 Q Quotation marks 1 11 R Radius 2 9 2 15 Raster data in taggged image file format 2 34 printing commands 2 35 run length compressed 2 34 7 34 uncompressed 2 34 Raster graphics 2 34 compression formats 2 34 Real number KC GL 7 98 Relative coordinates 2 19 Resident fonts 4 2 Roman Extension 7 33 Roman 8
268. n EXIT in the following string is just text it does not cause the printing system to exit from the PRESCRIBE mode TEXT NO EXIT NO RETURN When the string itself contains one type of quotation mark the quotation mark must be enclosed in quotes of the other type Here are two examples 1 11 Chapter 1 Introduction to PRESCRIBE 1 12 TEXT You re about to enter PRESCRIBE TEXT n wm In the first command above the character string starts with a double quotation mark The printing system therefore expects the string to end with a double quotation mark and regards the apostrophe in the word You re as an ordinary character not as the string ter minator Similarly the double quotation marks in the second command above are recognized as ordinary characters not as string terminators Since an apostrophe or quotation mark can start a character string anywhere in a PRE SCRIBE command sequence it is important not to start character strings unintentionally The following examples demonstrate incorrect use of apostrophes and double quotation marks Incorrect CMNT Don t leave stray apostrophes EXIT Incorrect CMNT The symbol means inches EXIT In both of the above cases the printing system assumes that the expression EXIT is part of a character string started by the preceding apostrophe or quotation mark and fails to exit the PRESCRIBE mode The correct wa
269. n mode i e the orientation of the raster image If the presentation mode is 0 the default mode raster lines print along the width of the physical page regardless of the current page orienta tion If the presentation mode is raster lines print in the orientation of the logical page This is illustrated the figure that follows 2 35 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial 2 36 Figure 2 36 Presentation Modes Presentation mode 0 X X Current point Current point y d Width Y Height 7 pa E a Landscape Portrait Presentation mode 1 X X Current point Current point Y d Width Y Width Landscape Portrait A secondary function of the SRO command specifies the width and height of the raster area When a width and height are explicitly specified any part of the raster image that extends outside of the area 15 clipped The STR command specifies the resolution at which raster data 1s printed The default resolution is 75 dots per inch or the equivalent of 16 physical dots for each raster line dot The following figure shows how a single raster line dot correlates to physical dots at each of the available raster data resolutions Figure 2 37 Dot Resolutions 100 dpi resolution 150 dpi resolution 200 dpi resolution 300 dpi resolution 600 dpi resolution 1200 dpi resolution D The RVRD and RVCD commands pri
270. nd manipulating paths including ellipses and round boxes etc execute macros including carbon copy macro control external optional units feeders etc You can access the features of PRESCRIBE from any of the seven emulation modes These modes include Hewlett Packard LaserJet emulation Hewlett Packard HP 7550A plotter emulation IBM Proprinter X24E 24 pin dot matrix printer emulation Epson LQ 850 24 pin dot matrix printer emulation Diablo 630 emulation generic line printer emulation KPDL Apple LaserWriter II NTX NT emulation an option on some models About the Technical Reference manual The Technical Reference manual is organized into eight chapters The first four chapters of this manual constitute an tutorial introduction to PRESCRIBE The rests mainly con cern advanced utilities and setups Chapter 1 Introduction to PRESCRIBE introduces some basic concepts of PRESCRIBE Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial outlines the graphic handling features of PRESCRIBE Chapter 3 Macros introduces program macros a concept that makes it easy to define sequences of PRESCRIBE commands then call them repeatedly whenever they are needed Chapter 4 Fonts provides how to manage font selection and font samples Later Chapter 5 Barcodes explains the barcode printing capabilities of the command language Chapter 6 Permanent Parameters explains how to reprogram the printing system s firm ware for customization Chapter 7 Emulation g
271. nd names generally consist of three or four letters In most commands the parameters must be followed by commas The last parameter is always followed by a semicolon Some commands RES for example have no parameters In this case the command should be followed immediately by a semicolon RES The length of a single PRESCRIBE command is limited to 255 characters from the first letter of the command name through the final semicolon Commands longer than 255 characters are not executed Spaces carriage return codes and line feed codes are generally ignored in PRESCRIBE command sequences These characters are not generally counted in the command length Exception Spaces are not ignored in quoted character strings To improve readability place at least one space before each command or place each command on a separate line Basic Concepts This section discusses a few basic concepts concerning how the printing system prints on the page These concepts are Edge limits Margins e Coordinate systems Text positioning Character spacing e Paths Logical page and physical page Page orientation and direction Edge Limits The printing system cannot place print on the outside edges of the paper The edge limits to which printing is possible are located 5 mm inside the edges of the paper or 6 mm 5mm in landscape orientation from the left edge and 4 mm from the top of the paper in HP LaserJet emulation Refer to the figur
272. ndustrial two of five with no checksum 5 5 Chapter 5 Barcodes 5 6 Table 5 1 Barcode Types Sheet 2 of 2 No Type 32 Ames with no checksum 33 Delta distance a with no checksum 34 Delta distance 7 with checksum 35 EAN 8 with two digit supplement 36 EAN 8 with five digit supplement 37 EAN 13 with two digit supplement 38 EAN 13 with five digit supplement 39 POSTNET USPS 40 FIM USPS 41 Interleaved two of five USD 1 with checksum 42 UCC EAN 128 43 Customer 44 Wide gap CODABAR Table 5 2 Length Character Set and Default Sheet 1 of 2 Type Length Character set Default 0 11 0123456789 0 1 13 2 16 3 13 4 18 5 22 6 25 7 29 8 6 9 8 10 11 1 7 12 12 13 13 14 15 15 1 14 16 1 14 17 1 14 18 1 14 19 1 40 0123456789ABCDEFGHIJK LMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ Space and space 20 1 40 21 2 26 0123456789 0 22 1 25 23 1 40 All printable characters ASCII codes 32 to 126 Space 24 2 40 25 1 45 0123456789 Space 26 1 45 27 1 50 All printable characters ASCII codes 32 to 126 Space 28 3 32 0123456789 abcdetn Table 5 2 Length Character Set and Default Sheet 2 of 2 Type Length Character set Default 29 1 25 0123456789 0 30 1 25 31 1 25 32 1 25 0123456789 0 33 1 25 0123456799 0 34 1 25 35 9 0123456789 0 36 12 37 14 38 17 39 1
273. ng a path that is both filled and stroked RES UNIT C NEWP PMZP 4 2 PARC 3 3 1 90 270 PARC 5 3 1 270 90 SCG STRK RPG GPAT 5 FILL 1 PAGE EXIT The result appears in the figure above Chapter 3 Macros After you have gone to the trouble of creating and debugging a PRESCRIBE command sequence it is inefficient to use it only once but it is a nuisance to type the same sequence repeatedly The solution is to make the sequence into a macro Then you can execute the entire sequence with a single CALL command The procedure for defining a macro command sequence is simple Step 1 Assign a name to the sequence Place the name at the top of the sequence ending with a semicolon Step 2 Add the PRESCRIBE command MCRO in front of the name Step 3 Add the PRESCRIBE command ENDM at the end of the sequence Chapter 3 Macros MCRO Command 3 2 The MCRO command assigns a name to the sequence of PRESCRIBE commands that follows until the ENDM END Macro command appears Thereafter the entire sequence of commands can be executed by specifying the assigned name in a single CALL or AMCR Automatic MaCRo command The MCRO command has the follow ing format MCRO name dummy sign comment The name of a macro can be any length but only the first four characters are recognized by the PRESCRIBE command language Any distinction between upper and lowercase letters is also i
274. not fold 3 Fold FoldDetails dict Control the detailed parameters of folding See FoldMode and FoldCount below FoldMode int 1 Fold staple booklet pages FoldCopy int Control the number of pages to be folded 0 Do not fold the pages whose number exceeds the maximum l Fold the rest of the pages whose number exceeds the maximum 2 Fold every two pages 3 Fold every three pages 10 Fold every ten pages Jog int Jog the output every n pages as given by the integer code 0 Do not jog 3 Jog using the given jog offset only when optional stacker is installed Staple int Staple the output every n pages as given by the integer code 0 Do not staple 3 Staple when job is finished StapleDetails dict Control the detailed parameters of the staple function EconoMode bool Control Econoprint mode true Econoprint on false Econoprint off Punchd int Punch output pages DF 71 DF 75 0 Do not punch 3 Punch when a set of job is printed PunchDetails dict Controls the detailed parameters of the punch See PunchMode below 7 137 Chapter 7 Emulation Table 7 48 KPDL Page Device Parameters Sheet 3 of 3 Preceding Stack Parameter Result Description PunchMode int Punch using sub style DF 71 1 Native style of punching 2 Substyle SlipSheet int Insert transparency separator 0 No separator 3 Insert a separator when a set of job is printed SlipSheetDetails dict Control the d
275. nt path with current color sre tgt Q filter file Create a filtered file param paramn name name findcolorrendering name bool Find the color rendering string resource as spcified by argument key findencoding array Obtain an encoding vector key findfont font Get a font dictionary identified by key key category findresource instance Obtain a named resource instance in a specified category flattenpath Convert curves to piecewise linear segments numl floor num2 Find greatest integer not exceeding num1 flush Send data in buffer to standard output file flushfile Send data in buffer to output file or read and discard rest of input file 7 121 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 122 Table 7 44 KPDL Page Description Operators Sheet 5 of 11 Preceding stack Operator Result Description FontDirectory dict Push directory of font dictionaries on stack init incr limit proc for Execute proc for init to limit in steps of incr array proc forall Do proc for each array element dict proc forall Do proc for each element of dict string proc forall Do proc for each element of string any gcheck bool Return residence mode of any num stringl ge bool Test whether num stringl is num string2 greater than or equal to num string2 array index get obj Get array element at index location dict key get obj Get value associated with key in dictionar
276. nt raster data in the presentation mode specified by the SRO command and at the resolution specified by the STR command Either com mand can be used The RVRD command can only print uncompressed raster data The RVCD command can print uncompressed raster data run length encoded raster data or Raster Graphics tagged image file format raster data Both commands are used with the ENDR END Raster command Printing Raster Data The normal sequence for printing raster data is to set the presentation mode and if desired the height and width of the raster image area with the SRO command to set the dot resolution with the STR command then to print the raster data with the RVRD or RVCD ENDR command pair Changing the Printing System s Imaging Model The printing system s imaging model governs the way in which images and patterns are applied to each other In short it determines the transparency or opaqueness of images as images overlay one another and fill patterns are applied through images The image model applies to all PRESCRIBE image modes and also to operation in the Hewlett Packard LaserJet emulation mode In general placing any image on a page involves three elements a pattern a source image whose black bits are replaced by the pattern and a destination image which is any earlier image onto which the source image and pattern are placed The fill pattern or gray scale pattern is defined by the PAT command FPAT command or
277. nt width XBCP 2 Error correction by percentage XBCP 3 Error correction by predetermined level XBCP 4 Number of rows XBCP 5 Number of columns XBCP 6 Aspect ratio of height and width XBCP 7 Bar height by a ratio of element width XBCP 8 Number of rows and columns XBCP 4 and 5 XBCP 9 Truncation XBCP 10 through 19 These modes give additional control options used to support Macro PDF417 barcodes See more details in section Macro PDF 417 Positioning the Barcodes The following commands are positioning commands the PRESCRIBE language pro vides These commands are useful and sometimes essential for proper positioning of the barcodes onto a medium such as label More detailed discussion on these and some other positioning commands can be found in the PRESCRIBE Commands Command Reference By default the cursor is located at the top left corner of the barcode and stays there after printing is done MAP Moves the cursor to a position relative to the top and left margins MRP Moves the cursor from the current to a specified relative position MZP Moves the cursor to a position relative to the top and left edge limits of the page UNIT Sets the unit of measurement used in the PRESCRIBE commands including the above The initial unit is inches The other units are related to inches as 1 inch 2 54 centimeters 72 points 300 or 600 dots depending on the printing system model Limitations of Two dimensional Barcode
278. o perform manual feed true MF on ManualFeedTimeout int Return the manual feed timeout Read only 0 Margins array Set the printer margins default 0 0 MediaColor string Use this parameter along with PageSize MediaWeight and MediaType when the user selects a tray MediaType string Use this parameter along with PageSize MediaWeight and MediaColor when the user selectsatray For details on media type see footnote below MediaWeight int Use this parameter along with PageSize MediaType and MediaColor when the user selects a tray NumCopies int Set the current copy count Normally null when null is specified here copies in userdict takes precedence OutputAttributes OutputFaceUp dict bool Indicate the dictionary containing media output entries available for the current output device printer output tray sorter etc Set the printer s output stack true face up false face down OutputType string Indicate parameters set by the user when selecting the output stack See example below PageSize array Use this parameter along with MediaColor MediaWeight and MediaType when the user selectsatray Referto KPDL Printable Area on page 141 Ex 612 792 LETTER 595 842 A4 KPDL Operators Table 7 48 KPDL Page Device Parameters Sheet 2 of 3 Preceding Stack Parameter Result Description
279. o the values of the 4 bit sections The result is the ASCII code of the character that represents that section 2 13 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial 2 14 Column value CITI 0564764 9 24 64 88 x 0 48 48 0 064 64 604647124 048 48 0 1 64 65 A 38 64 102 f 0148 48 0 3464 67 C 3 64 67 C 048 48 0 6464 70 1464 65 A 8 48 56 8 12 64 76 L 0464 64 12 48 60 lt 24 64 88 X 0464 64 6448 54 6 48 64 112 p 0464 64 Q 3 48 51 3 48 64 112 p 0464 64 3 48 51 3 24 64 88 X 0464 64 6448 54 6 12 64 76 1 0464 64 12 48 60 lt 6464 70 1464 65 A 8 48 56 8 3464 67 C 3 64 67 C 048 48 0 1 64 65 A 38 64 102 f 0148 48 0 0 64 64 60 64 124 0 48 48 0 0 64 64 24 64 88 X 0 48 48 0 If the character resulting for section x of any row is indicating that all bits in that sec tion are white then that character may be omitted If sections x and y are both then both characters may be omitted However if the result for section y is and that for sec tion x is a character other than then no characters may be omitted In terms of the pro gram example above what this means is that the bit map string 8 08 OA OCCOFA8LG x86pG3p8Q3XGQ6L80 FA8CCOAfOG 0 X0 may be shortened by four characters to 81 8 lt 086 83 83 0861 08 lt 8 0X0 Patterns defined by the XPAT co
280. old integer Job Retention mode QuickCopy Stored job Proof and Hold HoldType integer Job Retention security No security 0 Security with PIN code Ee ego HoldKey integer PIN code Number of 4 bytes Barcode integer Barcode output Output on first page Output on all pages Do not output BarcodePosition integer Barcode printing position viewed in portrait orientation WAR pe eS RO refs NN NN oo on C9 t KWON SDS o Co 135 Lower right bar only Lower right perpendicular bar only Upper right perpendicular bar only Upper right bar only Upper left bar only Upper left perpendicular bar only Lower left perpendicular bar only Lower left bar only Lower right bar ID Lower right perpendicular bar ID Upper right perpendicular bar ID Upper right bar ID Upper left bar ID Upper left perpendicular bar ID Lower left perpendicular bar ID Lower left bar ID Share integer Name User Time string string string Share flag Job name User name Time stamp 0 Shared Not shared Character string up to 31 bytes maximum Character string up to 31 bytes maximum Character string up to 31 bytes maximum 0 0 0 Destination array VMB destination Programming with CollateDetails for Job Retention CollateDetails enables the printing system to implemen
281. ollator mode job manual wait setdefaulttimeouts Set timeout values bool setdoprinterrors Set error printing mode true print errors false do nothing int setdoret Set KIR level bool setdostartpage Select whetherto print status page at power up true output power on status false do not output bool setdosysstart Set Sys Start file reading mode at power up true execute Sys Start false do nothing int setjobtimeout Set time out value of current job integer integer setmailboxstacker Set sorter to mailbox mode top left setmargins Set top and left calibration margins int setmultirayid Set mail box identifier bool setpagestackorder Set stack tray true face down false face up old new setpassword bool Set printing system s password string setprintername Assign string as printing system name integer integer setsorterstacker Set sorter to sorting mode int setuserdiskpercent Adjust disk size for use with KPDL waittimeout int Get wait time out value a3 Set imageable area to A3 size See KPDL Printable Area on page 141 This operator is in userdict b4 Set imageable area to B4 size See KPDL Printable Area onpage 141 This operator is in userdict a4 Set imageable area to A4 size See KPDL Printable Area This operator is in userdict a4small Setimageable area to small A4 size See KPDL Printable Area onpage 141 This operator is in userdict 55 Set imageable area to B5 size See KPDL Printable Area on page 141 This operator is
282. om the currently active one For instance if the active port were the parallel port but the M2 parameter specified the serial port then the memory card data would be available to users accessing the serial interface M1 Status send control The FRPO MI parameter enables the user to receive printing system status information By sending CTRL T Hex 14 from the host computer to the printing system M3 Host buffer mode The M3 parameter determines the automatic or fixed host buffer mode Ifthe M3 value is 0 automatic the first data arriving from the computer go into buffer 1 regardless of which interface they arrive on While buffer 1 is in use if data also begin to arrive on a second interface they are stored in buffer 2 The printing system will print these data after it has finished printing the job received through buffer 1 The general rule is that data go to the available buffer Ifthe M3 value is fixed buffer 1 is fixed to receive only the data arriving in the parallel interface and buffer 2 is fixed in the option interface if installed The first data arriving on one of the interfaces go into its fixed dedicated buffer and the printing system begins printing these data and continues as above The factory setting of the total host buffer size is 60 kilobytes or 500 kilobytes depending on the model This can be altered by the FRPO H8 command If you alter the buffer size you must reset the printing system to bring the change
283. om number seed stack Write entire stack to standard output as text StandardEncoding array Push standard character code name array on stack start Make KPDL interpreter ready bool passwd startjob bool Start a new job with condition file status bool Test if file is open Table 7 44 KPDL Page Description Operators Sheet 10 of 11 KPDL Operators Preceding stack Operator Result Description statusdict dict Pushstatusdicton operandstack stop Terminate procedure executed by stopped operator obj stopped bool Execute object Return true if stop operator is executed in object false if object completes normally key value store Replace topmost definition of key int string string Create string of length int string stringwidth WX Wy Get width of string in current font stroke Draw line along current path strokepath Compute outline of path numl num2 sub difference Subtract num2 from num1 systemdict dict Push systemdict on operand stack file token token true or false Read and interpret token in file return false if file is empty string token tail token true or Read and interpret token in false string return false if string is empty xy transform xy Transform coordinates from user to device space x y matrix transform xy Transform coordinates by matrix tx ty translate Translate user space tx ty matrix translate matrix Define translation matri
284. onsisting of character codes 128 through 254 hex 80 through FE Charts for the available symbol sets in each emulation appear in Chapter 7 Only the resident fonts can be assigned with a new symbol set All downloaded fonts contain specific symbol sets International Characters The INTL print INTernationaL characters command provides quick access to printing characters from a different character set characters not found in the default symbol set US ASCII By simply using the INTL command with appropriate parameters for lan guage and country code the Kyocera user can access a wide variety of specific charac ters The following sequence selects the ISO 4 U K symbol set for the Swiss721 BM8 Roman font in the HP LaserJet emulation UNIT P CMNT Emulation must be HPLJ FONT 13 INTL 3 1 CMNT ISO 4 U K EXIT The U K symbol set is identical to the US ASCII character set except that it has the pound currency symbol in place of the number sign 7 It should be noted that the symbol set selected by INTL is specific to the currently emu lated printer HP LaserJet in the above example If the current emulation is changed to Diablo 630 for the example above by a SEM command for example the INTL com mand selects the Diablo U K symbol set instead of HP ISO 4 U K symbol set Selecting HP Symbol Sets The HP LaserJet emulation has considerably more supported symbol sets than can be accessed through the
285. ont Creation Font descriptor of bytes ESC s W Data 1B2973 4 57 Yes Yes Yes Yes font header Download of bytes ESC s W Data 1B2873 4 57 Yes Yes Yes Yes character Character code Character ESC c E 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes code 45 decimal GRAPHICS PCL Vector Graphics Switching Set Up Enter PCL Use previous 5 0 1B 25 30 41 Yes Yes Yes Yes Mode PCL cursor position Use current ESC 1A 1B 25 31 41 Yes Yes Yes Yes HP GL 2 pen position for cursor position 7 57 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 58 Table 7 24 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 10 of 16 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal Desk Floor Desk Floor Value toptype type toptype type B amp W B amp W Color Color Enter Use Previous ESC 0B 1B 25 30 42 Yes Yes Yes Yes HP GL 2 HP GL 2 pen Mode position Use current ESC 1B 1B 25 31 42 Yes Yes Yes Yes PCL cursor position HP GL 2 Plot Horizontal ESC c K 1B 2 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes Horizontal size in inches 48 Size HP GL 2 Plot Verticalsizein ESC c L 1B 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes Vertical Size inches 4C Set Picture Set anchor ESC cOT 1B2A633054 Yes Yes Yes Yes Frame Anchor pointto cursor Point position Picture Frame Decipoints ESC c X 2 63 Yes Yes Horizontal 58 Size Picture Frame Decipoints ESC c Y 2 63 Yes Yes Vertical Size 59 Raster Graphics Raster 75 dots inch ES
286. ontal tab character ASCII 9 lt LF gt Line feed character ASCII 10 lt CR gt Carriage return character ASCII 13 lt SP gt Space character ASCII 32 lt Wws gt White space lt ESC gt Escape character ASCII 27 lt FF gt Form feed character ASCII 12 lt Words gt Printable characters ASCII characters 33 through 126 and WS PJL Commands COMMENT PJL COMMENT lt Words gt lt CR gt lt LF gt DEFAULT PJL DEFAULT LPARM personality variable value lt CR gt lt LF gt DINQUIRE PJL DINQUIRE LPARM personality variable lt CR gt lt LF gt Response a DINQUIRE LPARM personality variable CR lt LF gt value CR lt LF gt lt FF gt ECHO PJL ECHO lt Words gt lt CR gt lt LF gt Response PJL ECHO lt Words gt CR lt LF gt FF ENTER PJL ENTER LANGUAGE personality lt CR gt lt LF gt EOJ PJL EOJ NAME job name lt CR gt lt LF gt INFO PJL INFO read only variable lt CR gt lt LF gt Response PJL INFO read only variable CR lt LF gt 1 or more lines of printable characters WS followed by CR lt LF gt lt FF gt INITIALIZE PJL INITIALIZE lt gt lt LF gt INQUIRE PJL INQUIRE LPARM personality variable lt CR gt lt LF gt Response PJL INQUIRE LPARM personality variable lt CR gt lt LF gt value lt CR gt lt LF gt lt FF gt JOB JOB NAME job name START OPMSG PJL OPMSG DISPLAY message
287. ors allowing you to easily con struct and print almost any imaginable shape or pattern This chapter introduces the various graphics concepts of PRESCRIBE and illustrates how to use many of its graphic functions It defines standard graphics mode path mode graphics and raster graphics It explains how to use predefined fill patterns how to define your own fill patterns and introduces ways in which you can change the print model the rules that determine the manner in which patterns and images are rendered on the paper Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial Standard Graphics The standard graphics mode provides a number of operators for constructing a variety of filled shapes and lines Using standard mode graphics you can Draw lines of any desired width Draw circles and rectangles Draw a variety of filled shapes including boxes and arcs Draw pie charts This is referred to as the standard graphics mode because it is a standard feature of all versions of PRESCRIBE Drawing Lines PRESCRIBE provides a number of Draw to commands for drawing lines in both stan dard and path modes These include DAP draw to absolute position DZP draw to zero relative position DRP draw to relative position DRPA draw to relative position specified by angle Lines to Absolute Position Draws a line to an absolute position in a Cartesian coor dinate system whose origin 0 0 is at the intersection of the left and top marg
288. ory card These fonts are referred to as downloadable or soft fonts The printing system accepts as many downloadable fonts as user memory allows When the HP LaserJet is the printing system s default emulation the power up default font is Courier A different default font can be selected by using the FRPO Firmware RePrOgram command of parameters V3 or using the printing system s operator panel key For details refer to FRPO Parameters on page 6 2 List of Fonts 4 2 Resident scalable fonts provide an outline of characters which can be sized according to sizing information for the font These fonts can be scaled from 0 25 to 999 75 points in quarter point increments This section shows tables of the printing system s resident fonts It is possible to print a full list of resident fonts by the FLST command or using the printing system s operator panel key To print a list of fonts command IR FLST EXIT The following list shows all the resident fonts in the printing system For example Univ ers Bd means a Universe style scalable font with bold weight Font Name Courier CGTimes CGTimes Bd CGTimes It CGTimes Bdlt CGOmega CGOmega Bd CGOmega It CGOmega Bdlt Coronet Clarendon Cd Univers Md Univers Bd Univers Mdlt Univers Bdlt Univers MdCd Univers BdCd Univers MdCdIt Univers BdCdlt AntiqueOlive AntiqueOlive Bd AntiqueOlive It GaramondAntiqua Font Name Garamond Hlb Garamond Krsv Garamond HIbKrsv Marigold
289. ory requirement on other printing system models refer to the opera tion manual supplied with the printing system Table 7 19 Example FS 1000 Series Printing Condition Resolution 300 dpi 600 dpi HPLJ4 2 Mbytes 2 Mbytes HPLJ 4 duplex mode None raster memory A4 Letter 2 Mbytes 6 Mbytes HPLJ 4 duplex mode None raster memory Legal 2 Mbytes 7 Mbytes HPLJ 4 duplex mode on raster memory A4 Letter 3 Mbytes 10 Mbytes 7 41 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 42 Table 7 19 Example FS 1000 Series Printing Condition Resolution 300 dpi 600 dpi HPLJ 4 duplex mode on raster memory Legal 3Mbytes 11 Mbytes HPLJ 4 KPDL duplex mode None raster memory A4 Letter 2 Mbytes 6 Mbytes HPLJ 4 KPDL duplex mode None raster memory Legal 2Mbytes 7 Mbytes HPLJ 4 KPDL duplex mode on raster memory A4 Letter 3 Mbytes 10 Mbytes HPLJ 4 KPDL duplex mode on raster memory Legal 3Mbytes 11 Mbytes HPLJ 4 KPDL resource protection duplex mode None 10 Mbytes 10 Mbytes HPLJ 4 KPDL resource protection duplex mode on 14 Mbytes 14 Mbytes Table 7 20 Example FS 9500DN Printing Condition Resolution 300 dpi 600 dpi 1200 dpi Fast mode Fine mode PCL 6 duplex mode None 8MB 8MB 8MB 8MB PCL 6 duplex mode On 8MB 8MB 8MB 12 MB KPDL duplex mode None 8MB 8MB 8MB 8MB KPDL duplex mode On 8MB 8MB 12MB 12 MB PCL 6 KPDL resource protection 10MB 10MB 10 MB duplex mode None PCL 6 KPDL
290. ot operate properly if the print job contains PRESCRIBE commands E V0 V3 Default power up font These parameters define the default font at power up The V3 parameter accepts a scalable font name of up to 32 characters and defines it to be the power up font The factory set default font is Courier The VO V1 and V2 parameters specify the height of the font The default size is 012 00 points 00 12 00 respectively The V0 V3 parameters are ignored if the specified font is not present at power up and the printing system selects Courier as the default font for V3 The example below gives the PRESCRIBE sequence which changes the default font to TimesNewRoman 14 25 points IR V3 TimesNewRoman VO 0 FRPO Vl 14 FRPO V2 25 EXIT The power up font can be a simulated bitmap font by giving a font number to the C5 C2 and C3 parameters in the same manner as for VO 1 and 2 This will set the V3 value to null Interface independent Parameters Table 6 2 Interface independent Parameters Sheet 1 of 8 Environment Parameter Value Factory setting Downloadable PCL font BO 0 Off 0 countries excluding compression l On Asia or 1 Asia Message language B7 0 Automatically enters message language 1 selection at power on selection menu at the initial power on After a language is selected B7 1 is set automatically n Does not automatically enter message language selection menu at power on
291. p 1B 26 66 33 58 Yes Yes Yes Yes Enable ESC amp fAX 1 26 66 34 58 Yes Yes Yes Yes Overlay Disable ESC amp f5X 1B26663558 Yes Yes Yes Yes Overlay DeleteMacros ESC amp f6X 1 26 66 36 58 Yes Yes Yes Yes Delete AII ESC amp f7X 26 66 37 58 Yes Yes Yes Yes Temp Macros Delete Macro ESC amp f8X 1B26663858 Yes Yes Yes Yes ID Make ESC amp f9X 26 66 39 58 Yes Yes Yes Yes Temporary Make ESC amp f10X 1B26663130 Yes Yes Yes Yes Permanent 58 Set Status Readback Status Invalid ESC s0T 1B2A 733054 Yes Yes Yes Yes Readback Location Location Type Currently ESC s1T 1B2A 733154 Yes _ Yes Yes Yes Selected Locations ESC s2T 1B 2 733254 Yes Yes Yes Yes Internal ESC s3T 1B 2 73 33 54 Yes Yes Yes Downloaded ESC s4T 1B 2 733454 Yes Yes Yes Yes Cartridge 5 55 1 24733554 Yes Yes Yes Yes User installed ESC s7T 1B2A 733754 Yes Yes Yes Yes ROM SIMMs Set Status All entities of ESC s0U 2 733055 Yes Yes Yes Yes Readback the Location Location Unit Type Entity 1 or ESC s1U 2 733155 Yes Yes Yes Yes Temporary Entity 2 or ESC s2U 2 733255 Yes Yes Yes Yes Permanent Entity 3 ESC s3U 2A 73 33 55 Yes Yes Yes Entity 4 ESC s4U 2A 733455 Yes Yes Yes Yes Inquire Status Font ESC s0I 2A 733049 Yes Yes Yes Yes pcs Macro ESC sII 1B2A733149 Yes Yes Yes User defined ESC s2I 1B 2 73 3249 Yes Yes Yes Yes Pattern Symbol Set ESC s3I 2 73 3349 Yes Yes Yes FontExtended ESC s
292. quest or parallel port Fill type FT Type 1 bidirectional fill Fill spacing FT 1 of distance between P1 and P2 used only in fill types 3 and 4 Fill angle FT 0 degrees Pen thickness 0 3 mm fill spacing for fill types 1 and 2 Label origin Current pen position Relative direction DRI 0 Horizontal characters Relative size SR Character width 0 7596 of P2x PIx Character height 1 5 of P2y Ply Character space ES 0 0 None Character slant SL 0 degrees Label buffer BL ETX None Label terminator DT ETX ETX ASCII code 3 Label origin LO Position number Character set SS Standard character set Standard character set CS0 Character set 0 Code tolerance CT Angle mode of AA AR CI or WG Alternate character set CAO Character set 0 Initial Conditions IN Table 7 42 Initial Conditions IN Function Equivalent instruction Initial condition Default conditions DF Default values Scaling points IP Initialized according to paper size Coordinate system rotation RO 0 degrees default setting 7 115 Chapter 7 Emulation KPDL Operators This section describes the machine independent part of KPDL Kyocera s implementa tion ofthe PostScript command language KPDL deployed in the printing system encom passes the features of LanguageLevel 3 of the PostScript command language The KPDL operators described in this section can be used for confirming and changing the printing syste
293. r KC GL Environment Options 7 98 The GO command establishes various options for the KC GL environment The following table lists the meanings of the individual bits in the command Each meaning is explained in the following sections according to the bit position Table 7 27 FRPO G0 Command Options Bit Position Bit Value Logic Value Description 0 0 0 Plot coordinate mode A Plot coordinate mode B Form feed in response to SP SP Automatic plot coordinate transition Fixed plot coordinate Normal mode N j oj A ON oO lo ol jo Enhance mode HP 7550A Emulation KC GL Mode 8 Table 7 27 FRPO G0 Command Options Bit Position Bit Value Logic Value Description 4 0 0 Landscape page orientation 16 1 Page orientation to FRPO 5 0 0 Default cursor at top left 32 1 Default cursor at bottom left Plot Coordinates bit 0 This bit defines one of two plotting coordinate modes See Figure 7 28 on page 99 0 ModeA 1 ModeB In mode A the origin 0 0 starts at bottom left In mode B the origin starts at the center of the page Response to SP Instruction bit 1 This bit defines the printing system response to the SP Select Pen instruction 0 Printing System feeds out a page when it receives a SP or SP 0 instruction 1 Printing System returns the pen to the stall from which it came in other words it prints nothing when it rece
294. r nid nig s Sisig z 7 f o 952 2 102 581 691 Est et Tet SOL 68 L 18 w 6 1 4 FE A I 6 872 eee 972 002 v8l 89r 291 9eT 01 vot 98 eL 96 ov v 8 211910 X UX H 8 Lye 152 512 661 8 191 Tet Ser 611 eor 18 pa 99 6t 52 L 5 x f Fa A DI Z 9 02 ve 861 281 991 051 vel gtt 98 OL tS 88 22 9 9 9 0 9 ii i 4 3 Alda 99 622 ele 161 181 SOT 6v eet Au 101 58 69 t6 18 Te S 6 822 e 961 08 91 eet 9tt 001 v8 89 eS 9 02 v ec 9e O lY Jala I P Lia the 12 Tle 961 61 91 Tet Stt 66 8 19 19 se 6l 9 IOIY Ft s ol S eve 922 012 v6l Eyal 291 91 0et vll 96 28 99 0g ve 9t 2 ul P 4 Zu ive 2 602 61 T9T Sel 621 16 18 59 6v t T Ul PIN Y F 0 2 22 802 261 9 1 091 vrl Bel eit 96 08 v9 ay 26 9t 9 4 0 0 E 2 9 X 6 8 L 9 S v c T 0 96 49919 swopuiM 96 z une T T9 Chapter 7 Emulation 662 6 2 522 1 161 6581 TIL 86 6L 69 t 91 Ay EV S TT O1 451 52 862 222 902 061 vl 861 evt ott v6 BL 29 97 ot vl did MESI Ku 552 LE 122 502 681 L 151 1524 Set 601 6 19 S 62 el A HJA II9 tu JW 2 952
295. r some models 12 1200 bps 24 2400 bps 48 4800 bps 96 9600 bps 19 19200 bps 38 38400 bps 57 57600 bps 11 115200 bps Serial interface data bits H2 7or8 8 Serial interface stop bits H3 lor2 1 Serial interface parity H4 0 None 0 1 Odd 2 Even 3 Ignore Serial interface protocol H5 0 Combination of 1 and 3 below 0 1 positive true 2 negative true 3 XON XOFF 4 5 XON XOFF recognized only as protocol Buffer nearly full H6 Percentage of the received data buffer size 90 threshold Buffer nearly empty H7 Percentage of the received data buffer size 70 threshold Total host buffer size H8 0 to 99 in units of the size defined by FRPO S5 5 monochrome model 10 monochrome model with network Interface or 12 color model Form feed time out H9 Value in units of 5 seconds 0 to 99 6 value Memory card partition 10 Partition name on a memory card to be read reading at power up automatically at power up Maximum of 15 printable ASCII characters 20H through 7EH enclosed in single or double quotation marks Event log panel menu Il 0 Off 0 1 On Character width 12 0 Normal 0 1 HP LaserJet compatible Sleep timer I5 0 Off 1 1 On End of job I7 Interprets EOJ given by NIC to the following 0 interpretation for option 0 None interface OPT2 1 AL OCH 2 D 04H 3 Land D 7 Dand L End of job I8 Interprets EOJ issued by print server
296. rangais or German UK Danish Norwegian Swedish Finnish Italian Spanish Roman 8 or US Legal Proportional Spacing If your word processing software supports proportional spacing 10 point CG times is an exellent font with extremely good italic Resident Italics The reason for the high quality of 10 point CGTimes is that they are a separate resident font Compare the generated italics of 8 pint CGTimes this line Small Print This line is 6 point Univers Note the clarity and good character form despite the small size Additional soft fonts can be downloaded from external sources before printing begins The printing system selects the fonts by a set of command codes escape sequences that describe the font attributes character height orientation weight character set etc sim ilar to the parameters used with the FSET command of PRESCRIBE The printing sys tem s resident fonts include the HP resident fonts and many of the fonts from the HP font cartridges The printing system supports the same soft fonts as the HP LaserJet printers In addition the printing system understands the LaserJet command codes and can use them to select any of its resident or downloaded fonts Since the LaserJet font selection codes are fairly complex Refer to LaserJet Font Selec tion section software that supports the Laser Jet usually provides a simplified set of font selection commands which the software translates into LaserJet command cod
297. ray is defined and selected by GPAT Now let s look at an example using the XPAT command The XPAT command uses the format XPAT pattern number bit map Note that the pattern number parameter must be a value from 100 to 105 and followed by a semicolon not a comma The following example demonstrates the XPAT command in a PRESCRIBE command sequence 2 12 IR RES XPAT 100 0 81 0 lt 086 83 83 0861 8 lt 08 0 X0 MZP 1 1 PAT 100 BLK 1 1 PAGE EXIT Lines 2 and 3 define the pattern shown in the figure on the next page defining it as pat tern 100 The PAT command on line 5 selects the pattern for use in fills Line 6 prints the filled block Figure 2 11 Dot Pattern and a Filled Block 32 16 8 4 2 1 6 bits x 64 The pattern is 16 dots high and 16 dots wide and is encoded as a series of 16 bit words Each 16 bit word is encoded by three characters representing the most significant six bits the next six bits and the least significant four bits respectively as shown on the next page You obtain the characters that define the pattern by dividing each row work into sections of six six and four bits calculating the numerical value of each section referred to as x y and z respectively treating it as a binary number in which the white dots are zeroes and the black dots are ones Then add 64 decimal to the values of the 6 bit sections and 48 t
298. rent line join type to any of the other types with the SLJN Set Line JoiN command This command uses the following format SLJN line join mode Values for ine join mode include 1 for beveled joins 2 for mitered joins 3 for round joins 4 for notched joins Miter Limit When using mitered line joins the use of such joins is limited by the miter limit The miter limit is the maximum ratio of the distance between the inner and outer corners of a mitered join and the width w of the lines joined Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial 2 22 Figure 2 19 Miter Limit W line width Ww L miter length Miter limit maximum ratio of L LET 3 5 If the angle at which lines join is such that this limit is exceeded the lines are joined with a beveled join rather than a mitered one The purpose of the miter limit is to prevent objectionably long spikes when lines join at small angles The default miter limit is 10 which results in beveled joins at angles of less than about 11 5 degrees You can set any desired miter limit with the SMLT Set Miter LimiT command This command has the following format SMLT limit value are some representative limit values and the corresponding angles at which the line join type switches between mitered and beveled limit value appox angle 2 60 3 39 4 29 5 23 6 19 7 16 8 14 9 13 Dash By default the STRK command strokes paths with solid lines However
299. resource protection 14MB 14 MB 14 MB duplex mode On Switching the Print Resolution Because the printing systems with the 1200 dpi resolution support print at 300 600 1200 dpi the printing system provides an FRPO command to establish a default at either level of resolution For fine 1200 dpi resolution command FRPO N8 3 EXIT For 600 dpi resolution command FRPO N8 1 EXIT For 300 dpi resolution command FRPO N8 0 EXIT When the printing resolution is changed between 1200 dpi 600 dpi and 300 dpi the printing system loads the PJL current environment values In addition to the FRPO N8 command as explained above printing systems that permit the resolution to be set at either 300 600 or 1200 are provided with the RESL change RESoLution command which switches the resolution on the fly For details about this command refer to PRESCRIBE Commands Command Reference The amount of available printing system memory will determine whether the 600 1200 dpi default can be effective If factors such as resource protection duplexing and raster mem ory reduce memory too low then the printing system will remain at 300 dpi resolution HP LaserJet Reset State HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 The printing system resets to the following states when it receives a PCL reset command Shown in parentheses are the related FRPO parameters Table 7 21 HP LaserJet Emulation Reset State
300. rinted Status can be sent at specified time intervals USTATUSOFF Deactivates all unsolicited status Device Attendance RDYMSG Specifies a message that replaces the Processing message on Commands the message display Shown in offline state if the printing system is processing data except in mode selection OPMSG Displays specified message on the message display and sets printing system offline STMSG Displays specified message on the message display and sets printing system offline If status readback is on returns name of the key that is used to return the printing system online PJL File System FSDELETE Deletes printing system mass storage files Commandg FSDOWNLOAD Downloads files to the printing system mass storage system FSINIT Initializes the printing system mass storage file system FSMKDIR Creates a directory on the printing system mass storage file system PJL command syntax A PJL command line containing the ENTER command appears as follows PJL prefix Option name Option value Required line feed PJL ENTER LANGUAGE personality lt CR gt lt LF gt Enter this portion verbatim Optional carriage return PJL syntax also uses the following control codes and special identifiers lt HT gt Horizontal tab character ASCII 9 lt LF gt Line feed character ASCII 10 lt CR gt Carriage return character ASCH 13 lt SP gt Space character ASCII 32 lt ESC gt Escape character
301. rinting 1B 48 Yes ESCIn Select Print Mode 1B 49 n Yes ESC Jn Graphics Variable Line Spac 1B 4A n Yes ing ESC K nl n2 v1 v2 vn Normal Density Bit Image B 4B nl n2 v1 v2 vn Yes Graphics ESC L nl n2 vl v2 vn Dual Density Bit Image B 4C nl n2 v1 v2 vn Yes Graphics Half Speed ESCNn Set Automatic Perforation B4En Yes Skip ESCO Cancel Automatic Perforation 1B 4F Yes Skip ESCPn Proportional Space Mode 50n Yes ESC Qn Deselect Printer IB 51 n ESCR Set Tabs to Power on Set 1B 52 Yes tings ESC Sn Subscript or Superscript Print 1B 53 Yes ing ESC T Cancel Subscript or Super 1B 54 Yes script Chapter 7 Emulation Table 7 6 IBM Proprinter X24E Control Codes Command Function Code hex Supported ESCUn Set Print Direction 1B55n ESCWn Continuous Double Wide 1B57n Yes Printing ESCXnm Set Horizontal Margins 1B58nm Yes ESC Y nl n2 v1 v2 vn Dual Density Bit Image 59 nl n2 v1 v2 vn Yes Graphics Normal Speed ESC Z nl n2 v1 v2 vn High Density Bit Image 5A nl n2 v1 v2 vn Yes Graphics ESC nl n2 m1 m2 m3 m4 Double High Printing 5B 40 n1 n2ml m2 m3 m4 Yes ESC nl n2 in id pl p2 Set Initial Condition 1B 5B 4B nl n2 in id pl p2 Yes ESC T nl n200c1 c2 Set Code Page 1B 5B 54 n1 n2 0 0 c1 c2 Yes ESC n1 n2 tl t2 gl g2 Set Vertical Unit IB 5B 7C nl n2 tl t2 gl g2 Yes ESC g n1 n2 m data High Resolution Graphics 1B 5B 67 nl n2 m data Yes ESC
302. ription OA Output Actual position and pen status OC Output Commanded position and pen status OE Output Error OF Output Factors OH Output Hard clip limits OI Output Identification OL Output Label length OO Output Options OP Output P1 and P2 OS Output Status OT Output carousel Type OW Output Window of these instructions use the same syntax and must be followed immediately by a ter minator They use no parameters The functions of these instructions appear on the following pages The last ASCII char acter sent by the plotter printing system in response to the instruction is a terminator which will be designated here by the symbol TERM The terminator is actually a car riage return unless changed by the ESC M operator 7 103 Chapter 7 Emulation OA Output Actual position and pen status The plotter returns the x and y coordinates of the current pen position and indicates whether the pen is currently up or down This information is given by ASCII coded inte gers in the following format X Y P TERM X x coordinate in absolute plotter units Y y coordinate in absolute plotter units P Oifthe pen is up 1 if the pen is down OC Output Commanded position and pen status The plotter returns the x and y coordinates and pen status for the last valid pen position ing instruction The pen position and status are ASCII coded in the same way as the OA instruction Coordinate values are given in plotter units
303. rol to PJL Reset the PJL parser to start at the beginning of the line COMMENT Tells PJL to accept the command line as a comment ENTER Chooses a printer language for processing the current job Job Separation JOB Informs printing system of the start of a print job resets the Commands page count allows naming of the job supports non printing mode for printing portions of jobs EOJ Instructs printing system that the print job is complete resets the page count 7 43 Chapter 7 Emulation Table 7 22 Supported PJL Commands Command Group Command Description Environment DEFAULT Sets default for environment variables Commands SET Sets an environment variable to a specified value during a PJL job INITIALIZE Resets current and default PJL variables to factory default RESET Defaults current PJL variables Status Readback INQUIRE Requires the current value for a specified environment Commands variable DINQUIRE Requires the default value for a specified environment variable ECHO Returns the lt words gt portion of the command to the host computer INFO Requests a specified category of printing system information such as printing system model available printing system memory configuration status environment variables and unsolicited status variables USTATUS Allows printing system to send unsolicited status messages for device status changes end of job status and the number of pages p
304. round a rectangular area the BLK command fills a rectangular area with the currently selected pattern As with the BOX command the position of the rectangular area with respect to the cur sor depends on the sign of the values specified for width and height The box is drawn to the right of the cursor if width is positive and to the left of the cursor if width is nega tive and the box is drawn below the cursor if height is positive and above the cursor if height is negative As with the BOX command you can specify an option parameter to make the cursor move to a specified location after the box is drawn The cursor remains unmoved if the option parameter is omitted Values for this option are H V E L N and B the same as for BOX Drawing Filled Arcs The ARC draw filled in ARC command is similar to the BLK command described in the preceding section in that it fills an area with a pre defined pattern or a shade of gray The arc is drawn centered around the current cursor position The dimensions of the arc are determined by user specified inner radius outer radius starting angle and ending angle The following PRESCRIBE demonstrates the ARC command R CMNT Enter PRESCRIBE mode RES CMNT Reset printing system parameters UNIT C CMNT Set centimeters as unit PAT 9 CMNT Select pattern 9 MZP 8 8 CMNT Move cursor to point that is 8 cm CMNT from left edge limit and CMNT 8 cm from top edge limit ARC 1 2 0 90
305. s examples of its use The current settings of the FRPO parameters are listed as option values on the printing system s service status page Refer to the tables in this chapter to interpret the values To print a service status page command IR STAT 1 EXIT Before changing any FRPO parameter print out a service status page so you will know the parameter values before the changes are made To return FRPO parameters to their factory default values send the FRPO INIT FRPO INITialize command Chapter 6 Permanent Parameters FRPO Parameters The FRPO command changes the value of one parameter in permanent memory A separate command is required for each parameter change The parameters their meanings and the specifiable values are listed below In these tables the nterface dependent parameters affect the environment on the current interface only Any changes made to the parameters on one interface will not change parameters on the other interfaces To change a similar parameter on another interface first switch to that interface then 1ssue the FRPO command The Interface independent parameters affect all interfaces simultaneously If the printing system is shared with other users remember that changes made to non interface dependent parameters can affect users on other interfaces as well Certain parameters are available only when the printing system is installed with the rele vant option equipment Interface dependent Par
306. s the cursor to a position one inch from the top and left edge limits of the paper The coordinates specified may be positive or negative On line 4 the PDZP Path Draw to Zero relative Position draws a line from the current cursor position to the position 2 inches from the left edge limit and 3 inches from the top edge limit The cursor remains at this position after the line is drawn On line 5 the STRK command strokes the path onto the page After stroking the current path the STRK command clears the path in the same manner as NEWP start NEW Path Finally PAGE prints out the page allowing us to look at the result of our work and can celling all changes made during the course of the program then EXIT ends the PRE SCRIBE mode Path Mode Graphics Two Lines The preceding example illustrated construction of a path between points specified in terms of absolute coordinates The following program draws two lines using both abso lute coordinate specification and a new method relative coordinate specification RES NEWP PMZP 1 1 PDZP 2 3 PMRP 5 1 PDRP Eyo 1 SPD 0 04 STRK PAGE EXIT Figure 2 15 Drawing Two Lines 1 1 1 1 0 5 1 2 3 The first four lines of this program are identical to the preceding example Line 1 switches the printing system to the PRESCRIBE mode and resets printing system param eters line 2 empties the current path and lines 3 and
307. selectable from 75 to 300 dots per inch for all models and 600 dpi models have two more choices of 200 dpi and 600 dpi Lower resolutions give a rougher appearance but require less raster data for an image of a given size Raster graphics are limited in size only by the dimensions of the paper and in complex ity only by the dot resolution Raster Data Compression Formats PRESCRIBE supports raster data in three formats uncompressed raster data run length encoded raster data or raster data encoded in tagged image file format TIFF Uncompressed Raster Data Uncompressed raster data consists of a simple unencoded bit image consisting of binary data in which bit represent black dots and 0 bit represent white dots With this format each dot line is divided into 8 dot segments The settings of dots in each segment are controlled by the bit values of each byte of raster data Bit 7 the highest order bit in the first byte of data received corresponds to the first dot in the dot line bit O corresponds to the eighth dot and so forth Run length Encoded Raster Data With run length encoding raster data is encoded in pairs of bytes The first byte of each pair indicates a repetition count for the second byte A value of zero in the first byte indi cates that the pattern represented in second byte is not repeated that is it occurs only once A value of 1 in the first byte indicates that the pattern is repeated once and so forth The fir
308. sformation by angle degrees angle rotate Rotate user space by angle degrees numl round num2 Round off num to nearest integer rrand int Get random number seed string run Execute file save save Save virtual memory Sx sy matrix scale matrix Define scaling matrix SX Sy scale Scale user space font scale scalefont font Generate new font by scaling old font any Q scheck bool Same as gcheck string target search post match head Search for target substring in true or string false string key scale selectfont Select a font and establish the font dictionary serialnumber int Return the serial number to represent the machine lix setbbox Establish abounding box forthe current path proc Q setblackgeneration Set the black generation function parameter wx wy setcachedevice Declare width and bounds of cached character w0x wOy IIx ury wlx wly vx vy Q setcachedevice2 Declare width and bounds of cached character num setcachelimit Declare maximum byte size of cached character mark size lower upper setcacheparams Set the font cache parameters WX Wy setcharwidth Declare width and bounds of uncached character cyan magenta yellow black setcemykcolor Set the color space to Device CMYK compl comp2 comp n Q setcolor Set the current color parameter dict setcolorrendering Establish a CIE based co
309. son LQ 850 Emulation Mode Power Off IBM Proprinter Emulation Mode KC GL Emulation Mode KPDL Emulation Mode Printer Power Off Power On HP LaserJet Emulation Mode HP GL 2 Mode HP Escape Sequences The printing system s emulation mode can be permanently set by the FRPO Firmware RePrOgram P1 command See Chapter 7 for details The printing system is factory set to emulate the Hewlett Packard LaserJet The example below shows how these transitions can be used in a file The lines begin ning with R are PRESCRIBE commands Note how each block of commands begins with R and ends with EXIT These sections are not printed instead they set margins select three different fonts and draw a box around one line of text The remainder of the file consists of ordinary text and is printed out as shown in the figure on the next page Figure 1 2 Text Including PRESCRIBE Commands RES SLM 1 STM 1 SPD 0 03 FTMD 13 SFNT Helvetica Bd EXIT WELCOME TO WINDFALL NATIONAL PARK R SENT Times Rom EXIT The park entrance is located in the rolling hills of the Northern Woods a forested area abundant in deer elk squirrel rabbit opossum lynx wolf and other wildlife It is the park s most popular area featuring excellent trails and campsites for hiking and backpacking BOX 3 4 0 55 FSET 1s5B EXIT Hikers should avoid this area during hunting season SENT Times Rom EXIT Hikers in search of
310. st byte can specify any repetition count from 0 to 255 Raster Data in Tagged Image File Format The tagged image file format TIFF combines features of the uncompressed format and run length encoding A control byte determines whether the following byte or bytes of Raster Graphics raster data represents a repeating pattern or an uncompressed unencoded pattern It also determines the number of pattern repetitions or bytes of uncompressed data The control byte is a two s complement value that can be either zero positive or nega tive A negative value 1 to 127 indicates that the following byte represents a repeating pattern The number of repetitions of the pattern is determined by the absolute value of the control byte If the control byte is zero or positive 1 to 127 the following byte s of data represent an uncompressed pattern In this case the value of the control byte plus one indicates the number of bytes making up the pattern In TIFF encoding the two s complement value 128 indicates a non operative control byte The byte following such a byte is handled as a new control byte Commands for Printing Raster Data PRESCRIBE provides a number of commands for printing raster data including STR SeT dot Resolution e RVRD ReceiVe Raster Data END Raster data e RVCD ReceiVe Compressed raster Data SRO Set Raster Options The principle function of the SRO command is to specify the presentatio
311. stance category defineresource instance Define a resource in a specified category index any defineuserobject Establish an user object filename deletefile Remove the specified file int dict dict Create dictionary with capacity for int entries array dictstack subarray Copy dictionary stack to array numl num2 div quotient Divide num1 by num2 dx dy dtransform dx Transform distance from userto device space dx dy matrix dtransform dx dy Transform distance by matrix obj dup obj obj Duplicate top object on stack bool echo Turn interactive echoing on off end Pop dictionary stack eoclip Clip using even odd rule eofill Fill using even odd rule anylany2 eq bool Pop two objects from the stack and pushes the boolean value true if they are equal false ifnot erasepage Erase the current page obj 1 obj2 exch obj2 obj Exchange top two objects on stack obj exec Execute preceding object form execform Paint a form array execstack subarray Copy execution stack into array index execuserobject Execute the user object array file string executeonly array file string Enable execution access only exit Exit innermost loop base exponent exp real Raise base to exponent false false Push boolean value false on stack stringl string2 file file Open file named string in string2 access mode template proc scratch filenameforall Enumerate all files whose names match file fileposition position Return the current position in a file fill Fill curre
312. stem The emulation is changed by the user from the operator panel keys Anautomatic emulation sensing AES function is used for switching between KPDL and PCL An LaserJet command ENTER LANGUAGE is received The KPDL permanent dictionary is always protected regardless of the values for N9 The amount of memory saved under resource protection is limited by the user memory available Resource protection requires extra memory for storing downloaded fonts and macros This memory requirement extends beyond the standard memory that accompa nies the printing system The requirement varies based upon optional features installed in the printing system Note that a print environment using resource protection but whose space has been lim ited by user memory items like macros symbol sets and fonts will render the resource protection feature non operational The property value temporary or permanent assigned to a resource must be given in the PCL command language PRESCRIBE provides no commands for making a temporary or permanent designation As a result resource protection mode applies only to those resources generated with the HP PCL command language description of the memory requirements and property values for typical models appear in the following table Minimum memory requirement for Resource Protection The following tables are memory requirements for typical printing system models For information on mem
313. t al 252 92 022 02 881 ett 951 Ot vel 901 26 9 09 vv ge J 4 M lirxsrilirti amp u 152 See 612 02 187 SST 661 get LOT 16 ac 68 JL L 4 5x5 by apd pay fy ga 052 14 204 98t YST ger eet 90T 06 vL 86 ev 92 OL loldi 11 1 gt ove eez 102 881 691 est Let let SOT 68 L 48 Ww 6 1 L 80 r 4 tj 419 2 Ai TIAL I 6 QN 174 252 9 002 vet 991 est 9e1 0921 01 98 24 95 Ov ve e e t g3 F amp 9 x u Lye lec Sie 661 81 191 151 get 611 Eor 18 u SS 6 4 L ajeji 9 2 062 vu 861 281 991 OST vel BIL 201 9g 0L BE 9 111104 H e olg alz ala 9 9 Sve 622 161 SOT eel LT 101 98 69 es 18 12 9 E Nie el n e n a zla o LZ geo 212 961 081 v9T eet 901 v8 99 25 98 02 v ele el n a 5 74 Iz 112 561 6 1 91 ni SIL 66 8 19 IU S 61 t 51111141105 v s sjo e s 8 0 eve 922 012 tv6l 291 91 01 vu 96 2 99 0S ve 8t 2 t4 Tz Gee 602 61 191 Sv 621 ett 16 18 99 6v ee 1 191217 i r l 0 2 voc 802 261 911 09t 224 get en 96 08 19 2 9t 0 i 8 9 3 3 Sie a a 6 8 L 9 S t 0 292 ueder 91 7 29 Chapter 7 Emulation
314. t s o a2 F jos 092 vto 912 202 991 761 eet 90t 06 vL 8 ev 9 0t Fae a Os z Z 1 6 2 Eez 104 SBT 691 st 181 Tet SOT 68 eL 15 Ww 6 so re A EEA Bre eec 912 002 891 291 981 01 01 88 eL 98 op 8 11 x Uu X H 8 Lye lec Sic 661 191 IST Set 611 01 18 u 8 6 4 LI 970 062 vlc 861 eat 991 091 vel BTI 201 98 04 e x I 2 9 N TI 9 Sve 622 ele 161 Tet 891 6 eel AT TOL 88 69 es 18 12 9 J 5 n o n d S 96 822 22 961 081 v91 zel 001 v8 89 25 9 02 v 8 TS erc 122 96 6 1 91 Tet SIT 66 eg 19 19 61 igGig Ul S o S O t d eve 922 012 761 8 1 291 9vt oet vl 96 28 99 05 ve et 2 au Tee 2 602 561 19 Set 621 u 16 18 59 67 ee t dy i 0 2 22 802 261 941 oT eT 921 eH 96 08 9 9v e 9t 0 gl 41 14 90 E 2 6 8 L 9 S v t 2 T 0 no 125 9 OSI 7 70 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 952 662 822 Le 161 8 1 661 96 6L 9 t ST F O 72 BES 222 ga 061 vL 861 evt v6 BL 29 9 0t v FIA 9 9 n Uy lt 552 152 122 902 681 151 1124 Set 601 6 dL T9 St 62
315. t 86 28 99 06 e Qo lt al J qiu Wwe 622 602 61 191 ii 16 18 59 6v Ti i Ore vee 802 261 945 0ot 821 eu 96 08 9 ey 2 9t 0 38 914 4 0 A 2 a WV 6 8 L 9 S t c T 0 L6 6 7 swopuiM 7 75 Chapter 7 Emulation 5 6 2 22 102 161 SLT 6ST eel Ut 56 6L 9 Ly St dg Oli 752 882 222 902 061 v 861 evi 01 t 84 29 oF 0 vi n f Im uj y N lt 90 18 73 902 681 ell LST WI 91 601 6 dd 19 Sp 62 tui W 252 92 022 02 881 eti 9st Ort vel 801 26 9 09 22 82 c i l TEL SB US 152 Sez 612 02 191 TEF 561 61 21 401 16 SL 6 ev IL D F z 0 dS ay a 052 veo 912 202 981 0 1 ger eel 901 06 vL 95 ev 92 07 BEES Z FIZ f jx 6 2 eee 2 104 581 691 est LET Tet 01 68 18 lv 92 6 7 Fd m I 6 etc 912 002 891 291 9ei 021 701 98 24 9 ov ve 8 9 E IA X Lee IC 912 661 80 191 1 Set 611 00 18 M 5 6 c MI 972 082 vu 861 281 991 051 vel gil 201 98 0L 9t 9 3 A 1 9 79 SH 600 2 161 181 91 671 eer dit TOT 5 69 5 P 12 5 ec NAISI 822 212 96
316. t 4 2 Destination image 2 37 Diablo 630 character set 7 16 control code 7 14 emulation 7 12 Dot resolution 2 34 2 36 Double high printing 7 5 Double strike printing 7 5 Double wide fonts 7 21 Double wide printing 7 5 Downloadable font 4 2 Dummy parameter 3 3 Dummy sign macro 3 2 E EAN barcode 5 4 Edge limits 1 4 2 32 Emulation 7 1 general 7 3 selection 7 2 transmission 1 2 Ending angle 2 24 Entry and Exit 1 2 Epson LQ 850 character set 7 26 control codes 7 24 emulation 7 21 Even odd rule FILL 2 32 F Fill pattern 2 10 defining 2 12 Filled area 1 9 2 30 Filled block 2 10 Flag 5 2 Flatness of curves 2 28 Font characteristics 4 9 definition 4 2 identifying characteristics 4 1 selection 4 7 Font mode 4 10 7 22 Font name 4 6 Font number assigning to a scalable font SFNT 4 8 Font orientation 4 9 Font selection 4 7 7 35 by embedded software commands 4 12 by PRESCRIBE 4 7 font selection commands 4 7 priority 4 9 Font selection command placement in a file 4 11 Footnote 4 11 FRPO parameters 6 1 G Graphics state 2 39 Gray scale 2 16 2 29 2 30 H HP LaserJet series character set 7 68 emulation 7 33 font selection 7 35 printer commands 7 49 HP PCL language 1 13 HP GL 2 language 1 6 printer commands 7 65 Human readable text barcode 5 3 Human readable text macro 5 2 Proprinter character set 7 9 control codes 7 6 emulatio
317. t 201 98 OL vS BE 22 9 I 2 9 NIF A Z A 4 9 5 972 622 e 161 181 591 61 eet 101 99 69 9 18 12 X I 9 5 n s n N3 S 74 ele 961 081 91 7 261 OTL 00 78 89 29 9 02 biel ei gidig S Ede S tbe Lee Tle 561 6 528 Tel SIL 66 8 19 1S 61 sg2 3 evo 922 012 761 BT 291 0er yu 96 28 99 06 vt et 2 41 a We 74 602 661 Lt 191 621 16 T8 99 6v it s x b elo v rti i V A V 0 2 vee 902 261 941 091 Trl 821 96 08 v9 ay 2 9t 0 q vivie d Xx d VY d 2 a 6 8 L 9 S Y t 0 142 le 014810 7 19 Chapter 7 Emulation 552 662 62 102 161 6ST kas TEL 56 6L 9 E TE St amp 2 gee 222 904 061 Zi 861 evt 9et ott v6 BL 29 9 06 vr i S O U LINIS C 652 152 Tee 504 681 ist Wr Set 601 t6 m 19 5 62 nre sn W 252 952 022 702 9er 20 961 ovt vel 801 26 94 09 vv 82 4 gg T T gt 152 82 612 02 181 SST 61 t 101 16 GL 68 v 1 5 E e ee 052 62 912 204 991 ST 9er eet 90T 06 v 86 e 92 07 e z C a a 62 eee L KA SeT 691 Est ni Tet 501 68 71 18 Ww 6 I STIS Am AT Dee 17 252 912 004 YeI 891 291 9et 021 tor 88 24 99 oy 8 X u X H 8 Lye Tee 972 661 eet 491 1601 Set 611 gor 18 u 9 A Oo e n u r
318. t Selection Font Name Font Number Height Pts Pitch cpi Port Land LetterGothicBM 12 Italic 50 27 12 12 LetterGothicBM 12 Bold 9 28 12 12 LetterGothicBM12 Boldltalic 51 79 12 12 LinePrinterBM8 5 Roman 88 8 5 16 67 Swiss721 BM14 4 Bold 10 29 14 4 Prop Swiss721BM14 4 BoldItalic 52 14 4 Prop Swiss721 BM12 Bold 11 30 12 Swiss721 BM12 Boldltalic 53 12 Prop Swiss721 BM10 Bold 12 31 10 Prop Swiss721 BM10 Boldltalic 54 10 Prop Swiss721 BM8 Roman 13 32 8 Prop Swiss721BM8 Italic 55 8 Prop Swiss721 BM8 Bold 56 74 8 Prop Swiss721BMS8 Boldltalic 57 8 Prop Swiss721 BM6 Roman 14 33 6 Prop Swiss721BM6 Italic 58 6 Prop Swiss721 BM6 Bold 59 75 6 Prop Swiss721BM6 Boldltalic 60 6 Prop LinePrinterBM9 Roman 15 34 9 16 67 LinePrinterBM9 Italic 61 35 9 16 67 LinePrinterBM9 Bold 62 76 9 16 67 LinePrinterBM9 Boldltalic 63 77 9 16 67 LinePrinterBM7 Roman 16 36 7 21 43 LinePrinterBM7 Italic 64 7 21 43 LinePrinterBM7 Bold 65 78 7 21 43 LinePrinterBM7 Boldltalic 66 7 21 43 Font Selection There are several ways to select the fonts one way is to use the appropriate keys on the printing system s control panel a second way is to place a PRESCRIBE command in the file to be printed as in the examples in Chapter 1 a third way 15 to select a printing sys tem driver within a software application This third way is pre
319. t as current tray and set imageable area for B4 size paper ledgertray Find tray containing ledger size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for ledger size paper bSenvelopetray Find tray containing ISO B5 size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for ISO B5 size paper doublepostcardtray Find tray containing double postcard size paper select it as current tray and set 1mageable area for double postcard size paper postcardtray customtray Find tray containing postcard size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for postcard size paper Find tray containing custom size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for custom size paper int setdefaultoutputtray Set the default output tray 0 Upper tray face down tray 1 Lower tray face up tray 2 Option tray sorter etc defaultoutputtray int Get the default output tray int setoutputtray Set the current output tray outputtray int Get the current output tray appletalktype string Get string object designating type of printing system s AppleTalk name according to the AppleTalk Name Binding Protocol doprinterrors bool Getsetting oferrorinformation printout mode true error print mode on false error print mode off bool setdoautocontinue Set whether to display messages on front panel and wait for ONLINE key inpu
320. t of white space in PJL commands depends on its location within the com mand Some white space is mandatory and some is optional e White space is required between the PJL prefix and the command and between the PJL command name and command modifiers For example QPJL OPMSG DISPLAY or QPJL ENTER LANGUAGE personality If white space does not appear in any other place in the command white space is optional Ifwhite space appears between two portions of a command it is not allowed An example of white space use appears between the optional carriage return and required line feed character that terminate most commands 7 45 Chapter 7 Emulation PJL variables 7 46 PJL uses alphanumeric variables numeric variables and strings The following explains the three types of variables and their ranges Alphanumeric variables Any combination of letters and digits with the rule that the first character must always be a letter Letters can consist of the uppercase letters ASCII 65 through 90 and lower case letters ASCII 97 through 122 Digits can consist of numbers 0 through 9 ASCII 48 through 57 Example of valid alphanumeric variables Alpha 635 X2000 Examples of invalid alphanumeric variables 635Alpha Alphanumeric variables must begin with a letter X 2000 Space characters ASCII 32 are not allowed in alphanumeric variables Numeric variables Any number consistin
321. t on dictionary stack proc bind proc Replace operator names in proc by values intl count bitshift int2 Shift intl bitwise by count positive is left file bytesavailable int Get number of bytes left to read in file cachestatus bsize bmax Get font cache information msize mmax csize cmax blimit numl ceiling num2 Find least integer not less than numl string bool charpath Create character outline clear Clear entire stack cleardictstack Clear dictionary stack Table 7 44 KPDL Page Description Operators Sheet 2 of 11 KPDL Operators Preceding stack Operator Result Description mark obj1 objn cleartomark Clear stack down through mark clip Create new clipping path clippath Setcurrent path as clipping path cliprestore Restore stored clipping path clipsave Copy and save the current clipping path file closefile Close file closepath Connect subpath to starting point width height bits comp colorimage Paint a sample image matrix datasrc0 datasrcn 1 multi ncomp key name array composefont font Refers CIF font specified in the second object or array key string array and compose CIF font key dict array dictionary matrix concat Multiply current transform matrix by given matrix matrix matrix2 concatmatrix matrix3 Replace matrix3 with matrix x matrix3 matrix2 obj1 objn n copy objl objn Duplicate top n objects on stack dictl dict2 copy dict2 Copy dict to dic
322. t the e MPS Job Retention func tion in KPDL mode The Mode key must be set to true for all of these functions The 7 139 Chapter 7 Emulation keys to the CollateDetails parameter should have the following integer values depending on the mode of each e MPS function Table 7 50 Enabling e MPS Functions e MPS ICollate CollateDetails lt lt gt gt IMode Type IHold IHold IHoldKey Type Electronic sorting true 0 0 Temporary job storage true 1 Permanent job storage true 2 Virtual mailbox true 8 QuickCopy true 0 8 1 0 QuickCopy Private true 0 8 1 1 1234 Proof and Hold true 0 8 3 Stored job true 0 8 2 0 Stored job PIN secured true 0 8 2 1 1234 Examples To post a print job into the virtual mailbox aliased Robert a typical CollateDetails sequence of parameters will be as follows Collate true CollateDetails Mode 8 Destination Robert setpagedevice KPDL Error Messages 7 140 Depending on the setting of the doautocontinue parameter the printing systems having the operator display display errors occurring during operation in the KPDL mode as fol lows KPDL Error Press ON LIN Any of the following error codes will appear 1f errors occur and doautocontinue 15 set to false When doautocontinue is set to true only error codes 00 and 98 are available These error codes are also reported from the print
323. t when an error occurs true do nothing false display error messages doautocontinue bool Get setting of doautocontinue mode true continue processing during errors false halt processing when ON LINE key is pressed dojamrecovery bool Get setting of dojamrecovery mode true perform jam recovery false do not perform jam recovery usertime int Get time elapsed since beginning of job processing copies int Get integer objected indicating current number of copies setting This operator is in userdict KPDL System Parameters KPDL Operators The following table summarizes the system parameters Table 7 46 KPDL System Parameters Sheet 1 of 2 Preceding stack Parameter Result Description BuildTime int Timestamp for printer s date of manufacture ByteOrder bool Byte order of binary encoded tokens true low order byte first false high order byte first CurDisplayList int Indicate in bytes the memory block size used for storing DisplayList for the current page CurFontCache int Indicate in bytes the memory size used by the current font cache CurFormCache int Indicate in bytes the memory size used by the current form cache CurOutlineCache int Indicate in bytes the cache size used by CharString on the current harddisk CurPatternCache int Indicate in bytes the memory size used by the current pattern ca
324. t2 array array2 copy subarray2 Copy arrayl to initial subarray of array2 stringl string2 copy substring2 Copy string to initial substring of string2 gstatel gstate2 copy Copy gstatel to gstate2 copypage Print and retain current page angle cos real Find cosine of angle degrees count n Count objects on stack countdictstack int Count objects on dictionary stack countexecstack int Count objects on execution stack mark obj1 objn counttomark mark objl objn Count objects on stack down to mark proc string cshow Show characters changing the font mapping algorithm Q currentblackgeneration proc Return the black generation function currentcacheparams mark size lower upper Return font cache parameters currentemykcolor cyan magenta yellow black Return the current color according to the cyan magenta yellow black color space Q currentcolor compl comp Return the components of the comp n color currentcolorrendering dict Return the value of the CIE based color rendering dictionary currentcolorscreen redfreq Return the current halftone redang redproc Screen parameters greenfreq greenang greenproc bluefreq blueang blueproc grayfreq grayang grayproc Q currentcolorspace array Return the color space Q currentcolortransfer redproc greenproc blueproc grayproc Return the current transfer functions currentdash array offset Get current dash pattern strin
325. tabled in LaserJet Symbol Sets in Chapter 7 4 15 This page is left blank intentionally Chapter 5 Barcodes This chapter is a tutorial for encoding data into linear barcode and two dimensional bar codes PDF barcodes by using PRESCRIBE commands The former part of this chapter deals with how to implement the linear barcodes the latter part explains the PDF417 They are step by step guide with a direct and practical approach Chapter 5 Barcodes Linear Barcodes 5 2 The printing system is capable of printing a wide variety of barcodes with human read able text if desired The user need only specify the type of barcode and the data to be encoded The printing system performs the rest of the work including bar and space gen eration symbol translation insertion of start and stop codes checksum calculation inter leaving padding zero suppression and parity reversal The scanability of barcodes is affected by the quality of the paper and the type of scanner used Parameters of the BARC command enable the width of the bars and spaces to be adjusted to compensate for these factors A certain amount of testing and experimentation may be needed to find the right parameter values for a particular set of conditions PRESCRIBE uses the BARC draw BARCode command to execute barcodes This printing system feature is described fully in this chapter The BARC command uses the following format BARC type flag string short
326. ted in an interesting way The printing system translates the black ribbon command internally into an ALTF 0 command and the red ribbon command into an ALTF 1 command It also uses two pairs of SETF default values Ribbon color Simulated bitmap font default value Black CourierBM12 Roman SETF 0 1 Red Dutch 801BM10 Roman SETF 1 2 Accordingly if you use the embedded command that asks for red ribbon you will get bitmap font 2 Dutch801BM10 Roman which the printing system emulates using a resi dent scalable font This font is proportionally spaced so you should also specify propor tional spacing with an embedded command When you change back to black ribbon the printing system changes to bitmap font 1 CourierBM12 Roman also emulated using a scalable font With SETF commands you can select any two fonts you like which correspond to the black and red ribbons For example you can have black mean normal CGTimes and red mean CGTimes italicized The appropriate setup is shown below together with a short file and the printed result SFNT CGTimes 10 3000 SFNT CGTimes It 10 3001 SETF 1 3000 CMNT Red 10 point CGTimes SETF 0 3001 CMNT Black 10 point CGTimes Italic EXIT A10 000 Maniacs BOur Time in Eden A Elektra AGarth Brooks BThe Chase A Liberty ARed Hot Chill Peppers BWhat Hits A EMI For red ribbon put ESC A A in binary notation at the point you would
327. ter Command Hexadecimal Desk Floor Desk Floor Value toptype type toptype type B amp W B amp W Color Color Output Bin Destination ESC amp 1G 1B 256C 3147 Yes Yes Yes Yes Tray 1 Face down Destination ESC amp 2G 1B 25 6 3247 Yes Yes Yes Yes Tray 2 Face up Destination ESC amp 3BG 1B 26 6C 3347 Yes No Yes Tray 3 Opt Face down Destination ESC amp i4G 1B266C3447 Yes No Yes Tray 1 Face down Destination 5 5 1B266C3547 No Yes No Yes Tray 2 Face down Destination ESC amp 6G 1B266C3647 No Yes No Yes Tray 3 Face down Destination ESC amp 7G 1B266C3747 No Yes No Yes Tray 4 Face down Destination ESC amp 8G 1B266C3847 Yes No Yes Tray 5 Face down Destination 5 9 1B266C3947 No Yes No Yes Tray 6 Face down Destination ESC amp 10G 1B 266C 3130 No Yes No Yes Tray 7 Face 47 down Destination ESC amp 11G 1B 26 6C 31 31 No Yes No Yes Tray 8 Face 47 down Destination ESC amp 12G 1B 26 6C 31 32 No Yes No Yes Tray 9 Face 47 down Media Type Media Type Automatic ESC amp n5Wd4 35 57 64 61 75 Yes Yes Yes Yes Auto 74 6F Plain ESC amp n6Wd4 365764506C Yes Yes Yes Yes Plain 61 69 6E Transparency ESC amp nl13Wde 31 33 57 64 54 Yes Yes Yes Yes Transparency 72 61 6E 73 70 61 72 65 6E 63 79 Preprinted ESC amp nll1Wd 31 31 57 64 50 Yes Yes Yes Preprinted 72 65 70 72 69 6E 74 65 64 Labels ESC amp n7Wd 37 57 644 61 Yes Yes Labels 62 65 6C 73 Bond ESC amp
328. ter a reset In Diablo emulation the printing system supports the embedded commands of word pro cessing software essentially the same way as the Diablo 630 printer does for the follow ing features Margins Horizontal and vertical tabulation Line and character spacing including proportional spacing Half line feed reverse line feed and reverse half line feed e Backspace and fine backspace Bold shadow double strike and underlining Graphics mode If you attempt to print beyond the right margin the characters will not be printed A feature the printing system has that the Diablo does not is the landscape orientation To print in landscape orientation send the command SPO L and select a landscape font Example To print in landscape send the following command IR SPO L EXIT The automatic centering justification and Hyplot mode of the Diablo printer are not sup ported Diablo 630 Emulation Mode 2 Fonts can be selected by placing font commands in the file to be printed or using SETF set alternate font and ALTF change to alternate font commands To substitute scalable fonts for the embedded fonts using SETF command employ the FSET command to apply the appropriate font number for that scalable font The default font mode FTMD is 0 so the printing system will not adjust character spacing line spacing or page orien tation The red black ribbon feature of the Diablo 630 printer is implemen
329. ter size SS Select standard character set TL tick length in positive direction d Tick length tick length in negative direction d UC pen control 1 Ax i Ay Plot user defined character pen control i WG radius i sd start angle i center angle i Plot filled wedge resolution i XT X tick YT Y tick E Mask Bit Values The IM instruction sets an E mask that controls how errors are reported on the RS 232C interface The E mask value is the sum of the bit values in the following table Table 7 38 E Mask Bit Values Bit Error No Description 1 0 1 Command not recognized 2 1 2 Wrong number of parameters 7 113 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 114 Table 7 38 E Mask Bit Values Bit Error No Description 4 2 3 Illegal parameter 8 3 4 Unknown character 16 4 5 Unknown character set 32 5 6 Plot position overflow 64 6 7 128 7 8 S Mask P Mask Values Table 7 39 S Mask P Mask Values S Mask P Mask Values Bit Value Description 1 0 Pen down 2 1 Changed P1 or P2 4 2 Valid digitizing point 8 3 Initialized 16 4 Ready 32 5 Error 64 6 128 7 Device Control Instructions Table 7 40 Device Control Instructions Instruction Parameters Description ESC Plotter ON ESC Y Plotter ON ESC Plotter OFF ESCZ Plotter OFF ESC lt DEC gt
330. ter to the KC GL emulation In the HP 7550A emulation the user can receive plotting status information from the printer via the RS 232C interface Status information is not available when the parallel interface is used This section explains basic information about the KC GL language KC GL Instruction Format The syntax for KC GL instructions consists of two letters followed by parameters if any then a terminator as shown below Not always required XX XX parameter parameter Terminator semi colon or Required Optional separator line feed not required if Commas or spaces instructions continue Some instructions use no parameters For two or more parameters they must be sepa rated by at least one comma or space In some cases a plus or minus sign can be used as a separator comma or space can also be used as a separator before after or between instructions and after a terminator When a series of instructions is coded the series should be terminated by a semicolon but no semicolon is required between instructions in the series The printing system executes instructions as soon as it receives them When too many instructions are issued the printing system executes the allowed number of parameters and reports error number 2 wrong number of parameters Chapter 7 Emulation The SM Symbol Mode instruction defines the first succeeding character as a symbol character The DT Define labe
331. ters must be specified together In the case of two classes of widths dummy values must be specified for bar3 bar4 space3 and space4 The bar and space width parameters should be specified in ascending order The maxi mum specifiable value is 200 dots 1 barl lt bar2 lt bar3 lt bar4 lt 200 dots 1 lt spacel lt space2 lt space3 lt space4 lt 200 dots 5 3 Chapter 5 Barcodes 54 If the bar and space width parameters are omitted the printing system uses suitable default values Table 5 3 indicates the number of width classes and the default values for each barcode type Barcode 19 Code 39 has two width classes which are set to 5 and 10 dots respectively in the example below Bar and are both 5 dots and bar2 and space2 are 10 dots Bar3 space3 bar4 and space4 are all given dummy values of 10 Examples UNIT D BARC 19 Y 0123ABC 60 60 5 10 10 10 5 10 10 10 EXIT 0123ABC The above widths are doubled in the next example UNIT D BARC 19 Y 0123ABC 60 60 10 20 20 20 10 20 20 20 EXIT 0123ABC Barcode 36 EAN 8 with a five digit supplement has four width classes which are set to 10 20 30 and 40 dots in the example below Two bar heights are also used UNIT D BARC 36 N 012345678912 180 220 10 20 30 40 10 20 30 40 EXIT Barcode 39 USPS POSTNET prints a POSTNET barcode on a mail piece The Un
332. tes 4 2 where the subsequent PARC command automatically starts to draw a line extending to the beginning of the arc The PARC command then draws an arc from 90 degrees straight up to 270 degrees straight down around the center at coordinates 3 3 After the arc is drawn the cursor is located at the end of the arc Then the PARC command on line 4 draws an arc from 270 degrees to 90 degrees around the center at coordinates 5 3 Because the cursor position is defined at the end of the first arc when construction of the second arc starts the second PARC command draws a line between the end of the first arc and the beginning of the second one Finally the CLSP command on line 5 explicitly closes the path thereby constructing a line between the end of the second arc and the beginning of the first one Now the path has been closed The STRK command goes on to stroke the path produc ing the shape shown below 2 29 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial 2 30 Figure 2 31 A Closed Path Filled Areas RES UNIT C NEWP GPAT 5 PMZP 4 2 PARC 3 3 1 90 270 PARC 5 3 1 270 90 FILL 1 PAGE EXIT This program is similar to the previous one In this case we choose to fill the path instead of stroking it We select a shade of gray for filling the path 5 a value directly between black and white with the GPAT set Gray PATtern command on line 3 First we construct the path by drawing arcs around th
333. th center rotation resolution bit map Some of the dimension parameters are specified in dots 1 300 inch Other dimensions are specified in micro dots a unit of measurement equal to 1 32 of 1 dot These units are used regardless of the unit set by the UNIT command The rotation parameter is a non executable parameter It does not change the orientation of the character Instead it tells the printing system what the character s orientation is so that the printing system can adjust the page orientation correctly when the font mode is 8 or higher and can select the font in response to embedded word processing commands for a particular rotation The rotation parameter should be the same for all characters in the font The bit map can be constructed by drawing the character on square ruled paper shown atright and proceeding as explained below To demonstrate we shall encode the bit map for a small diamond shaped character the figure below Symbol Set Symbol Set Figure 4 1 Character dot pattern The pattern is 13 dots high and 13 dots wide The pattern is encoded as a series of 16 bit words If necessary blank cells may be added on the right to make the width a multiple of 16 For this reason the three extra columns appear on the right see the figure above Each 16 bit word 1s encoded with three characters representing the most significant si
334. th missing closing double quotations numeric values with missing digits before the decimal points and numeric values encountered when alphanumeric values are to be expected The printing system ignores the entire PJL commands when it receives commands having syntax errors Some examples follow The JOB command s NAME option requires double quotations around its value part Valid command PJL JOB NAMI Job Number 50 LF Invalid command PJL NAMI Job Number 51 lt LF gt The closing quotation is required Syntax warnings and semantic warnings are issued for such commands that have unsup ported options values out of range values missing or of the incorrect type or values added when none are allowed When the printing system receives commands with syntax or semantic warnings the part of the command including the warning is ignored In the following example the START option is valid for the JOB command Valid command PJL JOB START 1 lt LF gt While in the following FINISH is not a valid option and 1gnored END should be used Invalid command PJL JOB START 1 FINISH HOME lt LF gt PJL Reset Status The following table shows the PJL and equivalent FRPO commands that initialize the environments Table 7 23 PJL Reset Status Environment PJL command FRPO parameter Printing resolution RESOLUTION Raster memory PAGEPROTECT FRPO R5 HP Page protection
335. ting system s proportional spacing Paths Logical Basic Concepts Figure 1 8 Character Spacing Font height A path is a set of straight and curved line segments Paths be open as in the case of lines or closed as in the case of rectangles circles or any fully enclosed area of any shape The segments may be connected with one another or they may be disconnected Further a path may contain multiple closed subpaths representing several areas and they may intersect themselves in arbitrary ways Paths can be used to draw lines and curves or specify boundaries of filled areas includ ing the outline of a character Paths are explained more fully in section Path Mode Graphics on page 16 Page and Physical Page The logical page defines the limits of the coordinates within which text and graphics can be located There are two types of logical page as shown in the following figure The standard mode logical page imposes limits on specifiable coordinates The coordinates have no limitations for the path mode logical page Chapter 1 Introduction to PRESCRIBE Figure 1 9 Logical Page and Physical Page Standard Mode Logical page Path Mode With the standard mode logical page any position specification that lies outside of the logical limits is automatically adjusted to bring it within the limits For example the page on the upper left in the preceding figure shows wh
336. ting line feeds but not spaces If we assign this character an x offset of 0 and a y offset and cell width of 500 micro dots each and make it ASCII code 42 of font 1000 it creates the following LDFC command IR LDFC 1000 42 13 13 500 0 500 250 0 e 0 OApOApOCx00 At0 380 AtOCxOApOApOG 0870 UNIT C BOX 4 35 0 75 1 FONT 1000 TEXT ko The page printing system can produce sets of alphabet numeric and symbol characters These sets with each character assigned to a particular code are known as symbol sets 4 13 Chapter 4 Fonts The following figure shows all the characters included in the most common symbol set HP Roman 8 Figure 4 2 Roman 8 Symbol Set 1 3 amp 0123456789 lt gt ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXY2Z 1 abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzi X AAEBETI U0 fy CccN i cHe Sf6 aeo u eou e ouAT0EAiosAlOU 1nDO Aa8BO6 10000880YybPbp p q3 353529 II In addition to a large selection of bitmap and scalable fonts the printing system supports many symbol sets also referred to as character sets The variety of Kyocera supported symbol sets can be attributed to the numerous printer emulations Most of those symbol sets are the same regarding the letters of the alphabet digits and basic punctuation marks but they differ considerably in their special symbols which lie in the upper half of the character code table c
337. tion IBM Proprinter X24E Emulation Mode 1 Table 7 6 IBM Proprinter X24E Control Codes Command Function Code hex Supported BEL Beeper 07 BS Backspace 08 Yes HT Horizontal Tab 09 Yes LF Line Feed 0A Yes VT Vertical Tab 0B Yes FF Form Feed 0C Yes CR Carriage Return 0 Yes SO Double Wide Printing by line OE Yes SI Condensed Printing OF Yes Select Printer 11 DC2 10 CPI Print 12 Yes DC4 Cancel Double Wide Printing 14 Yes by line CAN Cancel Data 18 ESC mnl n2 data Select Graphic Mode 2 mnl n2 data only ESC n Continuous Underline 1B2Dn Yes ESCO 1 8 Inch Line Spacing 30 Yes ESC 1 7 72 Inch Line Spacing 1 31 ESC 2 Start Text Line Spacing 1B 32 Yes ESC3n Graphics Line Spacing 33n Yes ESC 4 Set Top of Form 1B 34 Yes ESC 5n Automatic Line Feed 1B35n Yes ESC 6 Select Character Set 2 1B 36 Yes ESC 7 Select Character Set 1 1B 37 Yes ESC 12 CPI Printing 1B3A Yes ESC Character Font Image Down 1B 3D load ESCAn Set Text Line Spacing 1 41 Yes ESC B nl 12 n64 null Set Vertical Tabs 42 n1 n2 n64 0 Yes ESCCnm Set Form Length in Lineor 1B 43 nm Yes Inches ESC D nl n2 n29 null Set Horizontal Tabs 1B 44 n1 n2 n28 0 Yes ESCE Emphasized Printing 45 Yes ESCF Cancel Emphasized Printing 1B 46 Yes ESCG Double Strike printing 1B 47 Yes ESCH CancelDouble StrikeP
338. tion ESC Initialize Printer 1B 40 Yes DC 1 Select Printer 11 DC3 Deselect Printer 3 DEL Delete Character 7F ESC lt Select Unidirectional Mode one line B 3C Yes ESCUn Turn Unidirectional Mode On Off B55 MSB Control ESC EM n Control Cut Sheet Feeder B 19 ESC Set MSB to 0 B3D Yes ESC gt Set MSB to 1 B3E Yes ESC Cancel MSB Control 35 Yes Data Control BEL Beeper 07 CR Carriage Return 0 Cancel Line 18 Vertical Motion FF Form feed 0C Yes Set Page Length Lines 1B 43 Yes ESC C null n Set Page Length in Inches B4300 Yes ESCNn Set Skip Over Perforation 4E Yes ESCO Cancel Skip Over Perforation B4F Yes LF Line Feed 0A Yes ESC n Set n 360 inch Line Spacing B2B Yes ESC 0 Select 1 8 inch Line Spacing B 30 Yes ESC 2 Select 1 6 inch Line Spacing B 32 Yes ESC 3 n Set n 180 inch Line Spacing 1B 33 Yes ESC An Set n 60 inch Line Spacing 1B 41 Yes ESC Jn Perform n 180 inch Line Feed B 4A Yes VT Tab Vertically 0B Yes ESC B nl n2 n16 null Set Vertical Tabs 1B 42 Yes ESC b nl n2 n16 null Set Vertical Tabs in Channels 1B 62 Yes ESC n Select Vertical Tab Channel 1B 2F Yes Horizontal Motion ESC n Set Left Margin 1B 6C Yes ESC Qn Set Right Margin 51 Yes BS Backspace 08 Yes ESC nl n2 Set Absolute Print Position 1B 24 Yes ESC nl n2 Set Relative Print Position 1B5C Yes HT Tab Horizontally 09 Yes ESC D nl n2 n32 null Set Horizontal Tabs 1B 44 Yes Overall Printing Style ESC S
339. tion returns the x and y coordinates of two diagonally opposite corners of the current plottable area Four ASCII coded integers indicating the lower left and upper right corner coordinates are returned by using the following format Yur TERM LL lower left UR upper right Device Control Instructions KC GL uses device control instructions to return buffer status information and other sta tus information from the printing system via the RS 232C interface Status information cannot be output on the parallel interface If device control instructions are received via the parallel interface they are ignored The device control instructions for status output appear below Output Buffer Space ESC B This instruction returns 0 if the receive buffer is full and 1024 if the receive buffer is empty Output Extended Error ESC E This instruction normally returns 0 if an error has not occurred and returns 15 if a fram ing error parity error or overrun error has occurred Output Buffer Size Label ESC L This instruction always returns the value 1024 Output Extended Status ESC O This instruction returns printing system status information regarding On line status Cover open Paper empty Paper jam Buffer full The following table describes this status information The paper feed source is the inter nal cassette at all time A complete list of device control instructions appear in Devic
340. tional DL 11 x 22 cm 4 International C5 16 2 x 22 9 cm 5 Executive 7 1 4 x 10 1 2 inches 6 US Letter 8 1 2 x 11 inches 7 US Legal 8 1 2 x 14 inches 8 4 21 0 x 29 7 cm 9 JIS BS 18 2 x 25 7 10 A3 29 7 x 42 11 B4 25 7 x 36 4 12 US Ledger 11 x 17 inches 13 5 14 8 x 21 cm 14 A6 10 5 x 14 8 cm 15 JIS B6 12 8 x 18 2 16 Commercial 9 3 7 8 x 8 7 8 inches 17 Commercial 6 3 5 8 x 6 1 2 inches 18 ISO B5 17 6 x 25 19 Custom 11 7 x 17 7 inches f 30 C4 22 9 x 32 4 31 Hagaki 10 x 14 8 32 Ofuku Hagaki 14 8 x 20 cm f 33 Officio II 36 A3 Wide 37 Ledger Wide 50 Statement 5 Folio 52 Youkei 2 53 Youkei 4 Default margin settings R3 0 HP compatible margins 0 1 Full PCL printable area 2 Character pitch given by U2 and U3 Table 6 2 Interface independent Parameters Sheet 5 of 8 Environment Parameter Value Factory setting 3 Full PCL printable area with character pitches given by U2 and U3 10 IBM HT reference point as the left margin 11 Full PCL printable area for HP emulation HT reference point as the left margin in IBM emulation 12 Uses Courier font for IBM emulation using the pitch given by U2 and U3 Default cassette R4 0 Multi purpose tray 1 1 Cassette 1 2 Cassette 2 3 Cassette 3 4 Cassette 4 or Envelope universal feeder 5 Casse
341. to the 0 interpretation for print following server interface 0 None 1 L 0CH 2 D 04H 3 Land D 7 Dand L Reduce enlarge ratio JO 0 100 0 Models supporting A3 5 70 size only 6 8196 7 86 8 94 9 98 Status send control MI 0 Off 0 1 Send printer status Table 6 2 Interface independent Parameters Sheet 3 of 8 Environment Parameter Value Factory setting Default interface M2 1 Default Serial or Option Serial 20r3 2 Parallel 3 Default Network or Option Network 4 Option Network or Option2 Network 5 USB Host buffer mode M3 0 Automatic 0 l Fixed First buffer size 4 Size of the first buffer 3 model with network interface or 5 other Second First buffer 5 size Size of the second first buffer 10 model with network interface or 5 other Third Second buffer 6 Size of the third second buffer 1 size Forth Third buffer size M7 Size of the forth third buffer number 5 Fifth Forth buffer size M8 Size of the fifth forth buffer number 5 KIR mode NO 0 Off 2 2 On Duplex binding N4 0 Off 0 1 Long edge 2 Short edge Sleep timer time out N5 Value in units of 5 minutes 1 to 48 5 to 240 min 6 time Ecoprint level N6 0 Off 0 2 On Duplex 7 0 Normal 0 1 Reverse output pages 2 Allows duplex from the MP tray 3 Allows duplex from the MP tray reversing the output pages Printing resolution N8 0 300 dpi 1
342. tt 621 l 16 I8 59 6v 41 t g 4 I 3 0 2 22 802 261 941 091 921 eu 96 08 v9 e 9t 0 ki T wi 6 L 9 S v zz Burysiiqnd sw 992 682 73 102 161 Sit 651 Le ut 6 6L 9 t 1e St A 1 9 I amp gez 222 902 061 714 891 Olt v6 84 29 9 oe v 1 S IX G J u viN lt esz 182 Tee 504 681 151 921 601 6 19 St 62 el POE Peel tiu W 29 922 022 702 98r e 951 opt vel 801 26 94 09 2 et n A TA aD I v 152 92 612 202 181 551 681 621 LOT 16 9 65 tr u 21 Yi ay Jim 092 yee 812 202 98t 0 1 221 901 06 vL 88 ev 9c or aill glo e 8 S Zz Zl Eez rin 1 581 691 est SOT 68 eL it Ww 4 6 R IIA A 1 4 tA 1 6 eve 4 912 002 vet 891 est 91 0921 88 eL 96 0v ve 9 90 4 8 1 lec 912 661 eet 191 TST Set 611 eo 18 u 85 6 tc L 5 x 0 8 1 9A DILI 972 082 vue 861 281 991 OST vel BIT 201 98 OL vS Be 22 9 x b i 4 4 dal 9 79 52 622 ele 461 l8t 691 6v Eer 101 58 69 5 18 T x s GA 822 22 961 081 v9t eet 9 001 8 99 29 9 0 v 23 9 IOV 92 Lee S61 641 91 Lv Tet 91 66 ee 19 TS ge 61 t F J o S O 922 012 v6l BAT 291 9vt oe
343. tte 5 6 Cassette 6 99 Envelope universal feeder FS 9000 Page protect R5 1 3 Automatic 1 4 5 MP tray paper size R7 Same as the R2 values except 0 0 0 Maximum paper size of the printing system Daisywheel data length R8 7 7 bit 7 8 8 bit Default envelope feeder R9 Same as the R2 values except below 0 paper size 0 A4 or Letter A4 letter equation S4 0 Off 0 1 On Host buffer size S5 0 10 x H8 1 1 100 x H8 2 1024kB x H8 RAM disk capacity S6 0 to 1024 MB 50 RAM disk S7 0 Disabled 0 1 Enabled Serial interface mode 59 0 Normal 0 1 Barcode reader MP tray mode TO 0 Cassette mode 1 1 First mode overrides other paper sources Cassette 1 paper size 6 Letter 6 U S A or 8 Euro and other 7 Legal 8 A4 9 BS 13 5 Cassette 2 paper size 2 Same as above 6 U S A or 8 Euro and other Wide A4 T6 0 Off 0 1 On MP tray direction T8 0 Short edge 1 1 Long edge Paper thickness T9 0 Normal 0 1 Thick 2 Thin 3 Extra thick Status page print at 05 0 Not printed automatically 0 power up 1 Printed automatically at power up Default Courier weight V9 0 Dark 0 1 Normal Color mode WI 0 Monochrome grayscale 1 1 Color CMYK 2 Quick color CMY Color quality W2 0 Normal 0 1 Quick color 2 Picture 3 Presentation Color matching W3 0 None 0 1 Auto 2 Vivid color 3 Display Chapter 6 Permanent Parameters Table 6 2 Interface independent Parameters Sheet 6 of 8
344. unit offline diskstatus free total Report total disk space and free space dostartpage bool See whether printing system is set to print status page at power up true output status false do not output dosysstart bool See whether Sys Start file is executed at power up true execute Sys Start false do nothing pages action initializedisk Format all writable disks jobname string Get current job name jobtimeout int Get number of seconds to job timeout 0 never manualfeed bool Test whether printing system is in manual feed mode true manual feedon false manual feed off manualfeedtimeout int Get manual feed time out value margins top left Get top and left calibration margins newsheet Feed out the single side printed page in duplex mode pagecount int Get number of pages printed so far nonresettable Table 7 45 KPDL Status Operators Sheet 2 of 5 KPDL Operators Preceding stack Operator Result Description pagestackorder bool Get current stack tray true face down false face up papersize name bool Get current paper size and orientation string printername substring Get printing system name product string Get printing system type ramsize int Check available RAM size realformat string Get native representation for real numbers in binary tokens revision int Get KPDL revision number integer integer setcollatorstacker Set sorter to c
345. urrent HP GL 2 pen position RESET ESCE None PRIMARY FONT Fl Font ID SECONDARY FONT Font ID SCALABLEORBITMAPPEDFONTS SB 0 Scalable fonts only 1 Bitmapped fonts allowed PALETTE EXTENSIONS Color Range CR b ref red w ref red b ref grn w ref grn b ref blue w ref blue Number of Pens NP n Pen Color Assignment PC pen red green blue TRANSPARENCY MODE TR 0 Off opaque 1 On transparent SCREENED VECTORS SV screen_type shading index VECTOR GROUP ARC ABSOLUTE AA X centersweep angle chord angle ARC RELATIVE AR X increment sweep angle chord angle ABSOLUTE ARC THREE POINT AT x interx end y end chord angle PLOT ABSOLUTE PA PLOT RELATIVE PR PEN DOWN PD PU RELATIVE THREE POINT RT x incr intery incr incr end y incr end angle POLYLINE ENCODED PE flag val coord pair flag val coord pair POLYGON GROUP BEZIER RELATIVE BR kind x1 control pt increments yl control pt increments X2 control pt increments y2 contro pt increments X3 control pt increments y3 control pt increments params params CIRCLE CI radius angle FILL RECTANGLE ABSOLUTE RA X coordinate y coordinate FILL RECTANGLE RELATIVE RR X increment EDGE RECTANGLE ABSOLUTE EA X coordinate y coordinate EDGE RECTANGLE RELATIVE ER X
346. us Information eee etre de eed ie de de Ee e ids 7 103 Device Control Instructions nennen enne eren nnne enne 7 107 Fonts and Symbol Sets in KC GL sse ener 7 108 Summary of KC GL Instructions 7 112 KPDL Operators noie ete poire eder Eres 7 116 Communication with the Printing System esses 7 116 KEDE Summary tre eO E ETHICA e REI REX eee Ie eee 7 117 KPDE Etfror M SSa26S hti o eene she Quas ene 7 140 KPDL Printable Area esee Die ep eee e eire eed 7 141 Index Chapter 1 Introduction to PRESCRIBE PRESCRIBE is the native language of the Kyocera printing systems including copiers collectively referred to as printing systems hereafter Consisting of easily remembered commands such as SLM for Set Left Margin and BOX to draw a box it gives you the capability to control line and character spacing adjust margins change fonts posi tion text draw graphics and print multiple copies of each page PRESCRIBE also gives freedom to control device settings including selection of paper source output stack and finishing operations such as sorting stapling etc Most application software controls printing systems by means of codes and escape sequences that are built into the program and are not directly visible to the user In con trast PRESCRIBE commands are made of ordinary characters that you can type in your self and see on t
347. used between resource identifiers on the harddisk Defaults are in JobTimeout int Indicate the default job timeout value MaxDisplayList int Indicate the maximum storage of DisplayList for the current page MaxFontCache int Indicate the maximum storage of the font cache MaxFormCache int Indicate the maximum storage of the form cache MaxOutlineCache int Indicate the maximum storage of the CharString cache on the disk MaxPatternCache int Indicate the maximum storage of the pattern cache MaxScreenStorage int Indicate in bytes the maximum storage of the half tone screen usable by the screen 7 133 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 134 Table 7 46 KPDL System Parameters Sheet 2 of 2 Preceding stack Parameter Result Description MaxSourceList int Indicate in bytes the maximum storage of the host buffer used by the current input device MaxUPathCache int Indicate in bytes the maximum storage which can be used by the user path cache PageCount int Indicate the total number of printed pages since the printer s manufacture Password int string Indicate the password necessary when changing system parameters and or device parameters PrinterName string Indicate the name given to the printer RamSize int Indicate in bytes the total RAM capacity currently in the printer RealFormat string Indicate the method of repres
348. vel git 201 98 04 ys gt 22 9 015 7 Al JA dH 9 7 622 161 181 591 6vl eet Lu TOT 98 69 6 12 8 SI 822 212 967 08r v91 8vl Zel 001 8 89 29 96 02 2 119 11 1 P Lid ere 122 961 641 91 Tet STi 66 t8 19 19 61 51215109 evo 922 012 Y6l BLT 291 91 oet 96 28 99 05 vt BE ula We 922 602 61 191 51 621 el 16 18 99 6v ee V bie ove vee 802 261 9 1 091 vol get e 96 08 v9 er 2 9t 0 0 0 0 90 a a a 6 8 L 9 8 LA 0 N8 9 ueW 98 8 490159 T TT Chapter 7 Emulation 552 6 2 2 n 161 661 56 6L 9 lb 16 ST 10 91973 O 792 Bee 222 902 061 vL BST evt ort v6 29 9t 0g v FIA 89 0 ul viN lt esz 152 122 902 681 LST Tet set 601 6 m T9 6 t nire n tu JW R 292 982 022 702 21 951 vol 801 26 91 09 vv 92 ar 59 tk 152 Gee 612 502 181 ut SST 61 gel LOT 16 SZ 68 tv PISIA AFI 51 0 veo 812 2 981 ST BET 221 901 06 85 ev 92 or 190190 z FZI f i 67 ira 102 Set 69T est Tet 501 68 71 18 Ww 6 101 19 16 252 972 002 891 291 96 oet vot 88 95 0 9 g H X UuXIH 8 Lye lec 9
349. velope size See KPDL Printable Area on page 141 This operator is in userdict a5 Set imageable area to A5 size See KPDL Printable Area on page 141 This operator is in userdict a6 Set imageable area to A6 size See KPDL Printable Area on page 141 This operator is in userdict b6 Set imageable area to B6 size See KPDL Printable Area on page 141 This operator is in userdict bSenvelope c4envelope Set imageable area to ISO BS size See KPDL Printable Area on page 141 This operator is in userdict Set imageable area to c4 envelope size See KPDL Printable Area on page 141 This operator is in userdict c5envelope Set imageable area to International C5 envelope size See KPDL Printable Area on page 141 This operator is in userdict custom Set imageable area to custom size See KPDL Printable Area on page 141 This operator is in userdict postcard Set imageable area to postcard size See KPDL Printable Area on page 141 This operator is in userdict doublepostcard Setimageable area to double postcard size See KPDL Printable Area on page 141 This operator is in userdict bool setdefaultduplexmode Select whether or not to print in duplex mode as default true duplex false simplex defaultduplexmode bool Get default duplex mode setting true duplex false simplex bool setduplexmode Set cancel duplex mode true duplex false simplex
350. with the U6 and U7 parameters The default font is Courier To set the printing system to power up in LaserJet mode send the following PRE SCRIBE command FRPO P1 6 FRPO 1 EXIT To use the TimesNewRoman font of 14 25 points as the default font add the following lines TimesNewRoman V1 14 FRPO V2 25 See Chapter 6 for details of the FRPO V parameters The symbol set can be changed after power up with the CSET or INTL command or from the operator panel keys or with LaserJet symbol sets typically accessed through software The printing system also supports as many HP symbol sets as the LaserJet regularly sup ports and still other symbol sets can be provided in downloaded fonts A full list of the supported symbol sets appear in section LaserJet Symbol Sets on page 37 These symbol sets can be used by appropriate font selection commands as explained below Fonts can be selected with PRESCRIBE commands or through the printer driver pro vided with your software The following font sample was created through driver support 7 33 Chapter 7 Emulation Figure 7 14 HP LaserJet Word Processing Printout Word Processing Features In addition to italics underlines horizontally and vertically bolded type etc your LaserJet word pro cessing software can command all of the laser printer s fonts Need French Appuyer sinplement sur une touche pour s lectionner les caract res f
351. x bits the next six bits and the least significant four bits respectively as shown in Defin ing Fill Patterns in Chapter 2 To obtain the character codes divide the word into sections of six six and four bits and calculate the numerical value of each section referred to as x y and z respectively treating it as a binary number in which the white dots are zeros and the black dots are ones Then add an offset of 64 to the values of the six bit sections and 48 to the values of the four bit sections The result is the ASCII code of the character representing that sec tion x y and z respectively Refer to the example of dot map and numerical derivation in Defining Fill Patterns in Chapter 2 The procedure for the numerical derivation is identical to creating fill patterns for XPAT Six bit sections consisting of all black dots as in the middle row of this symbol are a special case They encode by using the ASCII code 127 which is the unprintable delete code Character 47 may therefore be used instead The resolution may be specified for 300 or 600 dpi only in printing system models that support the 600 dpi resolution printing LDFC generated 300 dpi characters may print when the default resolution is 300 or 600 dpi It is not possible for 600 dpi LDFC gener ated characters to print at 300 dpi The bit map data proceeds from left to right across the character pattern then from top to bottom The data can be formatted by inser
352. x true true Push boolean value true on stack numl truncate num2 Discard fraction part of num1 obj type name Get name identifying type of object userpath uappend Append the user path to the current path Q ucache Declare to cache the user path Q ucachestatus mark bsize bmax Return user path cache rsize rmax blimit parameters userpath Q ueofill Fill a user path using the evenodd rule userpath ufill Interprets a user path to fill dict key undef Remove key and value from dictionary key undefinefont Remove a font definition key category Q undefineresource Remove the named resource index undefineuserobject Undefine an user object bool Q upath userpath Create a user path equivalent to the current path userdict dict Push userdict on operand stack Q UserObjects array Return the current user object array usertime int Return time in milliseconds userpath ustroke Draw a line along a user path userpath matrix Q ustroke userpath Q ustrokepath Compute outline of a user path userpath matrix ustrokepath version string Return version of KPDL interpreter int vmreclaim Control the garbage collector 7 127 Chapter 7 Emulation Table 7 44 KPDL Page Description Operators Sheet 11 of 11 Preceding stack Operator Result Description vmstatus level used Return virtual memory status maximum current save nesting depth bytes used and maximum byte size array dict file strin
353. y string index get int Get string element at index location string index count getinterval substring Get substring Index and count are starting location and length of substring array index count getinterval subarray Get subarray Index and count are starting element and length of subarray Q globaldict dict Create a new dictionary object GlobalFontDirectory dict Push a dictionary of defined font name glyphshow Show a single character grestore Restore saved graphics state grestoreall Restore to bottommost graphics state gsave Save graphics state Q gstate gstate Create a new graphics state object num stringl gt bool Test whether num string gt num string2 num string2 matrix identmatrix matrix Replace matrix with identity transform intl int2 idiv quotient Divide int by int2 integer quotient idtransform dx dy Transform distance from device to user space dx dy matrix idtransform dx dy Transform distance by inverse of matrix bool proc if Do proc if bool is true bool proc proc2 ifelse Do proc if bool is true otherwise do proc2 dict image Print bit mapped image wd ht bits matrix proc image dict imagemask Print binary mask wd ht invt matrix proc imagemask objn objO n index objn objO objn Copy n th object to top of stack X y userpath Q ineofill bool Test the current path on the ineofill even odd rule for insideness X y userpath infill bool Test the current path for infill insideness initclip Initialize
354. y g d d 0 V Y a a a 9 6 8 L 9 S v t 4 T 0 62 682 4 1 161 Sit 68t Let 6 6L 9 a Te oT A Q n 3 o 52 gez 222 902 061 pit BST evt 921 v6 984 29 9v oe i AIJ F O lt l ESZ 152 122 902 681 L st Tet Set 601 6 mi T9 Sv 62 gt SQ 8 2S6 98 022 70 881 2 gst 0 vet 801 26 9L 09 2 8z Hi 4 A WS TS 152 Sg 612 BA 181 991 eel LO 16 SL 6S 52 1 gt s Q ulzi lea leas 052 tez 812 202 981 0 1 ger 201 90t 06 vL 85 ev 92 OL o Q9 Qo i9e ni z ZI 6 2 174 iu loc 881 691 est 181 tet 801 68 L 15 1 6 E ACE 6 t 2 2 91 002 781 891 291 961 921 vor 88 24 9S 0v v 8 Lye lec 912 661 eel 1 15 Set 611 Eor 18 8 6 L I M D LI 902 OEZ vio 861 281 991 0st vet git 201 98 04 9 22 9 I 2 9 A A 43 9 5 4 622 eu 161 91 pr Au 101 98 69 es Le 12 5 X I 9e 5 su nen s s amp 822 212 961 081 H91 281 9t 78 28 9 0 t bieleie d eve nz 112 561 611 91 Tel SIL 66 8 ig 15 S 61 S SO ee 2 922 ote v6l 841 291 9 081 vi 86 28 99 0S e Hl H B 9 4 I q aja z u V 12 522 602 61 LT 621 giu 16 18 9 6t ri 1 diV iiig 3 biel Oo v rTi i Ove pee 802 26 9 1 091 vel get eit 96 08 9 2 9 0 a YY 5 _ a ja g
355. y to write these comments is Correct CMNT Don t leave stray apostrophes EXIT Correct CMNT The symbol means inches EXIT Character strings must not exceed the 255 character limit on total command length If a character string exceeds this limit the printing system terminates it forcibly and begins looking for the next PRESCRIBE command Upper and Lowercase Letters Regarding upper and lowercase characters PRESCRIBE follows the same rule as many computer programming languages it discriminates case inside character strings and ignores it elsewhere You can type command names in upper or lowercase Correct IR TEXT A CIR 1 EXIT Also correct IR text A cir 1 exit Also correct Special Command Parameters IR Text A Cir 1 Exit Each of these commands prints the capital letter inside a circle In the printout shown above the unit is centimeters The reason that the letter A is off center in the circle is that the cursor is not located at the center of the circle but at left corner of the letter A The command TEXT a CIR 1 EXIT prints a lowercase a because the letter occurs inside a character string The sole exception to upper and lowercase usage in PRESCRIBE commands occurs with the initializing R command This command must always use an uppercase The print ing system will not enter the PRESCRIBE mode in respons
356. ymbol SET command or from the operator panel keys You can also assign one of these symbol sets to a particular font using the FSET change current Font SETting command More information on these commands appear in Chapter 4 By giving a particular value for the FRPO U6 and U7 parameters you can set one of the HP symbol sets as the power up symbol set In general symbol set value is Escape sequence value field value x 32 Decimal value of escape sequence termina tion character 64 2 U7 50 x 100 U6 Symbol Sets for Bitmap Fonts The printing system substitutes with a scalable font when a bitmap font is required for downward compatibility The following symbol sets are supported when substituted bit map fonts are in use To power up the printing system in one of these symbol set use the following FRPO U6 and U7 values Chapter 7 Emulation Table 7 16 Symbol Sets for Bitmap Fonts Symbol Set HP Symbol Set ID Value U6 Value U7 Value ISO 60 Norway 00 4 4 50 HP Extension OE 5 5 ISO 25 France OF 6 6 HP German 0G 7 7 ISO 15 Italian OI 9 9 ISO 14 Japan OK 11 11 94 Latin 1 ON 14 14 ISO 11 Sweden 05 19 19 ISO 6 ASCII 0U 21 21 ISO 61 Norway 1D 36 36 ISO 4 U K 1E 37 37 ISO 69 France 38 38 ISO 21 Germany 1G 39 39 HP Spanish IS 51 51 US Legal 1U 53 53 IS
357. you can also use a predefined pattern of alternating black and white to stroke paths This makes it pos sible to stroke paths as dashed lines You can also define your own dashed line patterns The DPAT select Dash PATtern command selects one of PRESCRIBE s ten predefined dash patterns or one of 10 dash patterns that you can define yourself This command uses the format DPAT pattern number Path Mode Graphics The following program illustrates use of this command RES UNIT C CMNT Sets unit to om NEWP CMNT Starts new path SPD 5 CMNT Sets line width to 5 om PMZP 2 2 PDZP 4 4 DPAT 5 STRK PAGE EXIT Figure 2 20 Printout of the DPAT Example In this program the DPAT command selects the dash pattern with which the line is stroked Predefined dash patterns are selected by specifying values from 1 to 10 for pattern num ber A value of 1 specifies solid lines User defined patterns can be selected by specify ing values from 11 to 20 The next section explains how to use the SDP Store Dash Pattern command to define your own dash patterns Specifying an undefined user pat tern number results in solid black lines User Defined Dash Patterns Using the SDP command you can define your own dashed patterns for use in stroking lines arcs and curves See the following example RES UNIT P SDE Ll 25 2 27 UNIT C CMNT Sets unit to cm NEWP CMNT
358. ystem ROM has lower priority than an identi cal font on a memory card and a memory card font has a lower priority than an identical font in printing system RAM Also assuming all other characteristics are the same a scalable font has lower priority than a bitmap font simulated The last characteristic checked is the font orientation If two fonts are found that differ only in orientation the one selected is that which matches the page orientation If only one font remains and its orientation does not match the orientation of the page the print ing system rotates the font to match the page orientation The example below shows an FSET command sequence that selects the 12 point upright normal weight CGTimes font The FSET command sequences for selecting the resident fonts appear on the font lists FSET 1p12v0s0b4101T The FSET command sequence may be followed by a CSET Change current symbol SET command which selects the desired HP symbol set In the example below the Win dows symbol set is selected CSET 9U HP symbol set values can be referenced on the CSET command page in PRESCRIBE Commands Command Reference 4 9 Chapter 4 Fonts Selecting Fonts with the FONT Command The FONT command uses font numbers to select fonts A scalable font does not nor mally have the font number therefore you must take one extra step using the SFNT Select FoNT by typeface command See Selecting Fonts Using the SFNT Command above

KYOCERA TASKalfa 266ci

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents